OKI MC853 MC873 ES8453 ES8473 Service Manual

This document is “OKI DATA – CONFIDENTIAL”
Only persons and parties authorised by OKI DATA have

permissions to access this document.
This document should not be accessed by any parties

without the approval of OKI DATA.
Anyone who is found to be contradicting the above may be subject to legal action.
OEL
Maintenance Manual
MC853/MC873/ES8453/ES8473
Revision 9
2017-03-06
Document Revision History
Document Revision History

Changed items
Rev.
Date Person in charge
Changed items No.
Rev. No. Page Description of change
Date Person in charge
No.
No. Page Description of change
1 2015-04-08 Issue P2E11 H. Ueda
2 2015-05-29 Drawing Update PBPD31 H. Ueda
3 2015-07-07 Add the section 3.8 PBPD31 H. Ueda
4 2015-09-30 Change the shape etc PBPD31 H. Ueda
5 2015-12-22 Add ADF error etc PBPD31 H. Ueda
6 2016-02-17 Change the shape etc PBPD31 H. Ueda
7 2016-10-17 Change the shape etc HM31 H. Ueda
8 2016-11-25 Drawing Update HM31 H. Ueda
9 2017-03-06 Drawing Update SE43 Y. Ustubo
ii /
PREFACE
PREFACE
This manual provides an overview of method for maintaining the MC853/MC873/ES8453/
ES8473/ES8483.
This manual is intended for maintenance staff. For more detail informations about how to op- Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.
erate these apparatus, please refer to each of these User 's manuals. Battery of the printer need not to be replaced. Do not touch the bat-
For the description of principle about these apparatus, refer to the document written in the tery.
table of the Related drawings on the cover of this document. Replace the whole board to replace the Scanner board (Board-6SU).
In the case of replacing batteries at board repairs, replace with the
Note! • Manual may be revised and updated at any time without notice. specified type ones. Installation of another type batteries may result in
• Unexpected mistakes may exist in the manual. explosion.
OKI will not assume any responsibility whatsoever for damage to the equip- Caution for used batteries are as follows; do not recharge, force open,
ment repaired/adjusted/changed by the user etc with this manual. heat or dispose of in fire.
• The parts used for this apparatus may be damaged when handling inap-
propriately. We strongly recommend maintaining these apparatus by our
registration maintenance staff.
• Please operate the machine after removing static electricity.
iii /
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
1. CONFIGURATION..................................................................1-1 2.3 Precautions when taking action on abnormal images......................................2-2
1.1 System configuration .......................................................................................1-2 2.4 Preparations for troubleshooting.......................................................................2-2
1.2 Structure of MFP ..............................................................................................1-4 2.5 Troubleshooting method....................................................................................2-3
1.3 Offer of Options ................................................................................................1-5 2.5.1 Panel messages list....................................................................................2-3

2.5.2 Inspection List...........................................................................................2-31
1.4 Specifications ...................................................................................................1-7
2.5.3 Fax Error List.............................................................................................2-38
1.5 Interface specifications ..................................................................................1-17
2.5.4 Email/Internet FAX/FAX Server Error List.................................................2-42
1.5.1 USB Interface Specification.......................................................................1-17
2.5.5 Preparing for troubleshooting....................................................................2-43
1.5.1.1 Outline of USB Interface....................................................................1-17
2.5.6 Troubleshooting the abnormal images......................................................2-79
1.5.1.2 USB Interface Connector and Cable.................................................1-17
2.5.7 Response after Flash compulsive initialization..........................................2-86
1.5.1.3 USB Interface Signal.........................................................................1-17
2.5.8 Copy Image Abnormality Error Troubleshooting........................................2-86
1.5.2 Network Interface Specification.................................................................1-18
2.5.9 Network Troubleshooting...........................................................................2-87
1.5.2.1 Outline of Network Interface..............................................................1-18
2.5.10 Wireless Troubleshooting..........................................................................2-88
1.5.2.2 Network Interface Connector and Cable...........................................1-18
2.6 Fuse Checking................................................................................................2-89
1.5.2.3 Network Interface Signal...................................................................1-18
2.7 Paper cassette switches and paper size correlation table..............................2-90
1.5.3 Telephone Line Interface Specification......................................................1-19
1.5.3.1 Outline of telephone Line Interface...................................................1-19
3. MAINTENANCE MENUS........................................................3-1
1.5.3.2 Telephone Line Interface Connector and Cable................................1-19
3.1 Maintenance Menu...........................................................................................3-2
1.5.3.3 Telephone Line Interface signal.........................................................1-19
3.2 Service Bit Menu ............................................................................................3-10
1.5.4 USB Host Interface....................................................................................1-19
1.5.4.1 Outline of USB Host Interface...........................................................1-19 3.3 Maintenance Utility .........................................................................................3-11
1.5.4.2 USB Host Interface Connector..........................................................1-19 3.4 Self-diagnostic mode .....................................................................................3-13

1.5.4.3 USB Host Interface Signal.................................................................1-19 3.4.1 Operator panel .........................................................................................3-13
1.5.5 Wireless LAN Interface..............................................................................1-20 3.4.2 Normal self-diagnostic mode (Level 1) .....................................................3-15
1.5.5.1 Outline of Wireless LAN.......................................................................1-20 3.4.2.1 Entering self-diagnostic mode (level 1).............................................3-15
3.4.2.2 Exiting self-diagnostic mode..............................................................3-15
2. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES.................................2-1 3.4.3 Switch scan test .......................................................................................3-16
2.1 Precautions prior to repair ...............................................................................2-2 3.4.4 Motor and clutch test ................................................................................3-19
2.2 Items to be checked prior to taking action on abnormal images.......................2-2 3.4.5 Test print....................................................................................................3-21
3.4.6 Color registration adjustment test.............................................................3-25
iv /
CONTENTS
3.4.7 Density adjustment test.............................................................................3-29 3.9.7 Writing profile list.......................................................................................3-64

3.4.8 Consumable counter display.....................................................................3-32 3.9.8 Reading network connection list...............................................................3-65
3.4.9 Print counter display..................................................................................3-33 3.9.9 Writing network connection list..................................................................3-66
3.4.10 Factory-Shipping mode switching.............................................................3-33
3.4.11 Self-diagnostic function setting.................................................................3-34
3.4.12 LED head serial number display...............................................................3-35 4. REPLACEMENT OF PARTS..................................................4-1
3.4.13 Drum Manual Cleaning.............................................................................3-35 4.1 Notes on replacement of parts..........................................................................4-2
3.4.14 Functions of buttons after power-on..........................................................3-36 4.2 Part replacement procedure.............................................................................4-4
3.5 Setup in part replacement ..............................................................................3-37 4.2.1 Belt unit.......................................................................................................4-4
3.5.1 CU/PU Board, Scaner Borad, Panel Board and HDD changing order......3-38 4.2.2 Fuser unit....................................................................................................4-5
3.5.2 Notes on HDD replacement......................................................................3-41 4.2.3 Cover side-L-upper / Cover side-L..............................................................4-6
3.6 Manual density adjustment setting..................................................................3-42 4.2.4 Cover side-R-upper / Cover side-R.............................................................4-6
3.7 High Humid Mode (Reduce Paper Curl).........................................................3-43 4.2.5 Rear cover Assy...........................................................................................4-7
3.8 Scanner Maintenance.....................................................................................3-44 4.2.6 Duplex Unit..................................................................................................4-8
3.8.1 Scanner Calibration...................................................................................3-45 4.2.7 LED Assy. / Spring-Head.............................................................................4-9
3.8.2 Adjust Scan Position (FBS).......................................................................3-45 4.2.8 Main board (board Assy-6CU) / Board memory........................................4-10
3.8.3 Adjust Scan Position (ADF simplex)..........................................................3-46 4.2.9 HDD Assy / Plate Assy.-Sensor / Stapler Unit...........................................4-12
3.8.4 Adjust Scan Position (ADF duplex)...........................................................3-48 4.2.10 Scanner Unit / Cover-Hinge(L) / Cover-Hinge(R)......................................4-13
3.8.5 Light adjustment - Lighting confirmation...................................................3-50 4.2.10.1 Tray-Assy-Document/Cover-ADF-R..................................................4-15
3.8.6 Mechanical Test (ADF transfer test)..........................................................3-51 4.2.10.2 Tray-Assy-Document.........................................................................4-17
3.8.7 Mechanical Test (FB transfer test).............................................................3-52 4.2.10.3 Damper Assy-L/R..............................................................................4-17
3.8.8 Sensor Test...............................................................................................3-53 4.2.10.4 ADF-unit / CONN Cord / Film-Guard(L) / Film-Guard(R)..................4-18
3.8.9 ADF motor Test.........................................................................................3-53 4.2.10.5 Sheet-document/Paper-weight-Assy/Spring-PW-ADF......................4-20
3.8.10 Multi feed sensor Test................................................................................3-54 4.2.10.6 Hinge-Assy-L / Hinge-Assy-R............................................................4-27
3.8.11 Adjusting the touch position of the touch panel.........................................3-54 4.2.10.7 ADF-Assy..........................................................................................4-28
3.9 Configuration Tool...........................................................................................3-56 4.2.10.8 Guide-Retard / Cover-Assy-Top-ADF / Motor /CONN Coard / Clutch /
Photo-sensor.....................................................................................4-32
3.9.1 Installation of Configuration Tool...............................................................3-56
4.2.10.9 Frame Assy.-Hopping(ADF)..............................................................4-35
3.9.2 Reading E-mail address list......................................................................3-57
4.2.10.10 Guide Assy.-Top(A) / Guide Assy.-Top(B)/ Board Assy.-6JC / CONN
3.9.3 Writing E-mail address list.........................................................................3-58
Cord / Stopper-Arm(ADF).................................................................4-36
3.9.4 Reading speed dial list..............................................................................3-60
4.2.10.11 Guide-Assy-Retard..........................................................................4-37
3.9.5 Writing speed dial list................................................................................3-61
4.2.10.12 Flatbed-Unit.....................................................................................4-37
3.9.6 Reading profile list.....................................................................................3-63
v/
4.2.10.13 Frame-assy-FB................................................................................4-38 5.2 Cleaning of LED lens array...............................................................................5-3
4.2.11 Frame-Assy.-OP........................................................................................4-41 5.3 Cleaning the Feed rollers and the Retard roller................................................5-5
4.2.12 2bin Assy. / Guide Assy.-2Bin / Stacker Assy.-2Bin...................................4-43 5.4 Cleaning the MPT Feed rollers.........................................................................5-7
4.2.13 Top cover Assy...........................................................................................4-46 5.5 Cleaning Rollers in the ADF..............................................................................5-9
4.2.14 Cable-Assy-Head / Lever-SNS / Photo Sensor.........................................4-48
5.6 Cleaning the rollers inside of the ADF............................................................5-11
4.2.15 Plate-Stay(L).............................................................................................4-50
5.7 Cleaning the Document Glass........................................................................5-12
4.2.16 Plate-Stay(R) / Plate-Board-R-Assy / Plate-Support(Stay).......................4-50
4.2.17 Front cover Assy........................................................................................4-52
6. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS...................................................6-1
4.2.18 Guide Assy.-eject......................................................................................4-54
6.1 Connection diagram..........................................................................................6-2
4.2.19 Post-fuser-lock...........................................................................................4-54
6.2 Board Layout.....................................................................................................6-4
4.2.20 Relay board (P6Z) / contact Assy. / Sensor Assy. Fuser-A........................4-56
4.2.21 High-voltage power supply board..............................................................4-58 6.3 Resistance value.............................................................................................6-16
4.2.22 Frame Assy.-Front.....................................................................................4-59 6.4 Firmware Information......................................................................................6-21

4.2.23 Roller Assy.-registration............................................................................4-61 6.4.1 Maintenance board indication stamp........................................................6-21
4.2.24 Roller-feed, roller-pickup, frame Assy.-pickup,and holder sensor Assy.....4-62
4.2.25 Low-voltage power supply Assy.................................................................4-64
7. APPENDIX..............................................................................7-1
4.2.26 Motor Assy.-belt and motor Assy-ID..........................................................4-66 7.1 List of Initialized range......................................................................................7-2
4.2.27 Motor DC-FU (fuser motor) / Plate cover FU.............................................4-68
4.2.28 Side-R Assy. and side-L Assy.............................................................................4-69
4.2.29 Feed rollers (Tray 1/2/3/4)................................................................................4-72
4.2.30 Cassette Assy / Gear-Planet(Lift)...................................................................4-74
4.2.31 Paper feed rollers (MPT pick-up roller/MPT feed roller/MPT retard roller).4-75
4.2.32 Fuser Connector/FU sensor......................................................................4-77
4.2.33 Guide Assy.-Side-L / Rack-L.....................................................................4-78
4.2.34 Guide Assy.-Side-R / Rack-R....................................................................4-78
4.2.35 Cover-FaceUP-B.......................................................................................4-79
4.2.36 Attention of replace the Top cover Assy./Guide Assy.-eject.......................4-80
4.2.37 Label-Maintenance(A /B /C /D /E /F /G), Label-Caution(ADF)..................4-81
4.3 Portions Lubricated.........................................................................................4-83
5. REGULAR MAINTENANCE...................................................5-1
5.1 Cleaning............................................................................................................5-2
vi /
1. CONFIGURATION
1.1 System configuration ....................................................................1-2
1.2 Structure of MFP ..........................................................................1-4
1.3 Offer of Options ............................................................................1-5
1.4 Specifications ...............................................................................1-7
1.5 Interface specifications ...............................................................1-17
1. CONFIGURATION
1.1 System configuration

RFID 2Bin Unit 7 inch OPE
Inside temperature thermistor

Board-POL Speaker
System Configurations of the MFP Unit.
Stacker full sensor
Cover open sensor

FFC22P
M2 Paper route OPE
K2 Y2 C2 setting Solenoid
Cover Open switch

The system configuration of this product is shown in JST2P JST2P JST2P JST2P
JST2P
Core
Extension cable
Fuser FAN1
Core
Speaker
Figure 1-1
OPE
JST8P
FRONT
USB MEM USB
CL1 SETCOV
IC card
Belt motor RFID R/W IC_CRAD reader
Fuser motor(DC)
AMP4P
2bin relay board
FFC6P JST3P (Board-7RL) Scanner board
Hopping motor JST8P
JST3P (Board-6SU)
AMP4P
AMP4P JST3P AMP2P
FAX board
FFC24P
Fuser right side FAN
Scanner open switch

SNSIF MOTIF PM REV
FAX
FAX
Reg CL JST9P High-Voltage JST11 AMP8 (Board-FXS)
AMP3P relay
ID motor(DC)
Power board
Color Density sensor

ID UpDown CL (Board-EHV)
Stacker Full sensor

RTC
AMP2P relay Hopping CL JST2P
Fuser IN sensor
Discharging light Board-P6D 2bin LED board Shutter solenoid
FFC50P
(Board-1LD)
Color registration
Paper detect sensor

MPT CL ID UP/DOWN SUPOW CUIF Fuser release sensor Exit sensor
Discharging light Board-P6D AMP2P relay FFC13P sensor sensor board Belt FAN
Scanner <- ->Printer

HVOLT JST14P (Board-PRC)
BIN1
Discharging light Board-P6D AMP2P Core
AMP3P AMP3P
JST14P
Discharging light Board-P6D AMP14P AMP2P JST9P JST8P AMP3P JST10
JST2P TOP cover FFC4P FFC4P MOLEX5P
AMP3P
MOTERCL HOPCL DCID DCHEAT SIDEFAN RFID HVOLT B21F SCN OP SUPOW SUIF
open switch
FFC6P FFC13P FFC50P
JST3P relay
Toner sensor board TonerLow TonerLow TonerLow TonerLow
AMP4P
FFC4P FFC4P
MOLEX5P JST3P
SNSS
SNSS
sensor sensor sensor sensor
(Board-TSA) FFC10P
FFC10P
DDR2 DDR2 FUSERIN
RCR LCR
DENS
SOL
AMP2P BELTFAN
DIMM(1GB)
EXIT
(128MB)x2 AMP6P
Fuser Unit
Relay board
FFC30P
FFC30P
RELAY
PUIF
JST6P JST7P JST4P
WR sensor (Board-P6Z)
CD2
FUSER
AMP12P
WR sensor board IN1 sensor SATA I/F POWFAN
JST5P
FSNS
JST5P
FSNS CU/PU board

HOST USB
(Board-RSG) IN2 sensor
FFC
24P
FFC
24P K-HEAD AMP3P
(Board-6CU) FFC FFC Y-HEAD

USB 24P 24P
HUB FFC FFC M-HEAD

MPT PE
MPT paper end sensor 24P

AMP3P
24P
JST2P FFC FFC C-HEAD
24P 24P Low voltage
FAN
GLAN
AMP3P
PE_HOP
PHY
AMP6P
Paper end sensor

Environment
sensor board
JST24P
POWER
HOP sensor
JST24P
USB
(Board-8TH) SATA LAN DEV
AMP3P
FFC6P FFC6P POWER SATAIF STP EXIT2 FACEUP
JST4P
OPTION PSIZE IDMFAN WLAN
HOP sensor board
(Board-HSC) JST24P AMP5P JST3P
PC I/F
AMP3P JST2P AMP8P Low-Voltage Power board
Core
(1H609WA)
Front Assy <--> Printer AC inlet
AC
AMP5P
HDD WLAN
AMP11P AMP12P Module
Offline
9715B- 9715B- stapler
11Z02 12Z02
Paper size Motor cooling EXIT2 Face up cover
To Duplex Unit To 2nd Tray
switch FAN sensor open close detect
switch
HOP sensor
Bottom sensor
Paper size
Paper end
Duplex Unit 2nd(3rd/4th)Tray

Front sensor
Rear sensor
IN sensor
sensor
IN sensor
switch
To MFP or upper tray

MFP potision 9715S-
12Z02
9715S-
11Z02 AMP12P
AMP11P AMP3P AMP3P AMP3P AMP5P
AMP3P AMP3P AMP3P AMP3P
Core
AMP6P AMP3P AMP5P

AMP6P AMP7P
CL1
AMP12P
SNS03 SNS12 PSZ

MAIN1
CL1
SNS03 SNS12
AMP2P Feed clutch
AMP2P Duplex clutch
Duplex unit board 2nd(3rd/4th)Tray unit board
AMP12P
MAIN1
FAN
Duplex FAN
(Board-GOH-1) JST3P (Board-GOH-2)
AMP13P
MAIN2
MOTOR
MOTOR
TH CL2
AMP4P JST6P AMP4P AMP4P
AMP2P AMP2P
AMP12P
9715B-
Separator solenoid 12Z02
Hopping clutch
To under tray
Figure 1-1-1 (Printing Section side)
1-2
7-inch touch Panel
FFC 40P
7-inch touch Panel

FFC 22P
Panel board
(Board-TP1)
(USB memory)
(IC_Card reader)
(Board-THS)
Switch board
ADF Open F sensor AMP 3P Document detect sensor1
AMP 3P
FFC 22P
AMP 3P Document detect sensor2
Core
AMP 3P JST 3P JST 4P
Speaker
USB OPN_F PSIZ1 PSIZ2
JST 2P
MEM 7INCHIF
(AMP 3P) (JST 3P) (JST 4P)
SPK
IC_CARD
(JST 2P)
FBM
motor
Core
AMP 4P
CN3
FAXIF
Flatbed
FFC24P
FAX board
(Board-FXS)
JST 14P
JST 14P
(JST 14P)
POWER_IN
(Board-6SU)
Scanner board
Core
CD2_CUIF
FFC50P
CIS1
CIS1
Core
CIS
To CU/PU board
FFC 50P
(JST 26p) (JST 8P) (JST 3P) (AMP 3P)
ADF_SU ADFM FBS OPN_R
JST 26p JST 8p JST 3P AMP 3P
AMP 3P ADF_OPEN_R sensor

Core Core
FB Unit
AMP 3P Home position sensor

Core
Tube Tube
Figure 1-1-2 (Scanning Section side)

Regist sensor AMP 3P
ADF Unit
motor
JST 6P
JST 6P
Scan sensor AMP 3P

ADF feed
(Board-6JC)
ADF top cover open close detect AMP 3P DFSTX

JST 3P
Document double
ADF
AMP 3P
JST 6P
JST 6P
motor
Document set AMP 3P Relay connector

hopping
feed sensor board (Tx)
Reverce sensor AMP 3P

AMP 3P
JST 34P
JST 5p AMP 6P AMP 4P AMP 3P JST 3P
DFS
AMP 2P
REV SETCOV SCN TX

REG
(JST 5P) (AMP 6P) (AMP 4P) (AMP 3P) (JST 3P)
Feed
FDCL
Clutch
ADFMOT
(AMP 8P)
SUIF (JST 34P)

RGCL
Clutch
Regist
(AMP 2P) (AMP 2P)
AMP 2P
(Board-6RL)
(JST 6P) (AMP 5P) (JST 7P) (JST 4P)

ADF relay board
PSIZEW DFSRX PSIZL HOP
JST 6P AMP 5P JST 7P JST 4P
JST 5P
ADFWS AMP 3P Hopping sensor
(Board-6WB)
JST 5P AMP 3P
Document length detect1
DFSRX

(Board-6JD)
AMP 3P
sensor board (Rx)
ADF paper width sensor board

Document double feed
Document width detect3

1-3
1. CONFIGURATION
1. CONFIGURATION
1.2 Structure of MFP

The insides of multi function printers are composed of the following parts.
• Scanner part
• Electronic photography process part
• Paper path
• Duplex part
• 2bin part
• Control part (CU part / PU part ) Ⓑ
• Power supply parts (high voltage part/low voltage part)

Figure 1-2 shows the composition of the MFP.
Figure 1-2
1-4
1. CONFIGURATION
1.3 Offer of Options

This product can be installed with the following option. *The assembling pattern of the Additional Tray, the caster base and the
* Check the usable option unit at each setting locations, because those are cabinet should be as the following table.
different according to the sales location. Assemblable pattern (*: essential for to assemble) Notes
(1) Additionanl Tray No. Additional Tray Caster Base Cabinet
(1-1) Additionanl Tray Unit (max mountable number: 3) 2nd-Tray 3rd-Tray 4th-Tray
1
2
3
4
(2) Wireless LAN module

(1-2) Caster Base
(1-3) Cabinet Note! Refer to a set-up guide, that is packed together with the Wireless LAN module.
1-5
1. CONFIGURATION
(3) IC Card Reader Locking Kit

• Label for IC card cover
• IC card reader fixed film
• Screws (4)
• Core
Note! Recommended IC card reader: ELATEC ART15160 TWN4 MIFARE NFC

Version P.
1-6
1. CONFIGURATION
1.4 Specifications
Print specifications Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483

Fonts Scalable 87 PCL fonts, 80 PostScript fonts
Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483 Typefaces
Segment Small working Group Bitmap 4 PCL fonts
Print speed (simplex) A4 / Letter 23ppm 35ppm Typefaces (Line Printer, OCR-A/B, USPS ZIP Barcode)
Print speed (duplex) A4 / Letter 19ppm 27ppm Barcode 10 types of one dimension with 26 variations:
Print Width A3 UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN/JAN-8, EAN/JAN-13,
Time to First Print 14 sec. 9.5 sec. Interleaved2of5, Code39, Code 128, EAN/UCC-
Warm-up time from power on 35 sec. or less (w/o calibrations) 128, CODABAR, ZIP+4POSTNET
Recovery time from Panel / Scan 7 sec. 2 types of two dimensions :
power save Print approx. 27 sec. (DHC off, wireless LAN off) PDF417, Qrcode
Resolution Head 600dpi (4bit) / 1200dpi (ES8483 only) Paper Handling See the table of the paper handling of the print.
Maximum 600 x 2400dpi 2 Bin Yes
Input dpi Job offset 1 Bin No
Output dpi 600 x 600 dpi x 2bit 2 Bin No
600 x 1200 dpi x 1bit Acoustic noise Operating 54 dBA or less
600 x 600 dpi x 1bit Operating N/A
CPU Core PPC464FP (Quiet mode)
Clock 800MHz Standby 37dBA or less
RAM Resident DDR2 32bit 1.28GB Power save Background level
(256MB(on Board) & 1GB(DIMM Slot) mode
Option N/A Power consumption off mode < 0.15W
ROM Main 64MB (Program+Font) Deep sleep ≦ 3W
(I/F control 1MB) mode (Factory default without options)
HDD (Data storage) 2.5" SATA 250GB (STD) Power save ≦ 30W
Connectivity Standard 10/100/1000Base Ethernet mode (without options)
USB 2.0 Device Idle < 120W
USB 2.0 Host x2 Typical < 850W
RJ11x2 (Line/Tel) operation
Options Wireless LAN (IEEE802.11 a/b/g/n) Peak < 1400W
Printer Language PostScript3, PCL5c, PCL6(XL), EPSON FX, IBM Power Requirment <Voltage>
ProPrinter, XPS, PDF(v1.x) ODA, Taiwan : 120V AC +/-10%
OEL, ODA230, AOS : 230V AC +/-10%
<Frequency>
50/60Hz +/-2%
1-7
1. CONFIGURATION
Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483 Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483

Operating tempature 10 to 32 (C degree) Image drum life at du- Continuous 33,000pages(16,500sheets)
Operating humidity 20 to 80 % plex (w/o power save) 6 pages per 21,000pages(10,500sheets)
Operation panel Type/Color Color touch panel job
Size 7 inches WVGA(800x480) 2 pages per 12,000pages(6,000sheets)
Back Light Yes job
LED Power, Power save, Start, Status, Data in memory Transfer Belt life 80,000 pages
Switches Home, Copy, Scan, Print, Fax, Satatus, Numeri- Fuser life 100,000 pages
cal(0-9,*,#), Clear, Start, Stop, Power save, Power Print Quiet mode No
Soft power operation panel Function Toner save mode Yes
switch Override A4/Letter Yes (for Printing)
Buzzer Yes (Speaker) AirPrint Yes
Dimension Width 563mm/22.2" Google Cloud Print Yes
(mm/inch) Depth 600mm/23.6" USB direct print Yes (PDF, JPEG, TIFF, XPS)
Height 700mm/27.6" Secure Print Yes
Weight Under 64kg Encrypted Secure Print Yes
Printer life 600,000 pages or 5 years ID Secure Print Yes
Max. Monthly Printer duty 50,000 pages Remote Firmware update Yes
Recommended Duty Cycle 10,000 pages Print Complete Notification No
MTBF 5,000 hours Certification Energy star (ver.2), Blue Angel
MPBF 100,000 pages
MTTR 20 minutes
Toner life Starter K MC8x3 : 2,500 pages
(@ISO/ ES84x3 : 13,600 pages (@5%)
IEC19798) C, M, Y MC8x3 : 2,500 pages
ES84x3 : 7,800 pages (@5%)
std. K MC8x3 : 7,000 pages
ES84x3 : None
C, M, Y MC8x3 : 7,300 pages
Supplies
ES84x3 : None
high K MC8x3 : 15,000pages,
cap. 10,000pages(JPN/ODA only)
ES84x3 : 14,600 pages (@5%)
C, M, Y MC8x3 : 10,000 pages
ES84x3 : 8,800 pages (@5%)
Image drum life at sim- Continuous 44,000 pages
plex (w/o power save) 3 pages per 30,000 pages
job
1 page per 18,000 pages
job
1-8
1. CONFIGURATION
Copy specifications Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483

Image quality adjustment Density, Background removal [Auto, OFF, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483 6], Show-Through Removal [OFF, Low, Middle, High],
Flatbed Color up to 23cpm up to 35cpm Contrast (7 levels for each menu)
Copy Speed (A4 LEF)
Copy function Duplex Yes (1 to 2, 2 to 1, 2 to 2)

Mono up to 23cpm up to 35cpm
copy
ADF simplex, Color up to 23cpm up to 35cpm ID card Yes
multiple originals copy
Mono up to 23cpm up to 35cpm
Collate Yes
ADF duplex, Color up to 17cpm Continuous Yes
multiple originals scan
Mono up to 17cpm
N in 1 Yes (2in1 / 4in1 / 8in1)
Time to first copy (Tray1, Simplex, A4LEF) (Tray1, Simplex, A4LEF) Repeat Yes (x2 /x4 /x8)
(Color : 300x300dpi) (Color : 300 x 300dpi)
Mixed Yes (comibination of Letter and Legal 13/13.5/14)
(Mono : 600x600dpi) (Mono : 600 x 600dpi)
originals →(combination of LetterSEF and Legal13/13.5/14, Let-
Flatbed Color : 14.5sec Flatbed Color : 10sec
terLEF and Tabloid, Statement and Letter/Legal, A4LEF
Flatbed Mono : 14.5sec Flatbed Mono : 10sec
and A3, B5LEF and B4, A5LEF and A4, A4SEF and
Copy resolution Scan 300x600dpi, 600x600dpi Folio)
Print 600x600, 600x1200dpi @600dpi HEAD Edge Yes (OFF, 2 to 50mm)
600x600, 1200x1200dpi @1200dpi HEAD erase
Resolution Normal, Extra Fine (color only) Center Yes
selection erase
Original size See the table of the paper handling of the scanner Margin Yes (OFF, -25 to +25mm from left / top)
Copy Scaling Auto, Manual : 25% to 400%, shift
Preset : 100%, 64%(Tabloid->Letter), Interrupt Yes
70%(A3->A4,A4->A5,B4->B5), Copy(while
78%(Legal14->Letter), 81%(B4->A4, print job)
B5->A5,Legal13.5->Letter),
Book copy Yes
84%(Legal13->Letter), 86%(A4->B5),
water mark Yes
94%(A4->Letter), 97%(Letter->A4), 98%(Fit to page),
115%(B5->A4), 122%(A4->B4,A5->B5),
129%(Letter->Tabloid,HalfLetter->Letter),
141%(A4->A3,A5->A4,B5->B4)
Copy Quantity Selection up to 999
Document type selection Text, Photo/Text, Photo, Photo(Glossy)
1-9
1. CONFIGURATION
Scan specifications Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483

Scan to email, Address book 1,000 locations, 32 group address
Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483 network PC, Scan profile 50 profiles
Sensor type Color CIS USB File system FAT12, FAT(FAT16), FAT32
Optical reso- 600dpi (scan to USB)
lution Scan to com- Mode Color, Grayscale, Binary, Halftone
Scan speed Flatbed 2.0sec/page (A4, Color, 300 x 600dpi) puter Resolution 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 600dpi
2.0sec/page (A4, Mono, 600 x 600dpi) (with Actkey) File format PDF(Multi/Single), TIFF(Multi/Single), JPEG, BMP, PCX,
ADF 1.2sec/page (A4, Color, 300 x 600dpi) GIF, TGA, PNG, WMF, EMF
Simplex 1.2sec/page (A4, Mono, 600 x 600dpi) Remote scan Mode Color, Grayscale, Binary, Halftone
ADF 3.2sec/page (A4, Color, 300 x 600dpi) Resolution 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600,
Duplex 3.2sec/page (A4, Mono, 600 x 600dpi) 19200 dpi, Custom (50 to 600dpi)
Original size See paper handling table Communication data storage Yes
Dual Scan No Scan Preview Yes
Scan to Function Email, Shared folder (CIFS/FTP/HTTP), USB, Computer (Local
PC), Remote scan (only network ), Inside folder
Scan to email, Mode Color, Grayscale, Binary
network PC, Resolution 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 600dpi
USB File format PDF, Secure PDF, S-TIFF/M-TIFF(RAW/G3/G4 Com-
pressed), JPEG(color, grayscale only), XPS,
Hi compression PDF
Document Text, Photo/Text, Photo, Photo(Glossy)
type selection
Duplex scan Yes (OFF / Long edge bind/Short edge bind)
Continuous Yes
scan (Job
build)
Image quality Density, Background removal[Auto,OFF,1,2,3,4,5,6], Show-
adjustment Through Removal[OFF,Low,Middle,High], Contrast, Hue,
Saturation, RGB
Mixed origi- Yes (combination of LetterSEF and Legal13/ 13.5/ 14, Let-
nals terLEF and Tabloid, Statement and Letter/Legal, A4LEF
and A3, B5LEF and B4, A5LEF and A4)
Edge erase Yes (OFF, 5 to 50mm)
Center erase Yes
Scanning Yes
Orientation
File compres- Color / Grayscale : Low / Medium / High
sion level Binary : Raw / Medium / High
1-10
1. CONFIGURATION
FAX specifications Front End Installer specifications

Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483 Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483
Connetivity PSTN, PBX line Driver Install Yes
Speed ITU-T G3 (Super G3) up to 33.6kbps, Approx. Utility Install Yes
2seconds/page
Language Setting Yes
Coding method MH, MR, MMR, JBIG
Fax memory 8MB (approx. 400pages) Network Setting Yes
One-touch dials 40 dials (8 x 5 using Scroll Button) Scan To Setting Yes
Speed dials 1,000 locations, 32 group address FAX Setting Yes
On hook dial Yes
Redial Yes
Internet Fax T.37 simple mode
Original size A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, Tabloid, Letter,
Legal13/13.5/14, Statement, Folio
Resolution Std, Fine, Ex-fine, Photo
Density control Yes (7 levels)
Duplex scan/print Yes
Continuous scan Yes
Image quality adjustment Background removal
FAX function TEL/TAD/FAX Yes
auto switching
Distinctive Ring Yes
Detection
Automatic Tray Yes
select for Fax print (A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, Tabloid, Letter, Legal13/ 13.5/ 14,
Statement, Folio)
Block junk FAX Yes
PC FAX Yes (sending only)
Automated Yes
delivery
Edge erase Yes
FAX reception Yes
image preview
Multi Poring No
Polling Receive No
Rotation Yes
Transmission
F-code Yes
Report Communication management report (Only
transmission / Only reception), Daily report
1-11
1. CONFIGURATION
Other specifications
Item MC853/ES8453 MC873/ES8473/ES8483
IC card reader for panel unlock & Yes
ID Secure print
Open-API support Yes
Audio Guide No
Scan to Box Function Support Yes
WiFi Direct Support No
Concurrent Connection of Wired No
& Wireless
SD memory No
Additional tray Yes (See the item 1.3 for the assembly pattern)
Finisher No
Off-line Stapler Yes
LCF No
FDI Not Standard (COC correspondence).
This machine is prepared On-board (CU board).
Default Setting ID: Near Life MC8x3 model:
Warning Enable Near Life Warning, 3,000 pages before life
@A4 one-sided ES84x3 model:
printing at 3 Disable Near Life Warning, 500 pages before life when
pages per job enable
Fuser: Near Life MC8x3 model:
Belt: Near Life MC8x3 model:
Protocol See the protocol table for detail
1-12
1. CONFIGURATION
Paper handling Tray Standard Option Paper Size

MPT 1st tray Duplex 2nd tray/ Detection/
Printer section 3rd tray/ (Tray1)
4th tray
< Paper Input > China 8K(273 x 394) Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual
China 8K(260 x 368) Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual
Tray Standard Option Paper Size
China 16K(197 x 273) SEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual
MPT 1st tray Duplex 2nd tray/ Detection/
3rd tray/ (Tray1) China 16K(195 x 270) SEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual
4th tray China 16K(184 x 260) SEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual
paper input capacity 100 sheets 300 sheets - 530 sheets China 16K (197 x 273) LEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual
(80gsm)/ (80gsm)/ (80gsm)/ China 16K (195 x 270) LEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual
110 sheets 330 sheets 580 sheets China 16K (184 x 260) LEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual
size
(64gsm) (64gsm) (64gsm) Index Card(3" x 5") Yes
A3 nobi 4" x 6" Yes
SR A3 5" x 7" Yes
A3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto Custom Size Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual
A4 SEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto Envelop C4, C5,
A4 LEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto LEF, DL
A5 SEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto LEF, COM-
A5 LEF Yes Yes Auto 10 LEF
A6 SEF Yes Yes Auto Other
A6 LEF minimum size 64 x 90mm 105 x 128 x 148 x
B4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto 2.5" x3.5" 148mm 182mm / 182mm /
(A6) / 5.0" x 7.2" 5.8" x 7.2"
B5 SEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto
4.1" x 5.8"
B5 LEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto
maximum size 297 x 1,321 297 x 431.8 297 x 431.8 297 x 431.8
B6 SEF Yes Yes Yes Manual
mm / mm / mm / mm /
B6 LEF Yes
size
11.7" x 52" 11.7" x 17" 11.7" x 17" 11.7" x 17"

B6 Half Yes
wight 64 - 256 64 - 220 64 - 220 64 - 176
Tabloid (11 x 17) Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto gsm / gsm / gsm / gsm /
Letter (8.5 x 11) Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto 17 - 68lb / 17 - 58lb 17 - 58lb 17 - 47lb
Letter (11 x 8.5 ) Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto media type Plain, Plain, Letterhead, Bond, Recycled, Card Stock,
Legal 13 Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual Letterhead, Rough, Glossy, Usertype
Legal 13.5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual Trans-
Legal 14 Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto* parency,
Executive(7.25 x 10.5) SEF Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto Labels,
Bond,
Executive(7.25 x 10.5) LEF Recycled,
Statement SEF (5.5 x 8.5) Yes Yes Manual Card Stock,
Statement LEF (8.5 x 5.5) Yes Rough,
8.5"SQ(8.5 x 8.5) Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual Glossy,
Folio(210 x 330.2) Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual Usertype
China 8K(270 x 390) Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual * Default : Leagal
1-13
1. CONFIGURATION
< Paper output > Stacker Face up Face down

1st bin 2nd bin
Stacker Face up Face down China 16K (184 x 260) LEF Yes Yes Yes
1st bin 2nd bin 3" x 5" Yes
Paper output Capacity 100 sheets 200 sheets 100 sheets 4" x 6" Yes Yes
(<80gsm) (<80gsm) (<80gsm) 5" x 7" Yes Yes
A3 nobi
size
Custom Size Yes Yes Yes
SR A3 Envelop Yes
A3 Yes Yes Yes Other Postcard
A4 SEF Yes Yes Yes Banner up
A4 LEF Yes Yes Yes to 52"
A5 SEF Yes Yes Yes minimum size 64 x 90mm/ 105 x 148 x
A5 LEF Yes Yes 2.5" x3.5" 148mm 182mm/
A6 SEF Yes Yes (A6)/ 5.8" x 7.2"
A6 LEF 4.1" x 5.8"
B4 Yes Yes Yes maximum size 297 x 297 x 297 x
B5 SEF Yes Yes Yes 1,321mm / 431.8mm/ 431.8mm/
B5 LEF Yes Yes Yes 11.7" x 52" 11.7" x 17" 11.7" x 17"
B6 SEF Yes Yes weight 64 - 64 - 64 -
B6 LEF Yes 256gsm/ 220gsm/ 220gsm/
B6 Half Yes 17 - 68lb 17 - 58lb 17 - 58lb
Tabloid (11 x 17) Yes Yes Yes media type Plain, Plain, Letterhead,
Letterhead, Bond, Recycled, Card
Letter (8.5 x 11) Yes Yes Yes
Trans- Stock, Rough, Glossy,
size
Letter (11 x 8.5 ) Yes Yes Yes

parency, Usertype
Legal13 Yes Yes Yes
Labels,
Legal13.5 Yes Yes Yes Bond,
Legal14 Yes Yes Yes Recycled,
Executive(7.25 x 10.5) SEF Yes Yes Yes Card
Executive(7.25 x 10.5) LEF Yes Yes Yes Stock,
Statement SEF (5.5 x 8.5) Yes Yes Yes Rough,
Statement LEF (8.5 x 5.5) Yes Glossy,
8.5"SQ(8.5 x 8.5) Yes Yes Yes Usertype
Folio(210 x 330.2) Yes Yes Yes
China 8K(270 x 390) Yes Yes Yes
China 16K(197 x 273) SEF Yes Yes Yes
China 16K (197 x 273) LEF Yes Yes Yes
China 16K (195 x 270) LEF Yes Yes Yes
1-14
1. CONFIGURATION
Scanner section RADF Flatbed

Simplex Duplex Paper Size on glass Paper Size
< Document Paper Input > Detection Detection
RADF Flatbed China 16K(184 x 260)
Simplex Duplex Paper Size on glass Paper Size China 16K (197 x 273) LEF
Detection Detection China 16K (195 x 270) LEF
max input capacity 100 sheet 100 sheet - China 16K (184 x 260) LEF
(80gsm) (80gsm) 3" x 5"
size
A3 nobi 4" x 6"
SR A3 5" x 7"
A3 Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto Custom Size
A4 SEF Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto Envelop
A4 LEF Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto Others
A5 SEF Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto minimum size 105 x 148 148 x 210 No
A5 LEF Yes Auto Yes Auto mm (A6)/ mm (A5)/ limitation
A6 SEF Yes Auto Yes Auto 4.1" x 5.8" 5.8" x 8.3"
A6 LEF maximum size 297 x 297 x 297 x
B4 Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto 431.8mm/ 431.8mm/ 431.8mm/
11.7" x 17" 11.7" x 17" 11.7" x 17"
B5 SEF Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto
weight 60 - 60 - Under
B5 LEF Yes Auto Yes Auto
120gsm/ 120gsm/ 15kg
B6 SEF
16 - 32lb 16 - 32lb weight on
B6 LEF
the platen
B6 Half glass
Tabloid (11 x 17) Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto
size
Memo :Under the setting of 'detecting document size' is 'AUTO', the detectable document
Letter (8.5 x 11) Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto
size is different by the set category setting for the species of the detecting docu-
Letter (11 x 8.5 ) Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto
ment size.
Legal13 Yes Yes Manual Yes Manual
In case of the setting is 'AB' descent: the auto detect function is able to detect the
Legal13.5 Yes Yes Manual Yes Manual size of 'A3' to 'B5-LEF' and Folio.
Legal14 Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto In case of the setting is 'LT' descent: the auto detect function is able to detect the
Executive(7.25 x 10.5) SEF Yes Yes Manual Yes Auto size of 'Tabloid' to 'Statement-LEF'.
Executive(7.25 x 10.5) LEF
Statement SEF (5.5 x 8.5) Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto
Statement LEF (8.5 x 5.5) Yes Manual Yes Manual
8.5"SQ(8.5 x 8.5) Yes Yes Manual Yes Manual
Folio(210 x 330.2) Yes Yes Auto Yes Auto
China 8K(270 x 390)
China 8K(273 x 394)
China 8K(260 x 368)
China 16K(197 x 273)
China 16K(195 x 270)
1-15
1. CONFIGURATION
< Protocol >

Protocol for all Protocol for all
TCP/IPv4&v6 Yes SMTP Yes
NetBEUI No SMTPS Yes
NetBIOS over TCP Yes AirPrint Yes
NetWare No Google Cloud Print Yes
EtherTalk No WLAN 802.11bgn No
DHCP Yes WLAN 802.11abgn Yes
DHCPv6 Yes WEP Yes*
BOOTP Yes WPA Yes*
HTTP Yes WPA2 Yes
HTTPS Yes Personal Yes
DNS Yes Enterprise Yes
DDNS Yes * it is intended to release on web in
WINS Yes October 2015 (included in FW update)
UPNP Yes
Bonjour. Yes
SMTP Yes
POP3 Yes
SNMPv1&v3 Yes
SNTP Yes
IPP Yes
IPPS Yes
WSD Print Yes
WSD Scan Yes
LLTD Yes
IEEE802.1X Yes
LPR Yes
Port9100 Yes
Telnet Yes
FTP Yes
IPSec Yes
Secure Protocol Server Yes
LDAP Yes
LDAPS Yes
CIFS Yes
FTP Yes
FTPS Yes
1-16
1. CONFIGURATION
1.5 Interface specifications
1.5.1 USB Interface Specification (2) Cable

Cable length : Specification Cable of USB2.0 spec. of less than 5m.(less
1.5.1.1 Outline of USB Interface than 2m is recommended)
(1) Basic Specification

USB 1.5.1.3 USB Interface Signal
(2) Transmission Mode Name of Single Function
Hi speed (480Mbps±0.05% max.) 1 Vbus Power Supply (+5V)(red)
(3) Power Control 2 D- Data transmission (white)
Self power device 3 D+ Data transmission (green)
4 GND Single ground (black)
Shell Shield
1.5.1.2 USB Interface Connector and Cable
(1) Connector (female)
• Printer side: B receptacle
Upstream port
Equivalent of UBR24-4K5C00 (made by ACON)
2 1
3 4
Connector pin arrangement
• Cable side: B plug (male)
1-17
1. CONFIGURATION
1.5.2 Network Interface Specification 1.5.2.3 Network Interface Signal

Pin No. Signal name Functions
1.5.2.1 Outline of Network Interface 1 TRD+(0) Transmit and receive Data 0 (+)
Refer to the contents of 1.4 Specifications. 2 TRD-(0) Transmit and receive Data 0 (-)
3 TRD+(1) Transmit and receive Data 1 (+)
4 TRD+(2) Transmit and receive Data 2 (+)
1.5.2.2 Network Interface Connector and Cable
5 TRD-(2) Transmit and receive Data 2 (-)
(1) Connector 6 TRD-(1) Transmit and receive Data 1 (-)
1000Base-T/100 BASE-TX/10 BASE-T 7 TRD+(3) Transmit and receive Data 3 (+)
(automatic switch, no simultaneous use) 8 TRD-(3) Transmit and receive Data 3 (-)
1 8
Connector pin arrangement
(2) Cable
Unshielded twist pair cable with RJ-45 connector
(Category 5e or higher-order is recommended.)
1-18
1. CONFIGURATION
1.5.3 Telephone Line Interface Specification 1.5.4 USB Host Interface

1.5.3.1 Outline of telephone Line Interface 1.5.4.1 Outline of USB Host Interface
The machine will reliably communicate with distant stations over voice-level telephone line. (1) Basic Specification
USB
1.5.3.2 Telephone Line Interface Connector and Cable
(2) Transmission Mode
Connector Type : RJ-11 Hi Speed (480Mbps±0.05% max.)
Cable Type : TEL Cable (With RJ-11 plug)
(3) Supply Power
Connector contact arrangement Max. 500mA
LINE TEL
(4) Connection devices
USB memory

1.5.4.2 USB Host Interface Connector
6 1 6 1
USB A plug connector
Equivalent of UBA-4R-D14-4DLF (JST Mfg. Co.,Ltd)
1.5.3.3 Telephone Line Interface signal
Contact No. Functions
TEL 1 Unspecified
2 Unspecified
3 TCP 4 3 2 1
4 TCP
5 Unspecified
6 Unspecified
LINE 1 Unspecified Connector pin arrangement
2 Unspecified
3 TCP
4 TCP 1.5.4.3 USB Host Interface Signal
5 Unspecified
Name of Signal Function
6 Unspecified
TCP : Terminal Connection Point 1 Vbus Power Supply (+5V)(red)
2 D- Data transmission (white)
3 D+ Data transmission (green)
4 GND Single ground (black)
Shell Shield
1-19
1. CONFIGURATION
1.5.5 Wireless LAN Interface
1.5.5.1 Outline of Wireless LAN

(1) Specification
IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n conformity (2.4GHz / 5GHz)
(2) Power supply voltage
5V
Connector
Note! This product cannot connect to a wired LAN and wireless LAN at the same time.
1-20
2. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
2.1 Precautions prior to repair.............................................................2-2
2.2 Items to be checked prior to taking action on abnormal images...2-2
2.3 Precautions when taking action on abnormal images...................2-2
2.4 Preparations for troubleshooting....................................................2-2
2.5 Troubleshooting method................................................................2-3
2.6 Fuse Checking.............................................................................2-91
2.7 Paper cassette switches and paper size correlation table...........2-92
2.1 Precautions prior to repair

(1) Confirm the basic check items indicated in the User's Manual.
(2) Through hearing from the user, obtain information, as far in detail as possible, on the situation concerning the fault.
(3) Inspect the printer in a condition close to the actual situation in which the fault occurred.
2.2 Items to be checked prior to taking action on abnormal images

(1) Check to see if the printer is operated in an adequate environment.
(2) Check to see if the consumables (toner, drum cartridges) are replaced properly.
(3) Check to see if the right paper is used. See the paper specifications.
(4) Check to see if the drum cartridges are installed properly.
2.3 Precautions when taking action on abnormal images

(1) Do not bring your hand or any object in contact with the surface of the OPC drum.
(2) Do not expose the OPC drum to direct sun.
(3) Do not touch the fuser unit, which can be very hot.
(4) Do not expose the image drums to light for over five minutes at the room temperature.
2.4 Preparations for troubleshooting

(1) Display of LCD
The breakdown situation of this machine is display in LCD.
Do an appropriate trouble repair based on information displayed in LCD.
2-2
2.5 Troubleshooting method

If a trouble occurs in the printer, search for it by the following procedure: 2.5.1 Panel messages list
Initializing & Information
Problem
No. Category PJL Status Panel messages Description
generated
Code
1 Initializing - Menu Resetting Indicates that EEPROM of the controller side is
being reset.
Problem is displayed Repair using the Repair in detail using The condition that EEPROM is reset includes the
in LCD. "LCD message list" troubleshooting flow followings.
- Changes of CU ROM (when disagreement of
(see 2.5.1 to 2.5.4). (see 2.5.5).
CU F/W version is detected)
- Changes of destination channel
- Compulsive initialization of EEPROM ("Service
Menu"-"System Maintenance"-"ALL RESET")
Abnormal image (or
Repair in detail using - OEM set of PJL command
problems that are - Reset by a FactoryDefaults operator of PS
troubleshooting flow
not displayed in the 2 Initializing - Wait a moment. The network is in initializing.
(see 2.5.6).
LCD) Network initializing If this status occurred during the unit initializing
... the message is displayed by English.
3 Initializing - Flash Memory Displays that Flash memory is being formatted.
Format It is displayed it when Resident/Option Flash
memory not fomented are detected, or "Service
Menu"-"System Maintenance"-"Format Flash
Memory" of a system maintenance menu is
performed.
The function mentioned above is secret to users.
Therefore, this status does not occur in a user
environment.
4 Initializing - Checking File Displays that HDD file system is being checked.
System Process Check of File System is valid to start
from "Management"-"Storage Maintenance
Setup" of Admin Setup Menu, or "Check File
System" of Boot Menu.
5 Initializing - Erasing Disk Indicates that the hard disk is being erased.
%PERCENT%% Erase process of the hard disk is valid to start
from "Management"-"Storage Maintenance
Setup"-"Erase SD Memory Card " of Admin Setup
Menu.
2-3
No. Category PJL Status Panel messages Description No. Category PJL Status Panel messages Description
Code Code
6 Initializing - Inspection is It is shown that PU firmware has booted in Loader 10 Initializing - %STORAGE% %ERRCODE%: 0
required. mode. Error: Indicates that the unformated Storage is detected
PU Flash Error If initialization is completed, it will change to the %ERRCODE% during the initializing.
status of no.7. To %STORAGE%
This status may occur also in a user environment. format, select %ERRCODE%: 250
When it occurs, the maintenance by a [Format] Indicates that machine detected broken file about
maintenance member is required (equivalent to To shut down, secure print.
S/C). select [Cancel] Needs to format once again.
Communication error occurred between CU and
PU. PU firmware may not be downloaded. [Format] pressed, Storage format is started and
7 Initializing - Inspection is Displays that communication to PU firmware the unit is rebooted automatically.
required. failed. [Cancel] pressed, the unit is shut down.
PU Communication This status may occur also in a user environment. ---------------------------------
Error When it occurs, the maintenance by a The following is changed by a status parameter.
maintenance member is required (equivalent to %STORAGE%：
S/C). HDD
If this status occurred during the unit initializing
the message is displayed by English. %ERRCODE%：
8 Initializing - Status Mode Displays that normal Online mode starts. Error Code
Data (Job) from an external portion is processed 11 Information - %TRADEMARK% Indicates that the new consumable (toner).
even though an error takes place after Online This status should be appeared at detecting the
(ready) state once this mode starts. new consumable (toner), and be disappeared
Displays Error or Warning on a panel. automatically after 3 seconds.
%TRADEMARK% is contained in the consumable
This function is secret to users. Therefore, this tag.
status does not occur in a user environment. 12 Information - Indicating that printer/MFP received the
9 Initializing - Indicates that it is initializing of scanner. command for identifying printer from AirPrint
This message is displayed that mirror position device such as iPhone,
initialization at the time of power-on scanner is This status is removed automatically in 10
starting. seconds.
13 Information - Document glass Document glass cover is open.
cover is open. if document glass cover is open, scanning cannot
Please Close it. be started.
14 Information - Finished changing -
language.
15 Initializing - Detected a Indicating that it is in the state which the database
abnormality of cannot recover.
internal database. [Format] pressed, the error database is to be
The data must be deleted and the unit is rebooted automatically.
deleted. [Cancel] pressed, the unit is shut down.
After pressing
[Format], the data
will be deleted, and
then reboot.
16 Information - #N/A! Indicating that the IC card reader supported with
a this machine is connected.
2-4
Normal No. Category PJL Status Panel messages Description

No. Category PJL Status Panel messages Description Code
Code 11 Normal 10099 Print page Collate printing.
1 Normal 10001 Online Mode Shows Online status. %PAGES% No. of "Print page" means the current number of printing
Ready to print. Copies %A%/%B% page (%PAGES%).
"No of Copies" is displayed as "%A%/%B%".
2 Normal 10002 Offline Mode Shows Offline status.
%A%: The number of copy in printing.
3 Normal 10993 File accessing ... The status showing FILE SYSTEM (HDD/FLASH)
%B%: the total number of printing.
is being accessed.
4 Normal 10061 Data arrive. Data receiving, process not started yet.
The unit of "Print page" is "Impression".
Displayed mainly during PJL process without text
In simplex printing, "Print page" counter is
print data or during job spooling.
increased by 1 when the paper exited from fuser.
5 Normal 10023 Processing ... Data receiving or output processing In duplex printing, "Print page" counter is
6 Normal 10096 Data present. Un-printed data remains in Buffer. Waiting for increased by 2 when the paper exited from fuser
data to follow. (after the back side printed out).
7 Normal 10098 Print page Printing the following print job and reports. 12 Normal 10099 Print page Copy printing.
%PAGES% No. of - PC Printing %PAGES% No. of "Print page" means the current number of printing
Copies %A%/%B% - Color Profile Copies %A%/%B% page (%PAGES%).
- Color Tuning Pattern "No of Copies" is displayed as "%A%/%B%".
- GL/2 Palette Sample %A%: The number of pages in printing.
- ID Check %B%: The total number of printing.
- Engine Status
- Color Table The unit of "Print page" is "Impression".
- File System Error Report In simplex printing, "Print page" counter is
- T30 Monitor increased by 1 when the paper exited from fuser.
- Received Mail Data In duplex printing, "Print page" counter is
- MFP Usage Report increased by 2 when the paper exited from fuser
--------------------------------------------- (after the back side printed out).
"Print page" means the current number of printing 13 Normal 10897 Verifying data. Indicates that the integrity of print data for
page (%PAGES%). encrypted authentication is being verified (for
"No of Copies" is displayed as "%A%/%B%". corruption and tampering).
%A%: The number of copy in printing. 14 Normal 10007 Deleting data. Indicates that job cancellation has been
%B%: the total number of printing. instructed and data is being ignored until the job
8 Normal 10014 Configuration Printing Configuration. completion.
printing ... Indicates that printing of menu items and the 15 Normal 10007 Deleting data. Indicates if JAM occurs when Jam Recover is
current settings. OFF, that job cancellation has been instructed
9 Normal 10056 File List printing ... Printing File Lists. and data is being ignored until the job completion.
Indicates that printing of the stored File (except 16 Normal 10007 Deleting data. Indicates a job being cancelled due to no print
hidden files) list in File system(FLASH). permit. (Related to JobAccount)
10 Normal 10057 Error Log printing Printing Error Logs 1. A job received from a user who is denied
... printing.
2. A color job received from a user who is denied
color printing.
17 Normal 10007 Deleting data. Indicates that a job is being cancelled because
the printer area where the logs are stored has
been used up and also "Cancel job" is specified
as an operation at the time of Log Full. (Related
to JobAccount)
18 Normal 10989 Warming Up. Shows cooling down status.
It is cautious of a period following "Warming Up".
2-5
Code Code
19 Normal 10003 Warming up Warming up. 29 Normal 10863 Scanning ... Indicates that it is scanning of documents.
20 Normal 10963 Warming up. Indicates that printing has been suspended for a
while due to high temperature of the drum, or the The unit of "Page" is "Impression".
printer is in a wait state to cope with heat at the In duplex scanning, "Page" counter is increased
time of switching narrow paper to wide paper. by 1 when the front side of sheet scanning
21 Normal 10094 The MFP in power save mode. started, and the counter is increased by 1 when
LCD back light is turned off. the back side scanning started.
Green LED is turned on.
22 Normal 10058 Preparing ... Executing Auto Color Adjusting %LOCATION_INFO%: Location Information (
（Scan To E-mail, Scan To Network PC only)
23 Normal 10994 Preparing ... Executing Auto Density Adjustment.
%SCAN_PAGE%: the number of current
10988 Status code 10988 corresponds to density
scanning page.
reading , thereto 10994 corresponds to density
%DOC_SIZE%: Document size
adjusting.
Scan Size setting is "Auto": the detected
24 Normal 40988 PU downloading ... Downloading PU F/W (This is not user-level document size.
error) Scan Size setting isn't "Auto": the selected scan
This function is secret to users. Therefore, this size.
status does not occur in a user environment. --------------------------------------------
It occurs during downloading firmware of option Indicates that it is scanning of documents by
tray. Scan To USBMemory.
25 Normal 10881 Updating firmware. Downloading scanner unit (Scanner, Fax, Panel)
Do not turn OFF FW. The unit of "Page" is "Impression".
the power. In duplex scanning, "Page" counter is increased
26 Normal 30956 Wait a moment. This appears during the NIC configuration data is by 1 when the front side of sheet scanning
Network storing into the flash memory, as the setting was started, and the counter is increased by 1 when
Configuration changed. the back side scanning started.
writing ...
27 Normal 30993 Wait a moment. This appears when the NIC initialization is %SCAN_PAGE%: the number of current
Network initializing occurred, as the setting was changed. scanning page.
... %DOC_SIZE%: Document size
28 Normal 10894 Cancelling ... Indicates that copy job is cancelling. Scan Size setting is "Auto": the detected
document size.
Scan Size setting isn't "Auto": the selected scan
size.
--------------------------------------------
Indicates that it is scanning of documents by
Push Scan/PC Scan.
%AP_INFO%: Selected application setting.
While a document is scanned by FAX memory

transmission, status LED does not illuminate
because this status is not raise.
2-6
Code Code
30 Normal 10896 Scanning ... Indicates that it is copying. 35 Normal 10859 Data writing to USB Indicates that it is wrighting the image file to USB
Print page sss: the number of current scanning page. Memory. memory after the scanning completed.
%PAGES% No. of ppp: the number of current printing page.
Copies %A%/%B% aa: the number of current printing. The cancel operation by STOP key pressing is
bb: the total number of printing. unsupported during the writing to USB memory.
36 Normal - Please set Indicates that it is waiting Scan To Local PC
The unit of "Scanned pages" is "Impression". document and started by user.
For example, in duplex scanning, "Scanned press Start key. The selected function will be started by start key
pages" counter is increased +1 at the front side pressed.
of sheet scanning started, and the counter is This message is displayed when the application
increased +1 at the back side scanning started. button ([Application], [Folder], [E-mail], [PC-
FAX]) is selected in Scan To Local PC stand-by
The unit of "Print pages" is "Impression". screen.
In simplex printing, "Print page" counter is 37 Normal 10797 Connecting to PC Indicates that it is connecting to PC.
increased by 1 when the paper exited from fuser. ... This message will be displayed at Start key
In duplex printing, "Print page" counter is pressed after the orignal document set.
increased by 2 when the paper exited from fuser 38 Normal 10851 Telephone Indicates that tha fax receiving started.
(after the back side printed out). 39 Normal 10850 Fax Receiving ... Indicates that it is receiving fax data.
31 Normal 10863 Print page Indicates that it is scanning in ScanTo USB Page: %RXPAGE% %RXPAGE% : number of the current receiving
%PAGES% No. of Memoy. %RXFAXNUMBER% page
Copies %A%/%B% %RXFAXNUMBER% : sender Fax no. （※
The unit of "Page" is "Impression". Ｆ-code PollingRX only）
For example, in duplex scanning, "Paget" counter
is increased +1 at the front side of sheet scanning In the case that the F-code PollingRX is done by
started, and the counter is increased +1 at the using speed dial, display field is the following...
back side scanning started. A dial number is displayed during dialing
An entry name is displayed in fax no. field during
%SCAN_PAGE%: the number of current fax receiving.
scanning page. 40 Normal - Fax Receiving ... Indicates that it is receiving fax data.
%DOC_SIZE%: Document size Page: %RXPAGE% %RXPAGE% : number of the current receiving
Scan Size setting is "Auto": the detected %RXFAXNUMBER% page
document size. %RXFAXNUMBER% : sender Fax no. （※
Scan Size setting isn't "Auto": the selected scan Ｆ-code PollingRX only）
size.
32 Normal 10863 Scanning ... Indicates that it is scanning in Push Scan, PC In the case that the F-code PollingRX is done by
Scan. using speed dial, display field is the following...
33 Normal - Please set next This screen is displayed at the time of the A dial number is displayed during dialing
document. scanning completed in Job Build = ON. An entry name is displayed in fax no. field during
34 Normal 10861 Cancelling ... Indicates that the scanning for Scan To is fax receiving.
cancelling by the pressing Stop key. 41 Normal 10856 Fax calling ... Indicates that it is calling.
%TXFAXNUMBER%： fax number of the calling.
%TXFAXNUMBER%
42 Normal - Fax calling ... Indicates that it is negotiating.
%TXFAXNUMBER%： fax number of the calling.
%TXFAXNUMBER%
2-7
Code Code
43 Normal 10855 Fax Sending ... Indicates that it is sending fax data. 48 Normal 10875 Cancelling sending Indicates that E-mail sending is cancelling.
No. of pages: %TXPAGE% : number of the current receiving ... This massage is displayed when an error is
%TXPAGE% page occurred during E-mail sending.
%TXFAXNUMBER% %TXFAXNUMBER% : recipient Fax no.(Not When E-mail is being sent, user cannot cancel
display on F-code PollingTX) the sending by pressing "STOP" key.
In the case of manual fax sending, "Manual Fax
sending: Sending ..." is displayed on LCD. Scan The key operation is disabled during this
page count and document size are displayed in message displayed.
the left bottom. Page number, Fax no. are not 49 Normal 10845 Indicates that connecting to LDAP server.
displayed. nnnnnnnnnn: LDAP server name or IP address of
In the case that the fax sending is done by using LDAP server.
speed dial, fax no. is displayed during both 50 Normal 10873 Indicates that searching addresses by LDAP
dialing and sending. server.
44 Normal 10855 Fax Sending ... Indicates that it is sending fax data. 51 Normal 10872 Indicates that address search is cancelled by the
No. of pages: %TXPAGE% : number of the current receiving pressing Stop key.
%TXPAGE% page 52 Normal 10869 Connecting to Indicates that connecting to file server.
%TXFAXNUMBER% %TXFAXNUMBER% : recipient Fax no.(Not server ...
display on F-code PollingTX) The cancel operation by STOP key pressing is
In the case of manual fax sending, "Manual Fax unsupported during the connecting to file server.
sending: Sending ..." is displayed on LCD. Scan 53 Normal 10865 Cancelling sending Indicates that file sending is cancelling.
page count and document size are displayed in ... This message is displayed when an error is
the left bottom. Page number, Fax no. are not occurred during file sending.
displayed. When file is being sent to server, user cannot
In the case that the fax sending is done by using cancel the sending by pressing "STOP" key.
speed dial, fax no. is displayed during both The key operation is disabled during this
dialing and sending. message displayed.
45 Normal 10861 Cancelling ... Indicates that the scanning for fax senfing is 54 Normal 10798 SIP update in Indicates that downloading the SIP firmware data.
cancelling by pressing Stop key. progress.
46 Normal 10878 Network Indicates that the details of network 55 Normal 10803 Receipt Journal Indicates that printing of fax receiving result list.
communicating ... communication. printing ...
Sending ...
%STATUS% 56 Normal 10805 Daily Journal Indicates that printing of fax communication
10868 E-mail transmission in progress. printing ... (sending and receiving) result list that was
Transmission in progress. executed within 24 hours.
57 Normal 10794 Please insert USB Indicates that Scan to USB memory /
E-mail transmission in progress: indicates that Memory. PrintFromUSBMemory is selected without USB
E-mail data is sending to Mail Server. memory connection.
Transmission in progress: indicates that data 58 Normal 10793 Data transmission Indicates that scanned image data sending to
sending via network. in progress. PC.
Cannot see the message at broadband network
The cancel operation by STOP key pressing is environment.
unsupported during E-mail and fail sending. 59 Normal - This status is for confirming the number of copy
47 Normal 10879 Connecting to Indicates that connecting to mail server. job.
server ... It is controlling status and used for judging if copy
The cancel operation by STOP key pressing is job can be started. It does not have relation with
unsupported during the connecting to mail server. a change of indication.
2-8
Code Code
60 Normal - This status is for confirming the number of print 70 Normal - Cancelling ... Indicates that cancellation of PushScan (by panel
job. operation) is accepted and being processed.
It is controlling status and used for judging if copy The status falls when the processing is complete.
job can be started. It does not have relation with 71 Normal 10007 Deleting data. It occurs when color data is received while a
a change of indication. color toner is empty.
61 Normal 10894 Cancelling ... Indicates that copy job is cancelling. Job cancellation is requested.
This message displayed when the copy is The printer keeps discarding all the data it
cancelled by printer unit status (paper empty, receives until the job is complete.
Jam, printer cover opened). 72 Normal - File loading from Indicates that a file is being read from a USB
62 Normal 10893 N/A Indicates that copy job is cancelling. USB. memory.
This message displayed when the copy is Pressing Stop key will cancel the job.
cancelled by printer unit status (paper empty, 73 Normal - Cancelling ... Indicates that reading from a USB memory is
Jam, printer cover opened). being cancelled.
This message is displayed until [Enter] button 74 Normal - An error occurred. Indicates that scanning has been suspended.
pressed. Scanning is
63 Normal 10839 Preparing ... Indicate that the unit is preparing to be able to pending.
use the replaced expendable supplies. 75 Normal 10759 Wait a moment. Executing maintenance.
This message is displayed at the time of toner Executing While this status occurs, panel is locked.
cartridges replaced. maintenance.
64 Normal 10795 %RDYMSG% Indicates that the unit date is being updated by
using PJL command. 76 Normal Cancelling ... This appears when scanning is cancelled in
65 Normal 10796 %RDYMSG% Indicates that the requested process is finished. ScanToFax mode.
"Passed" is displayed, if the process is completed 77 Normal
correctly.
"Failed" is displayed, if the process is finished 78 Normal
with an error. 79 Normal - System received
This indication disappear automatically after it LOCK signal.
displayed for three seconds.
80 Normal -
66 Normal 10838 Cancelling ... Indicates that the image data writing to USB
memory is cancelling. 81 Normal -
This massage is displayed when an error is 82 Normal - Registering with Indicating that it is processing registration of the
occurred during the data writing to USB memory. Google Cloud Print. printer to Google cloud print service.
Don't turn off Printer communicates with the Google Cloud
The key operation is disabled during this the power until Print service over the Internet.
message displayed. registration is
67 Normal - Fax Rx Doc. Printing fax Received Data. complete.
printing ... 83 Normal - Deleting from Indicating that it is processing deleting of the
68 Normal - Fax Store Doc. Printing Stored fax sending data. Google Cloud Print. printer to Google cloud print service.
printing ... Printer communicates with the Google Cloud
69 Normal - Do you wish to Indicates to resume the ADF scanning for copy. Print service over the Internet.
resume scanning? The message is displayed when occurring some 84 Normal - Indicating that printer/MFP received local
printer related errors and clearing the error registration request from GoogleCloudPrint
conditions. If all sheets are scanned correctly device
and no remained before stopping the scanning, 85 Normal 10772 Indicates the printer goes into the Sleep Mode.
the message is not displayed.
2-9
Warning No. Category PJL Status Panel messages Description

Code 7 Warning 10077 (Y) %COLOR% Image The life of the drum (warning). Displayed in a
10078 (M) Drum Near Life. combination of other message in the first line.
1 Warning 10082 (Y) %COLOR% Toner Toner amount is low.
10079 (C) The printer stops at the point when it reaches the
10083 (M) Low. Moreover, when set as "Admin Setup"-
10076 (K) Press the [Details] drum life (Shifts to error, OFF-LINE.)
10084 (C) "Management"-"System Setup"-"Near Life
button for help. Moreover, when set as "Admin Setup"-
10081 (K) Press the [Details] LED"=Disable, Alarm LED is switched off.
"Management"-"System Setup"-"Near Life
button for help. %COLOR%
LED"=Disable, Alarm LED is switched off.
Y
%COLOR%
M
Y
C
M
K
C
2 Warning 10960 (M) %COLOR% Waste This warning is displayed at Cover Open/ K
10961 (C) Toner Full Close or Power OFF/ON after a waste-toner full
8 Warning 10979 Fuser Near Life. Notifies the fuser unit is near its life.
Replace with new error (Error No.15) occurs. (occur in Magenta/
Moreover, when set as "Admin Setup"-
Toner Cartridge. Cyan only.) Displayed in a combination of other
"Management"-"System Setup"-"Near Life
message in the first line. As long as this warning For more details, LED"=Disable, Alarm LED is switched off.
Press the [Details] is being displayed, a waste toner full error occurs you can search on
button for help. , the printer shifts to Offline and stops each time it your Smartphone
has printed about 20 copies. app or PC web
3 Warning 10925 (Y) %COLOR% NON It shows the toner cartridge of authorized 3rd browser.
10926 (M) RECOMMENDED party. (RFID Licensed to 3rd party) Search keyword:
10927 (C) TONER %COLOR% P10979
10924 (K) Y
9 Warning 10978 Belt Unit Near Life. Notifies the belt unit is near its life. This is a
Press the [Details] M
warning; thus, printing will not stop.
button for help. C
Moreover, when set as "Admin Setup"-
K For more details, "Management"-"System Setup"-"Near Life
4 Warning 10955 (Y) %COLOR% NON The Region ID of toner cartridge is not proper to you can search on LED"=Disable, Alarm LED is switched off.
10956 (M) RECOMMENDED the distribution channel. your Smartphone
10957 (C) TONER. %COLOR% app or PC web
10954 (K) Y browser.
Press the [Details] M Search keyword:
button for help. C P10978
K
10 Warning 10091 Fuser Unit Life. Notifies the life of the fuser unit (warning).
5 Warning 10951 (Y) %COLOR% Non The chip of RFID is not compatible.
10952 (M) Recommended %COLOR% Install New Fuser This appears when the cover was opened and
Unit. closed just after the fuser life error occurred.
10953 (C) Toner Y
10950 (K) M
Press the [Details] C Press the [Details]
button for help. K button for help.
6 Warning 40090 Error Postscript Interpreter detects an error due to the following If this doesn’t
reason. Receive data after this is ignored until the resolve the
job completion. problem, you can
- The job has a grammatical error. search for other
- The page is complicated, and VM was used up. solutions on your
Smartphone app or
PC web browser.
Search keyword:
P40971
2-10
Code Code
11 Warning 10080 Belt Unit Life. Notifies the life of the belt unit (warning). 14 Warning 10970 (Y) %COLOR% Image Notifies the life of the drum. This is a warning
Install New Belt This appears when the cover was opened and 10971 (M) Drum Life. only.
Unit. closed just after the belt life error occurred. 10972 (C) Please install new This appears when the cover was opened and
10969 (K) Image Drum Unit. closed just after the drum life error occurred.
Press the [Details] %COLOR%

button for help. Press the [Details] Y
If this doesn’t button for help. M
resolve the If this doesn’t C
problem, you can resolve the K
search for other problem, you can
solutions on your search for other
Smartphone app or solutions on your
PC web browser. Smartphone app or
Search keyword: PC web browser.
P40970 Search keyword:
12 Warning 10966 (Y) %COLOR% Toner Notifies the toner is empty. This is a warning only. P40996
10967 (M) empty. This appears when the cover was opened and 15 Warning 10692 (Y) %COLOR% Notifies the prolonged period of the image drum
10968 (C) Replace with new closed just after the toner empty error occurred. 10693 (M) Replace the image life, after reached its limitation, by the operator's
10965 (K) Toner Cartridge. 10694 (C) drum. %PAGES% requirement.
%COLOR% 10691 (K) Pages Left.
Yellow
Press the [Details] Magenta Press the [Details]
button for help. Cyan button for help.
If this doesn’t Black 16 Warning 10686 (Y) %COLOR% Notifies the last prolonged period of the image
resolve the 10687 (M) Replace the image drum life.
problem, you can 10688 (C) drum. Print Quality This appears after the hidden operation was done
search for other 10685 (K) Not Guaranteed. at the life limitation.
solutions on your
Smartphone app or Press the [Details]
PC web browser. button for help.
Search keyword: 17 Warning 10053 Belt Reflex Error Belt Reflex Check Error.
P40028 PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU
13 Warning 10939 (Y) %COLOR% Toner Notifies the toner cartridge is not installed. This is firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore,
10940 (M) cartridge not a warning only. this status does not occur in a user environment.
10941 （C) installed. 18 Warning 10887 Density Shutter Density Adjustment Shutter Error 2.Error that
10938 (K) %COLOR% Error2 does not occur at user level. Displayed only in
Y FactoryMode.
Press the [Details] M PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU
button for help. C firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore,
If this doesn’t K this status does not occur in a user environment.
resolve the 19 Warning 10886 Density Shutter Density Adjustment Shutter Error 1.Error that
problem, you can Error1 does not occur at user level. Displayed only in
search for other FactoryMode.
solutions on your PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU
Smartphone app or firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore,
PC web browser. this status does not occur in a user environment.
Search keyword:
P40902
2-11
Code Code
20 Warning 10885 Density Color Density Adjustment Color Calibration Error. Error 27 Warning 10051 Registration Error When a color registration error is detected with
Calibration that does not occur at user level. Displayed only coarse adjustment, or with the main-scan line
in FactoryMode. adjustment.
PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU
firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore, firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore,
this status does not occur in a user environment. this status does not occur in a user environment.
21 Warning 10884 Density Color Density Adjustment Color Sensor Error.Error that %CODE%
Sensor Error does not occur at user level. Displayed only in 2 = Yellow
FactoryMode. 3 = Magenta
PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU 4 = Cyan
firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore, 5 = Black
this status does not occur in a user environment. 28 Warning 10052 Registration When a color registration error is detected with
22 Warning 10883 Density Black Density Adjustment Black Calibration Error. Error Sensor Error the fine control of registration adjustment, or with
Calibration that does not occur at user level. Displayed only the sub-scan line adjustment.
in FactoryMode. PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU
PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore,
firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore, this status does not occur in a user environment.
this status does not occur in a user environment. %CODE%
23 Warning 10882 Density Black Density Adjustment Black Sensor Error. Error that 2 = Yellow
Sensor Error does not occur at user level. Displayed only in 3 = Magenta
FactoryMode. 4 = Cyan
PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU 5 = Black
firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore, 29 Warning 16012 %TRAY% Empty. %TRAY%: The tray is empty. Treated as Warning
this status does not occur in a user environment. (Tray1) until printing to the empty tray is designated.
24 Warning 10976 %COLOR% Image Density Adjustment ID ERROR 2; smear due to 16013 Press the [Details] %TRAY%
Drum Smear Error ID failure. (Tray2) button for help. Tray1
PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU 16015 Tray2
firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore, (Tray3) Tray3
this status does not occur in a user environment. 16016
(Tray4) Tray4
%COLOR%
Y 16010
M (FrontTray)
C 30 Warning 32002 Disk Memory Full Disk-full is occurring. Because this is a temporary
K warning, it remains until the end of the job and
25 Warning 10975 %COLOR% Low Density Adjustment ID ERROR; LED out of focus Please see Help for disappears.
Density Error is assumed. Details
PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU 31 Warning 32026 File System is write An attempt to write in a read-only file was done.
firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore, protected. Because this is a temporary warning, it remains
this status does not occur in a user environment. until the end of the job and disappears.
%COLOR% Please see Help for
Y details.
M 32 Warning 40994 Insufficient page Memory Overflow was occurred in the collate
C memory to collate. print.
K
26 Warning 10054 Sensor Calibration When output of color registration sensor is below Please see Help for
Error reference value. details.
PU firmware does not notify this warning to CU
firmware at the time of Shipping Mode. Therefore,
this status does not occur in a user environment.
2-12
Code Code
33 Warning 10982 Unauthorized user, Notifies users that jobs have been cancelled 39 Warning 40978 %PUFLASH% PU flush error (Error occurs during the alteration
job cancelled. because they are not permitted for printing. Flash Error of PU farm or it failed in the alteration in PU flush
(Related to JobAccount). of such as LED Head information.)
%PUFLASH%
10830 Notifies users that jobs have been cancelled PU
because they are not permitted for PC-Fax. TRAY2
(Related to JobAccount). TRAY3
34 Warning 10898 File erasing ... Indicates that a secret file is being erased. TRAY4
35 Warning 30961 Deleting encrypted It indicates the deletion of encrypted DUPLEX
authentication print authentication print job and saving of deletion IM
data. request of file. 40 Warning 30963 Invalid print data Indicates that a job has been deleted because
36 Warning 10899 Erased Data Full Indicates that a secret file waiting to be erased is received. corruption of data has been detected by the
full. integrity verification in authentication printing.
Please see Help for Please see Help for
details. details.
37 Warning 30962 Secure job storage Indicates that an applicable job has been 41 Warning 30114 Invalid print data Invalid data was received. Press the OK key
period exceeded. automatically deleted as the retention period for 10827 received. and eliminate the warning. Displayed when
This job has been authentication printing has expired. unsupported PDL command is received or a
deleted. Please see Help for spool command is received without HDD.
details.
Please see Help for 42 Warning 30114 Invalid print data
details. received.
38 Warning 32000 Disk Read/Write A disk error is occurred, which is other than the file
~ Error %FS_ERR% system fill or the disk write protected. Operation that Please see Help for
32026 does not involve a disk is available. details.
Please see Help for This message is cleared by OK key pressed. 43 Warning 30947 Indicates that it does not find out the target
Details %FS_ERR% addresses from LDAP Server.
= 0 … GENERAL ERROR 44 Warning 10871 Indicates that search results of LDAP server
= 1 … VOLUME NOT AVAILABLE exceeded the upper limit value.
= 3 … FILE NOT FOUND
= 4 … NO FREE FILE DESCRIPTORS 45 Warning 10902 %TRAY% missing. Indicates that paper trays are not installed.
= 5 … INVALID NUMBER OF BYTES (Tray1) %TRAY%
= 6 … FILE ALREADY EXISTS 10903 Please see Help for Tray1
= 7 … ILLEGAL NAME (Tray2) details. Tray2
= 8 … CANT DEL ROOT 10905
(Tray3) Tray3
= 9 … NOT FILE
= 10 … NOT DIRECTORY 10906 Tray4
= 11 … NOT SAME VOLUME (Tray4)
= 12 … READ ONLY 46 Warning 10825 Access Limitation Notifies users that color print jobs were printed
= 13 … ROOT DIR FULL Error by monochrome because they are not permitted
= 14 … DIR NOT EMPTY Monochrome for color printing. (Related to JobAccount Color
= 15 … BAD DISK printing was Access Control.).
= 16 … NO LABEL performed due
= 17 … INVALID PARAMETER to the color printing
= 18 … NO CONTIG SPACE limitation.
= 19 … CANT CHANGE ROOT 47 Warning 10824 Access Limitation Notifies users that color print jobs were cancelled
= 20 … FD OBSOLETE Error because they are not permitted for color printing.
= 21 … DELETED Data was deleted (Related to JobAccount Color Access Control.).
= 22 … NO BLOCK DEVICE due
= 23 … BAD SEEK to the color printing
= 24 … INTERNAL ERROR limitation.
= 25 … WRITE ONLY
2-13
Code Code
48 Warning 10823 Restricted access Notifies users that jobs were cancelled because 56 Warning 30937 Access Limitation Notifies the user that the color toner is empty and
error they are not permitted for printing. (Related to Error that the received color data job is cancelled.
Data deleted JobAccount Color Access Control.). Data was deleted
due to printing due
restrictions. to the printing
limitation.
Please see Help for 57 Warning Error PDF It appears when a PDF file contains a syntax
details. error.
49 Warning 10821 Incompatible USB Indicates that the unsupported USB device was 58 Warning - This PDF file Notifies that the entered password does not
device connected. connected. is password match the password set to encrypted PDF.
This message will be displayed until the protected. The file will not be printed unless the passwords
Remove the unsupported USB device disconnected. match.
connected USB 59 Warning - Valid password PDF is print-restricted.
device. required to print The file will not be printed unless the owner
50 Warning 10648 Please remove the Indicates that the USB device has not been document. password is entered.
connected USB recognized. 60 Warning 10758 No communication Notifies that the system has attempted to obtain
device. This message will be displayed until the USB with the SNTP the current time from the SNTP server and failed.
device disconnected. server.
USB device has not
been recognized.
51 Warning 10819 Please remove the Indicates that the unsupported USB Hub was For more details,
USB Hub. connected. you can search on
This message will be displayed until the your Smartphone
USB Hub is unsupported USB Hub disconnected. app or PC web
connected. browser.
52 Warning 10814 Accounting Log It indicates the Job Accounting log buffer is near Search keyword:
buffer is near full. full. P10758
61 Warning 10072(Y) %COLOR% Image Something is wrong with the toner sensor during
Please see Help for 10073(M) Drum Sensor Error. printing.
details. 10074(C) %COLOR%
53 Warning 10815 Accounting Log The Job Accounting log is not registered correctly 10071(K) Y
Writing Error because of thr disc access error is occurred Press the [Details] M
during accounting log　writing into HDD (Related button for help. C
Please see Help for to Logging). If this doesn’t K
details. This message is displayed until OK key pressed. resolve the
54 Warning 10818 Job log write error The log is not registered correctly because of thr problem, you can
disc access error is occurred during system job search for other
log writing into HDD. solutions on your
This message is displayed until OK key pressed. Smartphone app or
Please see Help for PC web browser.
details. Search keyword:
55 Warning 10787 Accounting Log The function isn't accepted because log buffer is P40914
Buffer Full (Delete full. (Related to JobAccount).
old logs) This message is displayed, if the log buffer is full
and "Operation at Log Full" in Job Accounting
Server Software is set to "Delete old logs".
The new jobs will be able to execute after the
following operations.
1. The log in the unit must be got by Job
Accounting Server Software.
2. The setting of "Operation at Log Full" must be
changed to "Does not acquire logs".
2-14
Code Code
62 Warning 10966 (Y) %COLOR% Toner Indicates that a toner is empty and that there is 70 Warning 30927 PDL Error Indicating that it has been occurred an internal
10967 (M) empty. no data (idle state). processing error into the PDL emulation .
10968 (C) Replace with new LED indication: It's a clearable warning. User should press OK
10965 (K) Toner Cartridge. ・ When K is empty, both Color and Mono Start button for clearing the warning.
key LEDs go out. 71 Warning - Use genuine This should be appeared after the toner/drum/
・ When any toner except K is empty, Mono Start %COMPANY_ print cartridge low/empty warning messages.
Press the [Details] key LED is on (Color Start key LED go out). NAME%
button for help. consumables for
If this doesn’t %COLOR% max performance.
resolve the Y 72 Warning 10692 (Y) %COLOR% Notifies the prolonged period of the image drum
problem, you can M 10693 (M) Replace the image life, after reached its limitation, by the operator's
search for other C 10694 (C) drum. %PAGES% requirement.
solutions on your K 10691 (K) Pages Left.
Smartphone app or ===
PC web browser. This will occur only during a job that requires
printing. Press the [Details]
Search keyword:
button for help.
P40028
If this doesn’t
63 Warning 10756 Wait Timeout in
resolve the
menu is disabled.
problem, you can
Printing is disabled
search for other
except by USB.
solutions on your
Clear page buffer
Smartphone app or
and enable time
PC web browser.
out in menu.
64 Warning Search keyword:
P40936
65 Warning PDF Cache Write 73 Warning 10686 (Y) %COLOR% Notifies the last prolonged period of the image
Error 10687 (M) Replace the image drum life.
66 Warning - Indicates that Email receiving has been canceled. 10688 (C) drum. Print Quality This appears after the hidden operation was done
It has the following possibilities. 10685 (K) Not Guaranteed. at the life limitation.
- The format of email that has received is illegal
or not supported.
- The attached file is illegal or not supported. Press the [Details]
- The attached file that has received is too large, button for help.
for example, file size exceeds 8MB. If this doesn’t
- network connection has disconnected. resolve the
67 Warning 10962 Printer Life problem, you can
search for other
68 Warning - E-mail receiving Indicates that Email receiving has been canceled.
solutions on your
has been It has the following possibilities.
Smartphone app or
cancelled. - The format of email that has received is illegal
PC web browser.
or not supported.
Please see Help for - The attached file is illegal or not supported. Search keyword:
details. - The attached file that has received is too large, P40936
for example, file size exceeds 8MB. 74 Warning 10651 IPv4 address is IPv4 address is conflicted.
- network connection has disconnected. conflicted. Please
69 Warning - Please Call Indicates that machine has combination problems change IPv4
Service. between existence of the fax modem board and address.
Fax Combination model of the machine.
Error This status displays when system cannot detect
the fax modem on fax model.
Please see Help for Or, this status displays when system detect the
details. fax modem unnecessarily on non-fax model.
2-15
Code Code
75 Warning 10696(Y) Incompatible It shows the image drum of authorized 3rd party. 83 Warning 10644(2nd Output Tray (or 1st Bin or 2nd Bin is stacked full. Remove the
10697(M) %COLOR% Image (RFID Licensed to 3rd party) Bin) Upper Output Tray) paper.
10698(C) Drum. %COLOR% 10645(1st Full.
10695(K) Bin)
Press the [Details] Y
M 84 Warning - Check the sensor At the time of device start, a sensor for
button for help.
of the automatic overlapped feeding is checked. In the case of the
C
document feeder sensor output level that paper powder attached
K (ADF) on the to, the status is raised. After the cleaning and
76 Warning 10702(Y) Incompatible The Region ID of image drum is not proper to scanner. closed ADF cover by the customer, the status is
10703(M) %COLOR% Image the distribution channel. resumed when the sensor output level becomes
10704(C) Drum. normal.
10701(K) %COLOR% Press [Details]
Press the [Details] Y to continue with
button for help. M measures.
C 85 Warning - Cannot change During the printing, an operation to change the
K language during language is invalid. The message is displayed
77 Warning 10706(Y) Incompatible The chip of RFID is not compatible. printing. and beep sounds.
10707(M) %COLOR% Image %COLOR% It is resumed by pressing CLOSE key or wait 3[s].
10708(C) Drum.
10705(K) Y
Press the [Details] M
button for help. C
K
78 Warning 10647 All page(s) of All set manuscript was detected as blank pages.
document has
been detected as
blank.
79 Warning 10646 Output error. For the paper setting that a paper cannot be
ejected in 2nd Bin, the paper ejected in 1st Bin.
A message disappears by pressing CLOSE
button.
80 Warning 40963 Duplex print error. For the paper setting that a duplex printing is not
possible, it was printed in simplex.
81 Warning 10665 Multi-purpose Rotate sort printing was selected, but the function
tray has not didn't work because MP Tray Usage setting was
been configured not set as it can be used as Tray.
properly, verify The message continues to be displayed until an
multi-purpose tray OK button is pressed.
settings. Multiple
copies printed.
Press Close Button
82 Warning 10666 Hard disk is not Rotate sort printing was selected, but the function
installed. Multiple didn't work because HDD was not attached.
copies printed. The message continues to be displayed until an
Press Close Button OK button is pressed.
2-16
Error No. Category PJL Status Panel messages Description

Code 3 Error 482yy Please change The media type in the tray and the print data do
461 483yy %TRAY% paper. not match.
1 Error 40778 Insufficient Display that Memory Overflow is occurred during
462 485yy Set %MEDIA_ Load paper that was set in %MEDIA_SIZE% and
memory. PC Fax Job receiving.
463 486yy SIZE%, %MEDIA_ %MEDIA_TYPE% in tray.
Return to Mode Selection screen by the pressing
464 TYPE%.
OK key.
Reduce the print Error 461:Tray1
Press the [Details]
quality level in the
button for help. If Error 462:Tray2
print driver.
this doesn’t resolve Error 463:Tray3
If the problem the problem, you Error 464:Tray4
does not improve, can search for
reduce the data other solutions on Paper size displays in Custom mode:
size. your Smartphone "<width>x<length><unit>"
app or PC web ex.) 210x297MM
For more details, browser. Search 8.5x11.0INCH
you can search on keyword: P48204 The unit of paper size in Custom: The unit
your Smartphone specified for MP Tray (menu setting) is used if
app or PC web no unit is specified by the driver. When the driver
browser. specifies a unit, the unit is used for display.
Search keyword: 4 Error 480yy Please change The media type in the tray and the print data do
P30097 460 %TRAY% paper. not match.
2 Error 411yy Feed print job Manual paper feed is required. Manually insert Set %MEDIA_ Load paper that was set in %MEDIA_SIZE% and
(ONLINE) manually. the paper shown by %MEDIA_SIZE%. SIZE%, %MEDIA_ %MEDIA_TYPE% in tray.
yy: paper %MEDIA_SIZE% The unit of paper size in Custom: The unit TYPE%.
size specified for MP Tray (menu setting) is used if %TRAY%
Press the [Details] MP Tray
no unit is specified by the driver. When the driver button for help. If
Press the [Details] specifies a unit, the unit is used for display. this doesn’t resolve Paper size displays in Custom mode:
button for help. Paper size displays in Custom mode: the problem, you "<width>x<length><unit>"
If this doesn’t "<width>x<length><unit>" can search for
ex.) 210x297mm ex.) 210x297MM
resolve the other solutions on 8.5x11.0INCH
problem, you can 8.5x11.0inch your Smartphone The unit of paper size in Custom: The unit
search for other app or PC web specified for MP Tray (menu setting) is used if
solutions on your %TRAY% browser. Search no unit is specified by the driver. When the driver
Smartphone app or MP Tray keyword: P48004 specifies a unit, the unit is used for display.
PC web browser.
5 Error 482yy Please change The size of paper or media type in the tray does
Search keyword: 461 483yy %TRAY% paper. not match the print data.
P41104 462 485yy Set %MEDIA_ Load paper that was set in %MEDIA_SIZE% and
463 486yy SIZE%, %MEDIA_ %MEDIA_TYPE% in tray.
464 TYPE%. (It takes a while until the status disappears after
you have closed the tray and the lever lifted.)
Press the [Details]
button for help. Error 461:Tray1
Error 462:Tray2
Error 463:Tray3
Error 464:Tray4
The paper size displaying form of the custom

mode is the same as above.
2-17
Code Code
6 Error 480yy Please change The size of paper or media type in the tray does 12 Error 4600x %TRAY% cassette Indicates removal of the paper cassette of Tray
460 %TRAY% paper. not match the print data. 440 is missing. 1/2/3 that is a paper path in attempting to print
Set %MEDIA_ Load paper that was set in %MEDIA_SIZE% and 441 46002(Tray1) Open and Close from Tray 2/3/4.
SIZE%, %MEDIA_ %MEDIA_TYPE% in tray. 442 46003(Tray2) the indicated Error 440:Tray1
TYPE%. 46005(Tray3) cassette. Error 441:Tray2
%TRAY%
Press the [Details] MP Tray Press the [Details] Error 442:Tray3
button for help. button for help.
The paper size displaying form of the custom 13 Error 46012(Tray1) %TRAY% cassette Indicates that paper feed is unavailable in
mode is the same as above. 430 46013(Tray2) is missing. attempting to print from Tray 1/2/3/4 due to
7 Error 40825 Wait a moment. Indicates that message data to be updated is 431 46015(Tray3) Open and Close removal of the paper cassette of Tray 1/2/3/4.
(ONLINE) Message Data being processed. 432 46016(Tray4) the indicated Error 430:Tray1
processing ... 433 cassette. Error 431:Tray2
8 Error 40826 Wait a moment. Indicates that message data to be updated is
(ONLINE) Message Data being written. Press the [Details] Error 432:Tray3
writing ... button for help. Error 433:Tray4
9 Error 40827 Power OFF/ON Indicates that message data to be updated has
(ONLINE) Message Data been written successfully. Note: If the paper cassette of the tray is removed
written OK. during displaying paper request (no.124, 125),
system will display that tray is removed (this
10 Error 40828 Please check data. Indicates that writing of message data to be display)
(ONLINE) Message Data uploaded has been failed.
Write Error %CODE% is a decimal value (one digit) and 14 Error 30097 Insufficient Memory capacity overflows due to the following
%CODE% represents the cause of failure in writing. 420 memory. reason.
= 1 … FAIL: Other errors. Install expansion RAM or decrease the data
= 2 … DATA_ERROR: Hash check error in data Please see Help for amount.
reading/writing, or abnormal FLASH details. - Too much print data in a page.
= 3 … OVERFLOW: Downloading failure due to - Too much Macro data.
FLASH memory full at starting or during writing in - Too much DLL data.
a language file - After frame buffer compression, over flow
= 4 … MEMORYFULL: Memory reservation occurred.
failure 15 Error 40957 (M) %COLOR% Waste Indicates that a waste toner box represented by
= 5 … UNSUPPORTED_DATA: Downloading 415 40958 (C) Toner Full Magenta and Cyan has become full and needs to
data unsupported on the MFP 416 Replace with new be replaced.
11 Error 472yy Paper %TRAY% is Printing request is issued to an empty tray. Toner Cartridge. Warning status takes effect at Cover Open/
491 473yy empty. Load paper that was set in %MEDIA_SIZE%. Close and printing of about 20 copies becomes
492 475yy (It takes a while until the status disappears after available.
Set %MEDIA_ Press the [Details]
493 476yy SIZE%. you have closed the tray and the lever lifted.)
494 470yy Error 491:Tray1 button for help.
490 Error 492:Tray2 If this doesn’t
Press the [Details] resolve the
button for help. Error 493:Tray3 problem, you can
If this doesn’t Error 494:Tray4 search for other
resolve the Error 490:MP Tray solutions on your
problem, you can Smartphone app or
search for other The unit of paper size in Custom: The unit PC web browser.
solutions on your specified for MP Tray (menu setting) is used if Search keyword:
Smartphone app or no unit is specified by the driver. When the driver P40028
PC web browser. specifies a unit, the unit is used for display.
Search keyword:
P47004
2-18
Code Code
16 Error 40029 (Y) %COLOR% Toner Toner ends. 19 Error 40907 (Y) %COLOR% Non The signature ID of toner cartridge is not proper
410 40030 (M) empty. Error 410 : Y 620 40908 (M) Recommended to the distribution channel, and the group of
411 40031 (C) Replace with new Error 411 : M 621 40909 (C) Toner. signature ID is protected (OEM mismatch).
412 40028 (K) Toner Cartridge. Error 412 : C 622 40906 (K) Error 620 : Y
413 Error 413 : K 623 Press the [Details] Error 621 : M
Warning status takes effect at Cover Open/Close. button for help. Error 622 : C
Press the [Details] Error 623 : K
button for help.
If this doesn’t When this error occurs in more than one color
resolve the toners, the all toners that have this error status
problem, you can and a high most priority error code are displayed.
search for other Example)
solutions on your When this error occurs in all toners: YMCK Toner
Smartphone app or Regional Mismatch: 620
PC web browser. When this error occurs in MC toners: MC Toner
Regional Mismatch: 621
Search keyword:
P40028 20 Error 40944 (Y) %COLOR% Non The signature ID of toner cartridge can not be
550 40945 (M) Recommended recognized (Unauthorized third party).
17 Error 40948 (Y) %COLOR% Non The signature ID of toner cartridge is not proper 551 40946 (C) Toner. As probable missing to measure the amount of
554 40949 (M) Recommended to the distribution channel, but the group of 552 40943 (K) toner, the printer notifies error status and stop
555 40950 (C) Toner. signature ID is proper (OKI regional mismatch). 553 Press the [Details] printing.
556 40947 (K) As probable missing to measure the amount of button for help. Error 550 : Y
557 Press the [Details] toner, the printer notifies error status and stop Error 551 : M
button for help. printing. Error 552 : C
Error 554 : Y Error 553 : K
Error 555 : M
Error 556 : C Four following behavior is carried out by mode of
Error 557 : K operation.
1.Only warning display .(This error is not
When this error occurs in more than one color displayed).
toners, the all tonners that have this error status 2.Warning status takes effect at Cover Open/
and a high most priority error code are displayed. Close.
Example) 3.With no automatic concentration compensation
When this error occurs in all toners: YMCK Toner .
Regional Mismatch: 554 4.This error is displayed and it stops.
When this error occurs in MC toners: MC Toner
Regional Mismatch: 555 When this error occurs in more than one color
18 Error 40911 (Y) %COLOR% Non The signature ID of toner cartridge is not proper to toners, the all toners that have this error status
614 40912 (M) Recommended the distribution channel, and the group of signature and a high most priority error code are displayed.
615 40913 (C) Toner. ID is not proper (OEM channel mismatch). Example)
616 40910 (K) Error 614 : Y When this error occurs in all toners: YMCK Toner
617 Press the [Details] Error 615 : M Regional Mismatch: 550
button for help. Error 616 : C When this error occurs in MC toners: MC Toner
Error 617 : K Regional Mismatch: 551
When this error occurs in more than one color

toners, the all toners that have this error status
and a high most priority error code are displayed.
Example)
When this error occurs in all toners: YMCK Toner
When this error occurs in MC toners: MC Toner
2-19
Code Code
21 Error 40903 (Y) %COLOR% Toner The toner cartridge is not installed. 24 Error 30034 Paper Size Error. Inappropriate size paper was fed from a tray.
610 40904 (M) cartridge not Error 610 : Y 400 Reset Paper in Check the paper in the tray or check for Multiple-
611 40905 (C) installed. Error 611 : M %TRAY%. feed. Open and close the cover to perform
612 40902 (K) Error 612 : C recovery printing, and continue.
613 Error 613 : K
Press the [Details] Press the [Details]
button for help. Four following behavior is carried out by mode of button for help.
If this doesn’t operation. If this doesn’t
resolve the 1.Only warning display .(This error is not resolve the
problem, you can displayed). problem, you can
search for other 2.Warning status takes effect at Cover Open/ search for other
solutions on your Close. solutions on your
Smartphone app or 3.With no automatic concentration compensation Smartphone app or
PC web browser. . PC web browser.
Search keyword: 4.This error is displayed and it stops. Search keyword:
P40902 P30034
22 Error 40960 (Y) Image Drum Something is wrong with the toner sensor. 25 Error 40077 Paper jam has Paper Jam occurred during paper feeding from
540 40961 (M) Sensor Error This status is indicated in Shipping Mode only. 390 occurred. tray.
541 40962 (C) %COLOR% Check If the same error is detected in FACTORY Mode, Error 390 : MP Tray
542 40959 (K) Image Drum. it is indicated as service call of 163. Open the front
543 Error 540 : Y cover and remove
Error 541 : M the paper.
Press the [Details] Error 542 : C
button for help. Error 543 : K Press the [Details]
If this doesn’t button for help.
resolve the If this doesn’t
problem, you can resolve the
search for other problem, you can
solutions on your search for other
Smartphone app or solutions on your
PC web browser. Smartphone app or
Search keyword: PC web browser.
P40914 Search keyword:
23 Error 30089 Multiple sheets of Warns that inappropriate long paper has been P40078
401 paper have been fed from the tray. Check whether Multi-feed has 26 Error 40077 Paper jam has Paper Jam occurred during paper feeding from
fed. happened. Recovery Print takes place at Cover 391 occurred. tray.
Reset Paper in Open/Close, allowing the operation to continue. 392 Error 391 : Tray1
%TRAY%. Pull out the
393 %TRAY% cassette Error 392 : Tray2
394 and then remove
Press the [Details] Error 393 : Tray3
button for help. the paper.
Error 394 : Tray4
Press the [Details]
button for help.
If this doesn’t
resolve the
problem, you can
search for other
solutions on your
Smartphone app or
PC web browser.
Search keyword:
P40078
2-20
Code Code
27 Error 40982 Paper jam has Jam has occurred in paper path. 30 Error 40054 Paper jam has Jam has occurred nearby DUPLEX unit.
380 occurred. Error 380 : Feed 372 occurred. Error 372 : Misfeed from Duplex
Open the front Open the front Refer to 2.5.5
cover and remove cover and remove
the paper. the paper.

If this doesn’t If this doesn’t
resolve the resolve the
problem, you can problem, you can
search for other search for other
solutions on your solutions on your
Smartphone app or Smartphone app or
PC web browser. PC web browser.
Search keyword: Search keyword:
P40078 P40078
28 Error A paper jam has Jam has occurred in paper path. 31 Error 40980 The 2-Sided Duplex unit is open (removed).
381 40078 occurred under Error 381 : Transport 360 Printing unit is not
382 40079 the image drum or Error 382 : Exit set correctly.
383 40051 around the fuser Error 383 : Duplex Entry
385 40820 unit. Error 385 : Paper Around Fuser Press the [Details]
389 40819 Please remove Error 389 : Printing Page Lost button for help.
384 40918 paper. Error 384 : Upper Output Tray 32 Error 40997 (Y) %COLOR% Image The life of the image drum (Alarm)
Press the [Details] 350 40998 (M) Drum Life. Error 350 : Y
button for help. If 351 40999 (C) Please install new Error 351 : M
this doesn’t resolve 352 40996 (K) Image Drum Unit. Error 352 : C
the problem, you 353 Error 353 : K
can search for Warning status takes effect at Cover Open/Close.
Press the [Details]
other solutions on
button for help.
your Smartphone
app or PC web If this doesn’t
browser. Search resolve the
keyword: P40078 problem, you can
29 Error 40052 A Paper Jam has Jam has occurred nearby DUPLEX unit. search for other
370 40053 occurred and paper Error 370 : Duplex Reversal solutions on your
371 40055 remains near the Error 371 : Duplex Input Smartphone app or
373 Duplex Unit. Error 373 : Duplex Multifeed PC web browser.
Remove Paper. Search keyword:
P40996
Press the [Details]
button for help. If
this doesn’t resolve
the problem, you
can search for
other solutions on
your Smartphone
app or PC web
browser. Search
keyword: P40078
2-21
Code Code
33 Error 40937 (Y) %COLOR% Image The toner empty error is occurred after the image 36 Error 40971 Fuser Unit Life. Notifies the fuser has reached its life. This is the
560 40938 (M) Drum Life. drum reached its life. 354 Install New Fuser error displayed based on the counter to indicate
561 40939 (C) Please install new Error 560 : Y Unit. that the fuser has reached its life, and printing will
562 40936 (K) Image Drum Unit. Error 561 : M stop.
563 Error 562 : C Warning status takes effect at Cover Open/Close.
Error 563 : K Press the [Details] This error will occur on some user setting mode.
Press the [Details] This is displayed until a user exchanges the button for help.
button for help. image drum. If this doesn’t
If this doesn’t resolve the
resolve the problem, you can
problem, you can search for other
search for other solutions on your
solutions on your Smartphone app or
Smartphone app or PC web browser.
PC web browser. Search keyword:
Search keyword: P40971
P40936 37 Error 40970 Belt Unit Life. Notifies the transfer belt has reached its life.
34 Error 40476 (Y) %COLOR% Image Notifies the life of the drum. 355 Install New Belt This is the error displayed based on the counter
564 40477 (M) Drum Life. The operator can prolong the life temporarily by Unit. to indicate that the belt has reached its life, and
565 40478 (C) Please install new pressing the OK button. printing will stop.
566 40475 (K) Image Drum Unit. Error 564 : Y Warning status takes effect at Cover Open/Close.
567 Error 565 : M Press the [Details]
Error 566 : C button for help.
Press the [Details] Error 567 : K If this doesn’t
button for help. resolve the
If this doesn’t problem, you can
resolve the search for other
problem, you can solutions on your
search for other Smartphone app or
solutions on your PC web browser.
Smartphone app or Search keyword:
PC web browser. P40970
Search keyword: 38 Error 40926 The Fuser Unit The engine detects the fuser unit error.
P40936 348 is not installed It recovers, when a value is able to be normally
35 Error 40482 (Y) %COLOR% Image Notifies the life of the drum absolutely. correctly. read by re-reading after cover closing. When not
680 40483 (M) Drum Life. This status is appeared after the end of the Reset Fuser Unit. recovering, exchange of a fuser unit is needed.
681 40484 (C) Please install new prolonged period (see also Error 564~567).
682 40481 (K) Image Drum Unit. Error 680 : Y
683 Error 681 : M Press the [Details]
Error 682 : C button for help.
Press the [Details] Error 683 : K If this doesn’t
button for help. resolve the
If this doesn’t problem, you can
resolve the search for other
problem, you can solutions on your
search for other Smartphone app or
solutions on your PC web browser.
Smartphone app or Search keyword:
PC web browser. P40992
Search keyword:
P40936
2-22
Code Code
39 Error 40964 Waste Toner Full. Indicates waste toner full. Warning status takes 42 Error 40992 The Fuser Unit The fuser unit is not correctly installed.
356 Install New Belt effect only once at Cover Open/Close, and the 320 is not installed
Unit. error occurs again when about 500 copies have correctly.
been printed. Reset Fuser Unit.

If this doesn’t 43 Error 40037 Belt Unit not The belt unit is not correctly installed.
resolve the 330 installed correctly.
problem, you can Re-set the Belt
search for other Unit.
solutions on your
Smartphone app or Press the [Details]
PC web browser. button for help.
Search keyword: 44 Error 40021 %COVER% Open. The cover is open.
P40970 310 40991 Error 310 : Top Cover
40 Error 40915 (Y) %COLOR% Toner Shows that the toner is not supplied (the toner 311 40720 Press the [Details] Error 311 : Front Cover
544 40916 (M) cartridge not cannot be detected). 587 button for help. Error 587 : Rear Cover
545 40917 (C) properly installed. The lever of toner cartridge may not be locked, or 45 Error 40967 Indicates that receiving the NIC download data.
546 40914 (K) toner cartridge may be set with protection tape. 46 Error 40967 Indicates that finished receiving the NIC
547 Shows that the toner cartridge lever has not been download data.
Press the [Details] locked.
button for help. 47 Error 40967 An error has happened while the printer is
Error 544 : Y receive-processing the NIC download data.
If this doesn’t Error 545 : M %DLCODE%
resolve the Error 546 : C 1: File size error
problem, you can Error 547 : K 2: Check-sum error
search for other 3: Invalid printer model number
solutions on your 4: Invalid module I/F version
Smartphone app or 5: Invalid FAT version
PC web browser.
48 Error 40967 The printer is writing the NIC download data.
Search keyword:
49 Error 40967 The printer finished writing the NIC download
P40914
data.
41 Error 40034 (Y) Image Drum not The image drum is not correctly installed.
50 Error 40967 Please check data. An error has happened while the printer is writing
340 40035 (M) properly installed. Error 340 : Y
Program Data the NIC download data.
341 40036 (C) %COLOR% Check Error 341 : M
Write Error %DLCODE%
342 40033 (K) Image Drum. Error 342 : C
<%DLCODE%> 1: Memory allocation error
343 Error 343 : K
2: Download file error
3: Device allocation error
Press the [Details]
4: No device space
button for help.
5: File writing failure
If this doesn’t 6: CU-F/W mismatch
resolve the 51 Error - Shutdown in It is shown that a unit is shutting down.
problem, you can progress.
search for other
solutions on your 52 Error - Indicates that the printer has completed shutting
Smartphone app or down.
PC web browser. 53 Error - It is shown that the printer completed shutdown
processing.
Search keyword:
P40914 54 Fatal 40057 Power Off and Wait A dew is formed.
126 for a while The message of fatal error is specified by English
126:Condensing only.
- Error
2-23
Code Code
55 Fatal 40057 Power OFF/ON A fatal error occurred. 62 Error 40789 *<%CODE%>: <0202> Indicates that the document jam occurred during
<nnn> %ERRCODE%:Error %ERRCODE%: specifies 3 digits (decimal) error or <0204> the scanning.
code. Document jam has
- The message of fatal error is specified by English occurred.
only. Open the automatic
document feeder (ADF)
56 Fatal 40057 Inspection is required. A fatal error occurred. cover on the scanner to
<nnn> %ERRCODE%:Error %ERRCODE%: specifies 3 digits (decimal) error check. <%CODE%>
code. Press the [Details]
- The message of fatal error is specified by English button for help.
only. Estimated time required:
57 Fatal 40057 Inspection is required. A fatal error occurred. 3 minute(s)
096 %ERRCODE%:Error %ERRCODE%: specifies 3 digits (decimal) error
231 %CODE% code. If there is a rounding
128 - '%CODE%' specifies error code that is the (curl) or a fold on the
168 detailed error cause. (2 digits, hexadecimal) document, please
169 The message of fatal error is specified by English flatten it and then set it in
only. the automatic document
feeder (ADF).
58 Fatal 40057 Power OFF/ON A fatal error occurred. Please align the
002~011 %ERRCODE%:Error %ERRCODE%: specifies 3 digits (decimal) error document guides to the
F0C code. F0C, F0D, FFE, and FFF are hexadecimal width of the document.
F0D - code.
FFE The message of fatal error is specified by English *<%CODE%>: <0501>
FFF only.
Multiple sheets of
59 Fatal 40057 Power OFF/ON A fatal error occurred. document have been
9xx %ERRCODE%:Error %ERRCODE%: specifies 3 digits (decimal) error fed.
code. Open the automatic
- The message of fatal error is specified by English document feeder (ADF)
only. cover on the scanner to
check. <0501>
60 Error 40735 Insufficient Indicates that Memory Overflow is occurred
Press the [Details]
memory. during the following functions executing. button for help.
40759 - Memory Overflow is occurred during the
Estimated time required:
40748 Please see Help for executing of copy. 3 minute(s)
40591 details. - Memory Overflow is occurred during the
40710 executing of Scan To mail.
- Memory Overflow is occurred during the Please fan a stack of
the paper well and then
executing of Scan To Network PC. set the document in the
- Memory Overflow is occurred during the automatic document
executing of Scan To USB memory. feeder (ADF). Please
- Memory Overflow is occurred during the use the document glass
executing of Fax sending. If the tag or label is
affixed to the document.
61 Error 40788 Automatic Indicates that ADF cover of scanner unit is
document feeder opened.
(ADF) cover is Indicates that inter-lock cover of scanner unit is *<%CODE%>:other
open. lifted up. Document jam has
occurred.
Notes: If inter-lock cover is lifted up during
Press the [Details] scanning from document feeder, system will Open the automatic
document feeder (ADF)
button for help. display document jam. cover on the scanner to
check. <%CODE%>
Press the [Details]
button for help.
Estimated time required:
3 minute(s)
2-24
Code Code
63 Error 40779 Scanner lamp error Indicates that the lamp error is occurred. 69 Error 40787 Indicates that it is carriage error.
check the lamp. This message is displayed because of the light %CODE% : details
<%CODE%> intensity of lamp is weaker. =2:Home position error (carriage connection
%CODE% : details error)
Press the [Details] =1:Calibration defective (device) =3:Defective detecting black edge
button for help. =2:Calibration defective (LED) 70 Error 40725 Insufficient memory Indicates that the fax Memory Overflow was
=3:Calibration defective (timewise occurred during occurred during fax receiving.
deterioration) Rx.
64 Error 40780 Power OFF/ON Indicates that the mirror carriage error is 71 Error 30953 Communication Indicates that the fax sending was failed.
Carriage Error <1> occurred. error Tx The details of the fax sending errors are not
This message is displayed because of the displayed.
Please see Help for carriage of scanner doesn't work normally. 40728
details. n : details For more details, The message is shown after the job was finished
=2:the carriage of scanner doesn't return to you can search on by communication error and it is kept until
Home Position your Smartphone pressing a OK key.
app or PC web It is reset at new transmission. (When Country
=3:Defective detecting reading start position
browser. Code is Germany, it is not applied by DTS.)
65 Error 40734 Unable to save as Indicates that the file saving is failed because of
USB memory is USB memory doesn't have enough free space. Search keyword:
full. The file saving is aborted. P30953
72 Error 30954 Communication Indicates that the fax receiving was failed.
Please see Help for error Rx The details of the fax receiving errors are not
details. displayed.
66 Error 40731 Writing to USB Indicates that the file saving is failed for the 40726
For more details, The message is shown after the job was finished
memory failed. reasons of being in a write-protected state. you can search on by communication error and it is kept until
your Smartphone pressing a OK key.
Please see Help for app or PC web
details. It is reset at new transmission. (When Country
browser. Code is Germany, it is not applied by DTS.)
67 Error 30941 Unable to save as Indicates that the USB memory was extracted. Search keyword:
USB memory is not When a USB memory is extracted all over P30954
connected. ScanToMemory execution, the file saving of
image file is stopped. 73 Error 30957 Telephone The screen that specified talking by telephone is
Please see Help for 10847 displayed, when the handset hooked up.
details. Please see Help for
details.
68 Error 40716 Connect to PC Indicates that it is failed to connect to PC.
failed. If the OK key is pressed, it shift to stand-by 74 Error 40593 File Transmission Indicates that file sending was failed due to the
screen. Error file server problems, network cable disconnected
or network trouble (Scan To Network PC).
Check the This message is cleared by the pressing OK key.
connection to the
PC. Please see Help for
details.
75 Error 40595 E-mail Indicates that E-mail sending was failed due
For more details,
40727 Transmission Error to the mail server problems, network cable
you can search on
disconnected or network trouble (Scan To
your Smartphone
E-mail).
app or PC web
Please see Help for This message is cleared by the pressing OK key.
browser.
details.
Search keyword:
P40716
2-25
Code Code
76 Error 40765 Please check Indicates that failed to connect with SMTP server. 83 Error 40756 Indicates that the communication with LDAP
SMTP settings. Server was disconnected by the unknown
reasons.
Check the network 84 Error 40754 Indicates that the Search Root is not found out in
settings, network LDAP Server.
cable connection, 85 Error 40753 Indicates that the address search is failed by
network status, and time-out error.
server status. 86 Error 40812 Getting target IP Indicates that DHCP server is not found out.
failed. Scan to E-mail, Scan to Network PC and Scan
Please check to Remote PC (WSD) are unusable during this
For more details, DHCP settings. status occurring.
you can search on
your Smartphone Please see Help for This message is displayed by the timing when
app or PC web details. "Mail", "Network PC" icons were pressed with a
browser. "Scan Menu" screen.
Search keyword: 87 Error 40752 Failed to connect Indicates that failed to connect DNS Server.
P40765 to DNS server. The same message is displayed, if name
77 Error 40764 Please check Indicates that failed to connect with POP3 server. Please check DNS resolution is failed in DNS server.
POP3 settings. settings.
Please see Help for
details.
Check the network
settings, network 88 Error 40751 Please check Indicates that failed to connect with file server.
cable connection, Server setting.
network status, and
server status. Please see Help for
details.
89 Error 40750 Server Login failed. Indicates that failed to login in CIFS or FTP
For more details, server.
you can search on Please see Help for
your Smartphone details.
app or PC web 90 Error 40718 Entering directory Indicates that failed to access in directory of FTP
browser. failed. server.
Search keyword:
P40764 Please see Help for
78 Error 40763 SMTP Login failed. Indicates that failed to login in SMTP server. details.
91 Error 40744 Changing data Indicates that the data transfer type of FTP server
Please see Help for Transfer Type is not supported by this unit.
details. failed. The file sending will be success by the changing
79 Error 40762 SMTP Auth. Indicates that authentication is unsupported by of data transfer type in FTP serve.
Unsupported. SMTP server. Please see Help for
details.
Please see Help for 92 Error 40592 File writing failed. Indicates that failed to make image file in file
details. 40743 server during Scan To Network PC executing.
80 Error 40761 POP3 Login failed. Indicates that failed to login in POP3 server. Please see Help for
details.
Please see Help for 93 Error 40742 FTP destination Indicates that the file sending is failed because
details. Full. of FTP Server doesn't have enough free space in
81 Error 40758 Indicates that LDAP Server connection is failed. storage device. (FTP Server)
82 Error 40757 Indicates that failed to login in LDAP Server. Please see Help for
details.
2-26
Code Code
94 Error 40741 Please change File Indicates that the file sending is failed because of 102 Fatal 40057 %ERRCODE%:Error A fatal error occurred.
Name. the file name is not permission. (FTP Server) 203 %FATALSTRING2% %ERRCODE%: specifies 3 digits (decimal) error
204 code.
Please see Help for '%FATALSTRING2%' specifies error code that is
details. the detailed error cause.
95 Error 40594 Device Indicates that the server does not support CIFS/ The message of fatal error is specified by English
40740 communication FTP. only.
protocol not 103 Fatal 40057 Power OFF/ON A fatal error occurred.
supported. 072 %ERRCODE%:Error For more information, see "Service Calls List."
057 %CODE% %ERRCODE%: specifies 3 digits (decimal) error
Please see Help for 058 code.
details. 231 '%CODE%' specifies error code that is the
96 Error 40739 Please check Indicates that the network folder name is wrong. detailed error cause.
Network Share (CIFS Server) The message of fatal error is specified by English
Name. only.
104 Fatal 40057 Power OFF/ON Downloading Media Table to PU has failed.
Please see Help for 209 %ERRCODE%:Download (Related to CustomMediaType.)
details. Error %ERRCODE%: specifies 3 digits (decimal) error
97 Error - Please check data. Indicates that an error has happened while writing code.
Program Data the SIP download data. The message of fatal error is specified by English
Write Error %DLCODE% only.
<%DLCODE%> 1: Data transfer error "Download Error" is specified by Japanese and
2: No device space English only.
3: Check sum error 105 Error 30938 A decoding error Indicates that an error has occurred during
4: Chip detection error occurred. analysis of image data input to the MFP from an
5: Chip erase error Check the image external source.
6: Chip writing error data. This appears when an error has occurred during
7: Chip verify error analysis of TIFF or JPEG data in A05:DirectPrint,
8: Data error (Product code is wrong e.t.c.) A07: InternetFAX, E-mailPrint, or FaxToPrint
9: Data size error (saving sent/received data) mode.
98 Error 40712 Inspection is Indicates that the processing of Scan Image 106 Error 30930 Process has been
required. Processing controller was failed. cancelled as
%ERRCODE%: User must turn Off/ On the power supply, if this spooler is full.
SIP Error status occurred. Please free up
%ERRCODE% memory space by
4 digit hex code reducing use and
99 Error 40724 Please call service. Indicates that scanner and printer is not try again.
Scanner unit failed connected. 107 Error 30932 Process has been
to detect printer This message is displayed, if the communication cancelled by a
unit. between scanner and printer units could not be spooler device
started. error.
User must turn Off/ On the power supply, if this Please contact
status occurred. administrator.
100 Error 40714 SIP Firmware Indicates that the firmware in board can not be 108 Error - Access denied to Indicates that PC rejects a PushScan request.
(ONLINE) Missing detected. PC. （Select Close with the cursor and） press [OK]
101 Fatal 40057 Power OFF/ON A fatal error occurred. Please check PC. button, and the display will return to ScanTo
070 %ERRCODE%:Error %ERRCODE%: specifies 3 digits (decimal) error standby screen.
073 %FATALSTRING1% code. (At present, screens to return to after errors have
075 '%FATALSTRING1%' specifies error code that is been reset vary from function to function.
the detailed error cause. It is desirable to return to the same screen.)
The message of fatal error is specified by English
only.
2-27
Code Code
109 Error A decoding error 117 Error 40596
occurred. (ONLINE)
Check the image 118 Error 40597
data. (ONLINE)
119 Error - Wireless startup
517 failed.
Please see Help for

details.
110 Error - USB Memory Indicates that the USB memory is disconnected
disconnected. while PrintFromUSBMemory is running. Reading 120 Error - This wireless
of the image file is cancelled. firmware version
does not operate
on this device.
111 Error - Cannot open the Notifies that the specified file cannot be opened.
file.
Please see Help for
details.
112 Error - Cannot read the Notifies that processing has failed, for instance,
121 Error - Wireless settings
file. because of a fault in the equipment in which the
are incomplete.
data was to be stored.
113 Error 40565 Document jam has At machine initial time (power-on, restoration time Please see Help for
occurred. from sleep), a manuscript was detected on a set details.
Open the automatic sensor.
document feeder
(ADF) cover on the
122 Error - Not connected to
scanner to check.
wireless access
<%CODE%>
point.
Press the [Details]
Please see Help for
button for help.
details.
114 Error 40585 Printing was Indicates that an error has occurred as the faceup
123 Error 40427 Firmware Update
409 stopped. Rear stacker was operated during printing and printing
Error
Output Tray was stopped.
Please try again.
opened during
If network doesn't
printing.
work, please try
Open the Output
firmware update
Tray.
over USB.
Error code: 409
124 Error - Use genuine This should be appeared after the toner empty
410 %COMPANY_ error messages.
411 NAME%
115 Error - Insufficient memory Indicates that memory overflow has occurred
412 consumables for
occurred during during ScanToFax.
413 max performance.
Fax Tx reservation.
+
Information
125 Error - Use genuine This should be appeared after the drum life error
350 %COMPANY_ messages.
351 NAME%
352 consumables for
116 Error - Insufficient Indicates that memory overflow has occurred
353 max performance.
memory. while fax is being received.
+
Information
2-28
Code Code
126 Error - Use genuine This should be appeared after the drum life error 130 Error 40492(Y) Incompatible The signature ID of image drum is not proper to
560 %COMPANY_ messages. 700 40493(M) %COLOR% Image the distribution channel, and the group of signa-
561 NAME% 701 40494(C) Drum. ture ID is not proper.
562 consumables for 702 40491(K) Error 700 : Y
563 max performance. 703 Press the [Details] Error 701 : M
+ button for help. Error 702 : C
Information Error 703 : K
127 Error 40580 Caution, unknown Unknown Consumable detected. Use a special When this error occurs in more than one color
709 Consumable startup(Press Cancel when power on) to start the drums, the all drums that have this error status
detected printer to on-line, but a history will be recorded. and a high most priority error code are displayed.
(Example)
For more details, When this error occurs in all drums: YMCK Drum
you can search on Regional Mismatch: 700
your Smartphone When this error occurs in MC drums: MC Drum
app or PC web Regional Mismatch: 701
browser.
131 Error 40496(Y) Incompatible The signature ID of image drum is not proper to
Search keyword: 704 40497(M) %COLOR% Image the distribution channel, and the group of signa-
P40580 705 40498(C) Drum. ture ID is protected.
128 Error 40364 Receiving data When receiving data by Port9100, LPR, FTP, IPP, 706 40495(K) Please see HELP Error 704 : Y
(ONLINE) timeout. WSD, or Email, a timeout occurred in stream. 707 for details Error 705 : M
519 Error 706 : C
For more details, Error 707 : K
you can search on When this error occurs in more than one color
your Smartphone drums, the all drums that have this error status
app or PC web and a high most priority error code are displayed.
browser. (Example)
Search keyword: When this error occurs in all drums: YMCK Drum
P40364 Regional Mismatch: 704
129 Error 40486(Y) Incompatible The signature ID of image drum is not proper When this error occurs in MC drums: MC Drum
690 40487(M) %COLOR% Image to the distribution channel, but the group of signa- Regional Mismatch: 705
691 40488(C) Drum. ture ID is proper.
692 40485(K) As probable missing to measure the amount of
693 Press the [Details] drum, the printer notifies error status and stop
button for help. printing.
Error 690 : Y
Error 691 : M
Error 692 : C
Error 693 : K
When this error occurs in more than one color
drums, the all drums that have this error status
and a high most priority error code are displayed.
(Example)
When this error occurs in all drums: YMCK Drum
When this error occurs in MC drums: MC Drum
2-29
Code Code
132 Error 40502(Y) Incompatible The signature ID of image drum can not be rec- 135 Error - Changing It is during a language change. Wait for a while.
684 40503(M) %COLOR% Image ognized (Unauthorized third party). Language. During this message indication, the operation
685 40504(C) Drum. As probable missing to measure the amount of Please wait. except the shut down button becomes invalid
686 40501(K) drum, the printer notifies error status and stop
687 Press the [Details] printing. 136 Error - Language Change Language change failed. It is necessary to Pow-
button for help. Failed .Error num： Off and Pow-On.
Error 684 : Y
Error 685 : M %CODE%
Error 686 : C 137 Error Cannot print Indicating that the job can't be printed because
Error 687 : K because your there are no balances of the account the job is
Four following behavior is carried out by mode of account balance is using.
operation. 0.
1.Only warning display .(This error is not dis-
played). User name:
2.Warning status takes effect at Cover Open/ %USERNAME%
Close. PC Print job:
3.With no automatic concentration compensation . %DOCUMENTNAME%
4.This error is displayed and it stops.
When this error occurs in more than one color To continue the
drums, the all drums that have this error status print job, add the
and a high most priority error code are displayed. balance and select
[Restart Print].
(Example)
For canceling the
When this error occurs in all drums: YMCK Drum
print job, select
[Cancel Print].
When this error occurs in MC drums: MC Drum
133 Error 40506(Y) %COLOR% Image The image drum is not installed.
694 40507(M) Drum Not Installed. Error 694 : Y
695 40508(C) Error 695 : M
696 40505(K) Error 696 : C
697 Press the [Details]
button for help. Error 697 : K
Four following behavior is carried out by mode of
If this doesn’t operation.
resolve the
problem, you can 1.Only warning display .(This error is not dis-
search for other played).
solutions on your 2.Warning status takes effect at Cover Open/
Smartphone app or Close.
PC web browser. 3.With no automatic concentration compensation .
Search keyword: 4.This error is displayed and it stops.
P40505
134 Error 40422(2nd Output Tray (or 1st Bin or 2nd Bin is stacked full. Remove the
480 Bin) Upper Output Tray) paper.
(FaceDown) 40075(1st Full.
485 (2ndBIN) Bin)
2-30
2.5.2 Inspection List Panel display Cause Check details Result Solution
Inspection is Detect the CU Cycle the power.
Panel display Cause Check details Result Solution required. EEPROM error Does this error mes- Yes Replace the CU/ PU board.
Inspection is Machine Check Cycle the power. 040:Error sage reappear?
required. Exception Does this error mes- Yes Replace the CU/PU board. Inspection is Failed to access Cycle the power and format
001:Error hardware fault sage reappear? required. to the Flash the Flash memory.
detection 042:Error ROM that is Does this error mes- Yes Replace the CU/ PU board.
(board failure or directly mounted sage reappear?
poor power sup- on the CU/PU
ply) board
Recovered from Program detects Push the [OK] button and Inspection is The format var-
an error. the wrong pro- close the error screen, after required. sion of the Flash
002:Er- cess a record with all numerical 043:Error differs from pro-
ror xxxxxxxx value displayed on LCD. gram supports
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx Does this error mes- Yes Replace the CU/PU board. Inspection is Failed to fo-
003:Er- sage reappear? required. mat the Flash
ror xxxxxxxx 045:Error memory
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx Inspection is Incompatibility Replace with a head of proper
004:Er- required. between the CU resolution.
ror xxxxxxxx 049:Error and the engine
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx head type (reso-
005:Er- lution)
ror xxxxxxxx Power OFF/ON A DMA Abort er- Cycle the power.
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx 052:Error ror was detected Does this error mes- Yes Replace the CU/PU board.
006:Er- with the Image sage reappear?
ror xxxxxxxx Processor.
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx Recovered from Detect the com- Record the figures on the
007:Er- an error. munication error LCD, and close the error
ror xxxxxxxx 054:Error xxx yyy between the display.
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx zzz Controller unit
Recovered from Program detects Push the [OK] button and and scanner unit
an error. the wrong pro- close the error screen, after Recovered from Controller unit Push the [OK] button and
009:Error cess a record with all numerical an error. cannot detect close the error screen, after
Recovered from value displayed on LCD. 055:Error the scanner unit a record with all numerical
an error. value displayed on LCD.
010:Error Does this error mes- Yes Check the connection be-
Recovered from sage reappear? tween the scanner and printer.
an error. Replace the CU/PU board.
011:Error Does this error mes- Yes
Power OFF/ON CU Program Cycle the power. sage reappear?
024:Error detects the error Does this error mes- Yes Replace the CU/ PU board. Inspection is Controller unit Power off the MFP and attach
for hash on the sage reappear? required. cannot detect the hard disk and power on
DIMM slot 056:Error the hard disk the MFP.
Inspection is Detect the CU Re-implement the RAM DIMM
required. RAM Check er- and turn on the MFP.
030:Error ror Does this error mes- Yes Replace the CU/ PU board.
sage reappear?
2-31
Panel display Cause Check details Result Solution Panel display Cause Check details Result Solution
Recovered from Detect the time Push the [OK] button and Power OFF/ON VIC Illegal De- Cycle the power.
an error. out between the close the error screen, after 077:Error comp Error Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board.
057:Error Controller unit a record with all numerical Recovered from Communication Push the [OK] button and
and scanner unit value displayed on LCD. an error. Error with Opera- close the error screen, after
01 : No ACK for 078:Error tor Panel Unit a record with all numerical
read beginning value displayed on LCD.
command Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board.
02 : No ACK Recovered from Failed to access Push the [OK] button and
for read cancel an error. to the parameter close the error screen, after
command 080:Error storage a record with all numerical
03 : No ACK for value displayed on LCD.
SIP cancel com- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board.
mand Inspection is Parameter Format the EEPROM , Flash
Recovered from Detect the error Push the [OK] button and required. matching check and need the initialize.
an error. at scanner con- close the error screen, after 081:Error error
058:Error trol section a record with all numerical Inspection is Detect the error Check the stapler unit and
01 : SIP internal value displayed on LCD. required. at stapler unit. cable.
error 090:Error At first change the stapler
02 : Scan Model unit, and if it becomes the er-
internal error ror again, change the cable.
03 : SPB internal Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board.
error Inspection is An engine Cycle the power.
Inspection is Detect the com- Cycle the power. required. EEPROM read/ Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board.
required. munication error Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board. 104:Error write error was
067:Error with the Sleep detected at
Mode interface power on
supervisor pro- Inspection is Not detect the Cycle the power.
gram. required. EEPROM at Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board.
Inspection is Malfunction of Cycle the power. 105:Error power on
required. the NIC chip was Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board. Inspection is Detect the error Cycle the power.
069:Error detected. required. at engine control
Power OFF/ON A PSE firmware If display the address on the 106:Error logic
070:Error error was de- LCD, record the figures and Inspection is A duplex unit for Is a duplex unit provided No Install a correct duplex unit.
tected. close the error display and required. another model for this model installed?
cycle the power. 111:Error was detected
Power OFF/ON I/F error between Record the figures on the Inspection is A Tray2 for an- Is a Tray2 provided for No Install a correct Tray2.
072:Error CU and PU lower right side of the LCD, required. other model was this model installed?
and cycle the power. 112:Error detected.
Power OFF/ON Detect the Video Record the figures on the Inspection is A Tray3 for an- Is a Tray3 provided for No Install a correct Tray3.
073:Error c/ circuit over run. lower right side of the LCD, required. other model was this model installed?
xxxxxxxx and cycle the power. 113:Error detected.
Power OFF/ON Video error. Cycle the power. Inspection is A Tray4 for an- Is a Tray4 provided for No Install a correct Tray4.
075:Error c/ An error was Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board. required. other model was this model installed?
xxxxxxxx detected in 114:Error detected.
expanding image
data.
2-32
Inspection is High voltage Is the cable connect- No Re-connect them properly. Inspection is PU FAN error Is the FAN connector No Check to make sure connec-
required. power supply ing the CU board to Yes Check for defective contact required. 04 : Belt Cooling connected correctly? tion of the FAN connector.
121:Error interface error the high voltage power points of the high voltage 128:Error xx Fan Error Replace the FAN motor.
supply unit connected system. 05 : Fuser Side Yes
properly? Fan Error
Is there any defective No Replace the high voltage 08 : Image Drum
contact point? power supply unit. Motor Fan Error
Inspection is Low voltage FAN Is the FAN of the low No Check to make sure connec- 0A : Fuser Intake
required. error voltage power supply tion of the FAN connector. Fan Error
122:Error block working? Replace the low voltage 0C : Duplex Fan
Yes power supply unit. Error
Replace the FAN motor. 0D : Fuser Ex-
Is the FAN connector No Replace the low voltage haust Fan2 Error
connected correctly? Yes power supply unit. Inspection is LED head detec- Check the LED head, the
Inspection is Abnormal envi- Cycle the power. required. tion error cable of CU/PU board and
required. ronment humid- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the Environment 131:Error (131=Y, 132=M, connector.
123:Error ity or uncon- sensor board. Inspection is 133=C, 134=K) Is the cable normally? Yes Because the protection fuse
nected humidity required. on the CU/PU board may
sensor 132:Error perform blowout, replace the
Inspection is Abnormal envi- Cycle the power. Inspection is CU/PU board.
required. ronment humid- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the Environment required.
124:Error ity sensor board. 133:Error
Power OFF and Dew condensa- This error tends to occur After leaving the printer at Inspection is
Wait for a while. tion in the printer after a printer is carried room temperature, turn on the required.
126:Condensing was detected. in from the outsides. power again. 134:Error
Error Leave the printer for 2 Inspection is Detected a Check the connection of ID
-------- hours to half a day at Yes Replace the Environment required. malfunction of Up/Down motor and sensor.
(With the early room temperature, and sensor board. 142:Error the ID Up/Down Connected properly? Yes Replace the CU/PU board.
firmware version, turn on the power. Does mechanism.
displaying as fol- this error recur? Inspection is The belt unit
low) required. fuse blown out.
Inspection is 154:Error
required. Inspection is The fuser unit
126:Error required. fuse blown out.
Inspection is Fuser FAN error Is the FAN connector No Re-connect it properly. 155:Error
required. connected properly? Yes Replace the FAN motor. Inspection is Toner sensor Because it is an error not to be occur in the in front of the user,
127:Error Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board. required. detection error change the CU/PU board when it is displayed in front of the
160:Error (160=Y, 161=M, user.
Inspection is 162=C, 163=K)
required. This error does
161:Error not occur with
Inspection is the factory de- Is the toner cartridge No Install the toner cartridge.
required. fault settings. installed?
162:Error Is the lock lever of the No Move the lock lever of toner
Inspection is toner set? cartridge to the lock position.
required. Does this error recur? Yes Replace the toner sensor as-
163:Error sembly.
2-33
Inspection is An abnormality 01, 02: Cycle the power. Inspection is An abnormal- Is the error message Yes Cycle the power.
required. was detected Does this error recur? Yes Replace the high voltage required. ity was de- displayed?
166:Error xx with the power power supply unit. 168:Error xx tected with the Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit.
supply tempera- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board. Compensation
ture thermistor. Yes Replace the cable between Thermistor
01 : The power Does this error recur? the high voltage power supply 01 : The com-
supply thermis- unit and the CU/PU board. pensation therm-
tor is detected 03: istor is detected
as shorted. Remove anything obstructing as shorted.
02 : The power the ventilation slots if any and 02 : The com-
supply thermis- restore the power. pensation therm-
tor is detected Does this error recur? Yes Replace the high voltage istor is detected
as open. power supply unit. as open.
03 : The power Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board. 03 : The com-
supply thermis- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the cable between pensation therm-
tor indicates the high voltage power supply istor indicates
high temperature unit and the CU/PU board. high temperature
error. error.
04 : The power 04: Raise the room temperature 04 : The com-
supply thermis- and restore the power. pensation therm-
tor indicates Does this error recur? Yes Replace the high voltage istor indicates
low temperature power supply unit. low temperature
error. Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board. error.
Does this error recur? Yes Replace the cable between Inspection is An abnormality Is the error message Yes Cycle the power.
the high voltage power supply required. was detected displayed?
unit and the CU/PU board. 169:Error xx with the Upper Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit.
Inspection is An abnormality Is the error message Yes Cycle the power. side Thermistor
required. was detected displayed? 01 : The upper
167:Error with the thermis- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit. side thermistor
tor. is detected as
shorted.
02 : The upper
side thermistor
is detected as
open.
03 : The upper
side thermistor
indicates high
temperature er-
ror.
04 : The upper
side thermistor
indicates low
temperature er-
ror.
2-34
Inspection is Short circuit of Cycle the power. Recovered from System memory Push the [OK] button and
required. the heat roller Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit. an error. overflow close the error screen, after
170:Error Thermistor was 190:Error a record with all numerical
detected. value displayed on LCD.
Inspection is Open circuit of Power OFF/ON CU program er- Record the figures on the
required. the heat roller 203:Error ror lower side of the LCD, and
171:Error Thermistor was ssssssssssssssss cycle the power.
detected. Power OFF/ON Cycle the power
Inspection is Heat roller After leaving the printer, turn 204:Error
required. thermistor de- on the power again. Power OFF/ON CU program er- Cycle the power
172:Error tected the high- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit. 207:Error ror
temperature. Power OFF/ON
Inspection is Heat roller Cycle the power. 208:Error
required. thermistor de- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit. Power OFF/ON Custom Media Cycle the power
173:Error tected the low- 209:Error Type table down-
temperature. loading failed.
Inspection is Short circuit of Cycle the power. Power OFF/ON CU program er- Cycle the power
required. the backup roller Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit. 213:Error ror
174:Error Thermistor was Power OFF/ON CU detected PU Cycle the power
detected. 214:Error program error
Inspection is Open circuit of Cycle the power. Inspection is Not detect RFID RFID read device error Yes Check the FFC connecting
required. the backup roller Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit. required. Reader Does this error recur? the RFID R/W board and the
175:Error Thermistor was 230:Error CU/PU board.
detected. Yes Replace the CU/PU board
Inspection is Backup roller Cycle the power. and the RFID R/W unit
required. thermistor de- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit.
176:Error tected the high-
temperature.
Inspection is Backup roller Cycle the power.
required. thermistor de- Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser unit.
177:Error tected the low-
temperature.
Inspection is Duplex unit I/F Cycle the power.
required. error Does this error recur? Yes Check to make sure the con-
181:Error tact points of the connector
and replace the Duplex unit.
Inspection is Tray2 I/F error Cycle the power.
required. Does this error recur? Yes Check to make sure the con-
182:Error tact points of the connector
Inspection is Tray3 I/F error and replace the Tray unit.
required.
183:Error
Inspection is Tray4 I/F error
required.
184:Error
2-35
Inspection is 01: RFID Reader 01: Check the FFC connecting Inspection is More than one Cycle the power.
required. I/F Error the RFID R/W board and the required. image drum tag Is more than one image Yes Replace the image drum.
231:Error xx 05: K Reader CU/PU board. 232:Error of the same color drum of the same color
(TC/ID) - Is the FFC connected Yes Connect the FFC properly. was detected. installed?
Tag interface properly? Inspection is Secure File Eras-
connection Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board. required. ing Error
error Dose this error recur? Yes Replace the RFID R/W unit 250:Error
06: Y Reader (Top cover). Inspection is Secure disk Eras-
(TC/ID) - required. ing Error
Tag interface 251:Error
connection 05 to 08, 11 to 14: Move electronic equipment Inspection is An unexpected
error away from the printer is any required. error occurred
07: M Reader on the printer, and restore the 254:Error during initializa-
(TC/ID) - power. tion in the Secu-
Tag interface Does this error recur Yes Replace the toner cartridge or rity mode.
connection after the power restora- ID of the indicated color. Inspection is An unexpected
error tion? required. error occurred
08: C Reader Does this error recur Yes Check the antenna cable of 257:Error during initializa-
(TC/ID) - after the power restora- the indicated color. tion of the HDD.
Tag interface tion?
Power OFF/ON Short circuit with Is the belt thermistor ca- No Re-connect the cable prop-
connection Is the antenna cable No Connect the cable properly.
901:Error the belt thermis- ble connected properly? erly.
error connected properly?
tor was detected. Does this error recur
11: K Reader Is the antenna set in the No Adjust the antenna to the cor-
Power OFF/ON Open circuit with after power restoration? Yes Replace the belt thermistor.
(TC/ID) - holder correctly? rect position.
902:Error the belt thermis-
Tag interface Does this error recur Yes Replace the RFID R/W unit
tor was detected.
connection after the power restora- (Top cover).
Power OFF/ON Belt thermistor Is the belt thermistor ca- No Re-connect the cable properly
error tion?
903:Error detected the high- ble connected properly? and restore the power.
12: Y Reader
temperature. Does this error recur?
(TC/ID) -
Power OFF/ON Belt thermistor Yes Replace the belt thermistor,
Tag interface
904:Error detected the low- after a lapse of 30 minutes,
connection
temperature. turn on the power.
error
13: M Reader Power OFF/ON Short circuit with Cycle the power.
(TC/ID) - 915:Error the Duplex unit
Tag interface thermistor was
connection detected.
error Power OFF/ON Open circuit with
14: Reader (TC/ 916:Error the Duplex unit
ID) - Tag thermistor was
interface detected.
connection Power OFF/ON Detect the Duplex
error 918:Error Unit Fan-0
Power OFF/ON The ID motor is
923:Error not running nor-
mally.
Power OFF/ON The fuser motor
928:Error is not running
normally.
2-36
Power OFF/ON Duplex unit CPU Inspection is A format tag not Replace the correct toner car-
931:Error clock frequency required. matching with tridge.
error 984:Error the K position
Power OFF/ON Tray 2 CPU clock was detected.
933:Error frequency error Inspection is A format tag not Replace the correct toner car-
Power OFF/ON Tray 3 CPU clock required. matching with tridge.
934:Error frequency error 985:Error the Y position
Power OFF/ON Tray 4 CPU clock was detected.
935:Error frequency error Inspection is A format tag not Replace the correct toner car-
Power OFF/ON A watch dog 941:Error required. matching with tridge.
941:Error timer error was 986:Error the M position
detected. Turn off and on the MFP. was detected.
When this error occurs Inspection is A format tag not Replace the correct toner car-
again, replace the CU/ required. matching with tridge.
PU board. 987:Error the C position
Power OFF/ON An undefined 942:Error was detected.
942:Error interruption was Recovered from CU program error Push the [OK] button and
detected. Turn off and on the MFP. an error. close the error screen, after
When this error occurs 0xF0C:Error a record with all numerical
again, replace the CU/ xxxxxxxx value displayed on LCD.
PU board. xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx
Power OFF/ON PU CPU ran 943:Error Recovered from Push the [OK] button and
943:Error away out of con- an error. close the error screen, after
trol due to noise Turn off and on the MFP. 0xF0D:Error a record with all numerical
etc. When this error occurs xxxxxxxx value displayed on LCD.
again, replace the CU/ xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx
PU board. Recovered from Push the [OK] button and
Power OFF/ON Dcon circuit ac- 944:Error an error. close the error screen, after
944:Error cess failed. 0xFFE:Error a record with all numerical
Turn off and on the MFP. xxxxxxxx value displayed on LCD.
When this error occurs xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx
again, replace the CU/ Recovered from Push the [OK] button and
PU board. an error. close the error screen, after
Inspection is Winds paper to Replace the Fuser unit. 0xFFF:Error a record with all numerical
required. the fuser unit xxxxxxxx value displayed on LCD.
980:Error was detected xxxxxxxx xxxxxxx
or impossible to PanelError1 The panel unit Cycle the power.
recovery error. could not connect Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU board.
Inspection is Excessive trays Are many trays beyond Yes Use trays as many as speci- with CU in booting.
required. beyond the the specification in- fied. PanelError4 The panel unit Cycle the power.
982:Error specifi-cation are stalled? could not connect Does this error recur? Yes Replace the HDD.
installed. with CU in during
Inspection is More than one Is more than one toner Yes Replace the correct toner car- the initializing of
required. toner cartridge cartridge of the same tridge or image drum. booting.
983:Error tag of the same color installed?
color was detect- Note! With the MFP’s temperature not more than 0ºC, the errors 168, 169, 171, 173, 175, 902,
ed. 904, 916 Error may occur. After turn off the MFP, turn on the MFP after the MFP warms.
2-37
2.5.3 Fax Error List Error

No code Description Solution by the user
Solution by the maintenance
(do not publish on user's manual）
Error (Hex)
Solution by the maintenance
No code Description Solution by the user To going to send it, but Confirm follows, and send Perform a communication examina-
(do not publish on user's manual）
(Hex) was not able to send once again. tion (sending/receiving) with a user
By the cancellation it from the other side between customer support.
If it is not improved, refer to
operation of the user, because there was not the customer support. It is thought that there is inconve-
1 01
canceled communica- a reply. -Confirm whether a fax nience at the MFP of the other side if
tion. number is right. a communication examination is OK.
To going to receive To contact that the other Please ask it for the
-Confirm whether setting
it, but was not able to side was not able to receive, investigation(example: Confirmation
8 22 of the dial classification
2 02 receive it from the other and please ask it for the of the power supply) to the other side.
(Tone/Pulse) fits a phone
side because there was state confirmation of the It is thought that there is inconve-
line of the use.
not a reply. other side MFP. nience to the phone line of the this
By the shutdown op- -While an other side com- side if a communication examination
3 03 eration of the user, can- municates, it may not be is NG.
celed communication. connected. Please send Please ask it for the investigation to
once again after waiting for the telecommunications company.
The document reading Try again the fax.
4 11 a while.
error occurred.
Because memory Confirm it about follows, Redialed, but was not Confirm follows, and send Perform a communication examina-
capacity was full, it was and increase free space of able to transmit a mes- once again. tion (sending/receiving) with a user
not able to receive. the memory. sage from an other side between customer support.
If it is not improved, refer to
because there was not the customer support. It is thought that there is inconve-
-Recover the paper empty a reply. nience at the MFP of the other side if
and document-jam. -Confirm whether a fax
number is right. a communication examination is OK.
-Delete the unnecessary Please ask it for the
5 14 forced memory reception -Confirm whether setting
investigation(example: Confirmation
image. 9 23 of the dial classification
of the power supply) to the other side.
(Tone/Pulse) fits a phone
-Print the confidential recep- It is thought that there is inconve-
line of the use.
tion document. nience to the phone line of the this
-While an other side com- side if a communication examination
-Delete the document municates, it may not be is NG.
stored in the bulletin board connected. Please send Please ask it for the investigation to
box. once again after waiting for the telecommunications company.
By the cancellation a while.
operation of the user,
6 19 A telephone wire cable Please connect a telephone
canceled a transmission
10 24 is connected to TEL wire cable to LINE connec-
reservation.
connector by mistake. tor.
Detected the abnormal- Please refer to the customer The defective product is possible.
7 21 ity of the phone line. A telephone wire cable Please connect a telephone
support. Change the FAX board.
11 25 is not connected to wire cable to LINE connec-
LINE connector. tor.
2-38
Error Error
Solution by the maintenance Solution by the maintenance
No code Description Solution by the user No code Description Solution by the user
(do not publish on user's manual） (do not publish on user's manual）
(Hex) (Hex)
Because a dial tone Turn off the dial tone detec- Bulletin board polling
was not able to detect, tion, and please send once was going to transmit a
it was not able to send a again. 18 38 message, but canceled
message. The setting change of the it because it was during
12 26 dial tone detection makes box operation.
[OFF] by [Device Settings] It was going to do the
> [Admin Setup] > [User confidential reception,
Install] > [Dial Tone Detec- 19 39 but canceled commu-
tion]. nication because it was
Redialed, but the other Wait for a while, and please during box operation.
side was communicat- send a message once To going to send it, but The setting change of the
ing. again. was not able to send super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
When it is not improved, 20 40 it from the other side
turn off the busy tone detec- because there was not
tion, and please send a a reply.
13 27 message once again. Canceled the transmis- Wait for a while, and please It have possibilities abnormal in
The setting change of the sion by a decline of the send a message once connection of LINE (point of contact
busy tone detection makes call quality. again. defectiveness of the connector).
[OFF] by [Device Settings] 21 41 If it is not improved, refer Confirm the connection or change the
> [Admin Setup] > [User to the customer support or cable.
Install] > [Busy Tone Detec- telecommunications com-
tion]. pany.
In super G3 was not The setting change of the Canceled the reception The setting change of the
14 32
able to communicate. super G3 makes [OFF] . (*) by a decline of the call super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
It was going to do the Please confirm to the other quality. If problem with reception
22 43
confidential reception, side, whether the subad- fax, contact the other side,
but was not able to re- dress is not wrong in send- and please ask it for the
15 35
ceive it because did not ing operation. transmission once again.
accord with the subad- It is not the error with this Canceled communica- The setting change of the
dress the other side. MFP. tion, because received super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
23 45
Because the number Please print a confidential the unjust signal from
of confidential recep- reception document. The the other side.
tion reached the upper reception document is Canceled communica- The setting change of the
limit, it was not able to deleted after print automati- tion, because received super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
16 36 24 46
receive. cally. the unjust signal from
It can receive the confi- the other side.
dential reception to up Canceled communica- The setting change of the
to 30 cases per 1 box. tion, because received super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
Because the subad- Please confirm to the other 25 47
the unjust signal from
dress of the other side side, whether the subad- the other side.
did not accord by the dress is not wrong in receiv-
17 37 bulletin board polling ing operation.
transmission, it was not It is not the error with this
able to transmit a mes- MFP.
sage.
2-39
Error Error
(Hex) (Hex)
It was going to trans- Wait for a while, and please Blocked the reception When a trouble is occurred Address information registered with
mit, but was not able to send a message once by a prevention of direct by a reception block, please this side does not agree with the other
transmit, because the again. mail function. confirm setting of the pre- side phone number (fax number)
26 48 other side could not If it is not improved, contact vention of direct mail. information registered with fax of the
receive. the other side, and please If it is not improved, contact other side.
ask it for the state confirma- the other side, and please When admit the reception, carry out
tion of the other side's MFP. ask it for the state confirma- either following.
It was going to receive, The setting change of the tion of the MFP including In the case of mode 1 is the function
but was not able to super G3 makes [OFF]. (*) the ID (The own fax number mode:
receive, because the If problem with reception that is registered with the Carry out following ① or ②.
27 49 other side) confirmation. In the case of mode 2 is the function
transmission from the fax, contact the other side,
other side was cut off. and please ask it for the mode:
transmission once again. Carry out following ① or ③.
By the ID check func- Confirm the address, and In the case of mode 3 is the function
tion, canceled the please transmit once again. mode:
transmission. If it is not improved, contact 29 4b Carry out following ① or ② and ③.
A fax number (this the other side, and please
side's number) regis- ask it for the state confirma- ① Turn off the prevention of direct
tered with the other side tion of the MFP including mail function.
did not accord with four the ID confirmation. ② Register the fax number to admit
columns of bottoms of Or turn off the ID check the reception with a speed dial.
28 4a
the address number of function, and please trans-
the fax. mit a message. ③ Delete the fax number to admit the
The setting change of the reception from the list of reception
ID check function makes refusal.
[OFF] by [Device Settings]
> [Admin Setup] > [Fax Perform the setting change of the
Setup] > [Security Function] prevention of direct mail function by
> [ID Check Tx] [Device Settings] > [Admin Setup] >
[Fax Setup] > [Other Settings] > [Block
Junk Fax]
It was going to confi- Contact the other side, and
dential transmit, but was please confirm the estab-
30 4c not able to transmit, lishment situation of the
because the other side confidential box.
could not receive.
It was going to receive Contact the other side, and
bulletin board polling, please confirm the estab-
31 4d
but the other side does lishment situation of the
not have a document. bulletin board box.
There seems to be a If problem with reception
decline of the call qual- fax, contact the other side,
32 51 ity. and please ask it for the
Fax may not receive the transmission once again.
message definitely.
2-40
Error Error
(Hex) (Hex)
Canceled reception, The setting change of the Detected the abnormal- Refer to the customer sup- The defective product is possible.
40 80
because it was not able super G3 makes [OFF]. (*) ity of the MFP. port. Change the FAX board.
to receive normally. If problem with reception In super G3 was not The setting change of the
33 52 41 82
fax, contact the other side, able to communicate. super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
and please ask it for the In super G3 was not The setting change of the
transmission once again. 42 83
able to communicate. super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
Canceled transmission, The setting change of the One communication In the case of the transmis-
because it was not able super G3 makes [OFF]. (*) beyond 60 minutes, and sion, whether set a image
to transmit normally. Wait for a while, and please canceled communica- quality low or divide the
send a message once tion. document, and please
again. transmit a message once
34 60 If it is not improved, contact 43 84 again.
the other side, and please In the case of the reception,
ask it for the state and whether set a image quality
residual quantity of the low or divide the document,
memory confirmation of the and please ask it for the
other side's MFP. transmission once again.
Canceled transmission, Contact the other side, and Designation of prefix Please confirm contents of
because it was not able please ask it for the state 44 90
includes an error. prefix.
35 65 to transmit normally. and residual quantity of the
memory confirmation of the *The setting change of the super G3 makes [OFF] by [Device Settings] > [Admin Setup] > [User
other side's MFP. Install] > [Super G3].
There seems to be a The setting change of the
decline of the call qual- super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
ity. Contact the other side, and
36 66 Fax may not transmit please confirm fax.
the message definitely. If it have a problem, wait for
a while and please transmit
a message once again.
Canceled communica- The setting change of the
tion, because received super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
37 67
the other side.
Canceled communica- The setting change of the
tion, because received super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
38 69
the other side.
There seems to be a The setting change of the
decline of the call qual- super G3 makes [OFF]. (*)
ity. If problem with reception
39 6a
Fax may not receive the fax, contact the other side,
message definitely. and please ask it for the
transmission once again.
2-41
2.5.4 Email/Internet FAX/FAX Server Error List
Error Code Description

1 Connection failed. Please check "SMTP Server" settings.
2 Connection failed. Please check "SMTP Server Port" settings.
3 Authentication failed. "SMTP Auth" Unsupported.
4 Authentication failed. "SMTP Auth" Login failed. Be sure of the login
name and password for the mail server.
5 Authentication failed. Please check "POP Server" settings.
6 Authentication failed. Please check "POP Server Port" settings.
7 Authentication failed. "POP" Login failed. Be sure of the login name
and password for the POP server.
8 SMTP Transmission Error. Check network configuration, cable con-
nection and status, and the server status.
9 POP Transmission Error. Check network configuration, cable con-
nection and status, and the server status.
11 SMTP Transmission Error. Sending Data is biggest. Please Check
for Mailbox quota at SMTP Server.
12 SMTP Transmission Error. Please wait and retry.
13 SMTP Transmission Panic. Contact the network administrator.
15 Email receiving has been cancelled. Canceled from SMTP Client or
POP Server.
16 Email receiving has been cancelled from user.
19 Email receiving has been cancelled. MIME Error. The format of
email or the attached file may be not supported.
20 Email receiving has been cancelled. Unsupported MIME. The format
of email or the attached file may be not supported.
22 Email receiving has been cancelled. An attached file may have
exceed its size limit(8M Byte). Large files cannot be printed.
24 Email receiving has been cancelled. Contact the network adminis-
trator.
2-42
2.5.5 Preparing for troubleshooting (3-6) Displayed「Automatic document feeder(ADF) cover is Open」....................2-69
(3-6-1) The ADF cover sensor was off .........................................................2-69
(1) LCD Display Trouble....................................................................................2-44
(3-7) Paper size error (Error code: 400 and 401).................................................2-70
(1-1) LCD displays nothing............................................................................2-44
(3-7-1) Printing was stopped when paper ejected after paper size error detected....2-70
(1-2) Display of OKI logo................................................................................2-45
(4) ID unit Up/Down error (Service call 142).........................................................2-70
(1-3) LCD displays blackout after OKI logo display.......................................2-45
(4-1) Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit.........................2-70
(1-4) Error message display...........................................................................2-45
(4-2) Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID unit....................2-71
(2) Abnormal MFP operation after powered on..................................................2-46
(5) Fuser unit error (Error code: 167 to 177)........................................................ 2-71
(2-1) Any operation does not start at all.........................................................2-46
(5-1) Error occurs immediately after the power is turned on..........................2-71
(2-2) Abnormal sound is heard......................................................................2-46
(5-2) Error occurs approx. 1 minute after the power is turned on...................2-72
(2-3) Bad odors are generated.......................................................................2-47
(6) Motor fan error (Error code: 122, 127, 128, 918).............................................2-73
(2-4) Rise-up time is slow..............................................................................2-47
(6-1) The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate immediately after the
(3) Paper jams......................................................................................................2-48
power is turned on.............................................................................2-73
(3-1) Paper feed jam
(6-2) Duplex fan does not rotate during the Duplex printing...........................2-73
(Error code 391: Tray1 , 392: Tray2 , 393: Tray3 , 394: Tray4)....................2-50 (6-3) All fans of the printer do not rotate........................................................2-73
(3-1-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (7) Print speed is slow. (Performance is low.)......................................................2-73
(Tray2, Tray3, Tray4)........................................................................2-50 (7-1) Print speed decreases...........................................................................2-73
(3-1-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started. (8) Option unit cannot be recognized................................................................... 2-74
(Tray1, Tray2, Tray3,Tray4)................................................................2-50
(8-1) Option try unit cannot be recognized.....................................................2-74
(3-2) Feed jam (Error code: 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 389).........................2-53
(9) LED head cannot be recognized. (Error code: 131, 132, 133 and 134)......... 2-74
(3-2-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.......................2-53
(9-1) Errors 131 to 134 (LED HEAD Missing)................................................2-74
(3-2-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started....................2-53
(10) Toner cartridge cannot be recognized. (Error code: 540, 541, 542 and 543).....2-75
(3-2-3) Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer.........2-54
(10-1) Error caused by the consumable items.............................................2-75
(3-2-4) Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path.....2-55
(10-2) Error caused by the toner sensor......................................................2-75
(3-3) Paper feed jam (Error code 390: Multipurpose tray)...................................2-60
(10-3) Error caused by the defective mechanism........................................2-76
(3-3-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
(11) Fuse cut error (Error code: 154 and 155).....................................................2-76
(Multipurpose tray)............................................................................2-60
(11-1) Fuse cut error....................................................................................2-76
(3-3-2) Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started.
(12) Humidity sensor error (Error code: 123)........................................................2-77
(Multipurpose tray)............................................................................2-60
(3-4) Two-sided printing jam (Error code: 370, 371, 372, 373)...........................2-63 (12-1) Humidity sensor error........................................................................2-77
(13) Wiring diagram..............................................................................................2-78
(3-4-1) Two-sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.......2-63
(3-4-2) Two-sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper into Duplex unit.....2-63
(3-4-3) Two-sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper inside the Duplex unit....2-63 Note! • When replacing the CU/PU board, please read the content on the
(3-4-4) Paper is not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller...........2-63 EEPROM chip of the old board and copy it to the new board. (Refer to 3.5.1
(3-5) Displayed「ADF Document Jam」................................................................2-65 when exchange the CU/PU board)
(3-5-1) Jam occurs at ADF unit. ...................................................................2-65
2-43
2.5.5.(1) LCD Display Trouble Actions to be taken

Check item Check work at NG
(1-1) LCD displays nothing
(1-1-2) Checking connections
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG Connection between Scan- Make sure the 50-pin FFC Connect the cable
ner board (6SU) and CU/PU is connected to the CD2_CUIF properly.
(1-1-1) Checking fuse board connector on the Scanner
board (6SU) properly.
Fuse on Scanner board Check whether F2 or F6 has Replace F2 or F6 or
Make sure the 50-pin FFC is
(6SU) blown. Scanner board (6SU).
connected to the CD2_CUIF
(1-1-2) Checking connections connector on the CU/PU board
(6CU) properly.
Connection between low- Make sure the low-voltage Connect the cable Check whether the cable con-
voltage power supply unit power supply unit is connected properly. nector is half-connected or
and Scanner board (6SU) to the POWER_IN connector tilted.
on the Scanner board (6SU)
Cable assembly connecting Replace the cable with FFC connecting Scanner Check for broken wires using a Replace the cable with
properly.
low-voltage power supply a good cable. board (6SU) to CU/PU tester. a good cable
Check whether the cable
unit to Scanner board (6SU) board (6CU) Check visually whether the
connector is half-connected
sheath peels.
or tilted, or whether wires are
broken. (1-1-3) Checking power supplies
Check whether there is any
fault in the cable assembly, e.g., AC power supplied to the Check the supplied voltage Supply AC power.
missing wires. printer from the AC power source.
Connection between Scan- Make sure the 22-pin FFC is Connect the cable 3.3VS and 5V power sup- Check the 3.3VS power at 1 pin Replace the low volt-
ner board (6SU) and opera- connected to the 7 INCHIF properly. plied to Scanner board and 5V power at 3, 4 pin of the age power supply or
tion panel connector on the Scanner (6SU) POWER_IN connector on the CU/PU board (6CU)
board (6SU) properly. Scanner board (6SU).
connected to the SUIF con- 5V and 3.3VS power sup- Check the power at pin of the Replace the Scanner
nector on Panel board (TP1) plied to Panel board (TP1) CN1 connector on the Panel board (6SU).
properly. board (TP1).
(1-1-4) Checking for short circuit of power supply

Check whether the cable con-
nector is half-connected or 3.3VS, 5V and 24V power Check for a short circuit using Replace the short-
tilted. supplied to Scanner board the POWER connector on the circuited component.
FFC connecting Scanner Check for broken wires using a Replace the cable with (6SU) Scanner board (6SU).
board (6SU) to Panel board tester. a good cable. 1pin: 3.3VS
(TP1) Check visually whether the 3,4pin: 5V
sheath peels. 7,8pin: 24V
2,5,6,9,10pin 0V
If there is a short circuit, locate
it.
Disconnect the cables from the
Scanner board (6SU) one by
one to locate the short circuit.
2-44
(1-2) Display of OKI logo Actions to be taken

Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG (1-3-1) Checking connections
(1-2-1) Operation panel display does not change. FFC connecting Scanner Check for broken wires using a Replace the cable with
board (6SU) to CU/PU tester. a good cable
Operation panel display OKI logo stays on. Replace the Panel board (6CU) Check visually whether the
board (TP1). sheath peels.
(1-3) LCD displays blackout after OKI logo display (1-4) Error message display
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work
Actions to be taken Check item Check work at NG
at NG
(1-4-1) Error message
(1-3-1) Checking connections
Error message display Check the detail of the error on Follow the instruc-
Connection between Scan- Make sure the 22-pin FFC is Connect the cable
the error message list. tions.
ner board (6SU) and opera- connected to the 7 INCHIF properly.
tion panel connector on the Scanner
connected to the SUIF con-
nector on Panel board (TP1)
properly.

nector is half-connected or
tilted.
FFC connecting Scanner Check for broken wires using a Replace the cable with
board (6SU) to Panel board tester. a good cable.
(TP1) Check visually whether the
sheath peels.
Connection between Scan- Make sure the 50-pin FFC Connect the cable
ner board (6SU) and CU/PU is connected to the CD2_CUIF properly.
board connector on the Scanner
connected to the CD2_CUIF
connector on the CU/PU board
(6CU) properly.
nector is half-connected or
tilted.
2-45
2.5.5.(2) Abnormal MFP operation after powered on Actions to be taken

(2-1) Any operation does not start at all.
(2-1-3) Check the system connection
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG Connection condition Check contents of (1-1). Follow the con-
(2-1-1) Check the peripherals of the power supplies of the control panel The printer will not start operation until the contents of (1-1).
trol panel is detected and its operation is started.
AC power that is sup- Check the supplied voltage of the AC power Supply the AC
plied to the printer source. power.
(2-2) Abnormal sound is heard.
5V power and 24V Check the power supply voltages at the POWER Replace the low
power that are sup- connector of the CU/PU board. voltage power Actions to be taken
plied to the CU/PU 1,3,4pin: 5V supply unit. Check item Check work at NG
board 9,10,11,12,25pin: 24V
22pin: 3.3VS (2-2-1) Check loss of synchronization of motor (Driver error)
5,6,7,8pin: 0VL
13,14,15,16,23,26pin: 0VP Condition of the mo- Check for normal wiring conditions of the respec- Replace the mo-
tor cable tive motors. tor cable.
(2-1-2) Power switch LED check Perform the visual check and measure resis- Re-connect the
tance at open circuit with VOM as follows. cable for normal
Power switch LED Check if the LED light stays off. Replace one of Remove the motor cable at the board end. Mea- conditions.
the following: sure resistance between the respective pins of
Low voltage the removed cable and FG with VOM.
power supply unit,
CU/PU board, Operating conditions Check if operations of the respective motors are Replace the CU/
Scanner board, of the respective normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode. PU board.
Panel board, the motors Check if any load exists or not.
cable between "Buzzer" sound when an error occurs.
the low voltage
power supply (2-2-2) Check loss of synchronization of motor (Abnormal load of the consumable item)
unit and CU/PU
Operating conditions Check if operations of the respective motors are Replace the
board,
of the respective normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode. corresponding
the cable between
motors Check if any load exists or not. consumable item.
CU/PU board and
"Buzzer" sound when an error occurs. If any attempt of
Scanner board,
using new part as
the cable between
a trial is going to
Scanner board
be made, be sure
and Panel board.
to use the Sys-
tem Maintenance
When blinking:
Menu FUSE
Replace one of
KEEP MODE.
the following: low
voltage power
supply unit, CU/
PU board or the
cable between
the low voltage
power supply unit
and the CU/PU
board.
2-46
Actions to be taken (2-3) Bad odors are generated.

Actions to be taken
(2-2-3) Check the jumping phenomena of gear tooth. (Abnormal load of the consumable item) Check item Check work at NG
Operating conditions Check if operations of the respective motors are Replace the (2-3-1) Locating the exact position of generating bad odor
of the respective normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode. corresponding
motors Check if any load exists or not. consumable item. Fuser unit Remove the fuser unit and check the odor. Implement sec-
"Buzz buzz" sound is generated when an error If any attempt of tion (2-3-2).
occurs. using new part as
Low voltage power Remove the low voltage power supply unit and Replace the low
a trial is going to
supply unit check the odor. voltage power
be made, be sure
supply unit
to use the Sys-
tem Maintenance
(2-3-2) Check conditions of the fuser unit
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.
Life count of fuser Check
the life count of the fuser unit by using the The fuser close
unit self-diagnostic mode. to the new fuser
Installation condition Check by visual inspection if the respective Replace an
unit smells some
of each consumable consumable items are installed in their normal appropriate
odors.
item positions in which gears of the consumable items mechanical part
engage accurately or not. as required, or
Check that no for- Check that no foreign materials such as paper Remove the
adjust or repair
eign material exists are stuck inside of the fuser unit. foreign material.
in fuser unit.
(2-2-4) Check the wiring conditions of cables
Wiring conditions of Check if the cable contacts with the fan blade orrect the wiring
C
the cables in the vi- because wiring conditions of the cables near fan conditions of the (2-4) Rise-up time is slow.
cinity of the respec- is poor or not. cable.
tive cooling fans "Clap, clap" sound is generated when an error Actions to be taken
occurs.
(2-4-1) Check the fuser unit
Heater
Confirm the voltage specification on the label on eplace the fuser
R
the rear of the fuser unit. unit.
2-47
(3)Paper Jams Clearing Paper Jams

This section explains how to clear paper jams.
Caution Possible to get burned.
Reference! • For details on the location of each component of the machine, refer to
"Switch scan test" and "Motor clutch test". Since the fuser unit right is extremely hot, perform the operation with
care.
Checking Error Messages

Note! • The image drum (the green tube) is very delicate. Handle it carefully.
When a paper jam occurs, the [Paper jam] or [Document jam] message appears on the dis- • Do not expose the image drum to direct sunlight or very bright interior light
play screen and the <STATUS> key on the operator panel blinks. The error code and descrip- (approximately more than 1500 lux). Even under the normal interior light, do
tion differ according to where the paper jam occurs. not leave it for more than 5 minutes.
2-48
J15 J9
J7 (384:Upper Output Tray) (390:MISS FEED AT
(382:EXIT) FRONTFEEDER)
EXIT2 sensor J5(380:FEED)
J6 J12(400:PAPER
J8
EXIT sensor (381:TRANSPORT) SIZE ERROR)
(383:DUPLEX
ENTRY) Fuser-IN sensor WR sensor
DUP-IN
sensor
DUP-R sensor DUP-F sensor IN2 sensor

IN1 sensor
J1
J10
(370:DUPLEX
(391:TRAY1)
REVERSAL)
DUP-B sensor
J4 J3 2nd-IN
(373:MULTIFEED IN (372:MISS FEED AT DUPLEX) sensor
DUPLEX UNIT) J2
(371:DUPLEX INPUT)
J11
(392:TRAY2)
3rd-IN
sensor
J14
(393:TRAY3)
4th-IN
sensor
2-49
2.5.5. (3-1) Paper feed jam (3-1-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started. (Tray1, Tray2, Tray3, Tray4)
(Error code 391: Tray1 , 392: Tray2 , 393: Tray3 , 394: Tray4) Actions to be taken
(3-1-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (Tray2, Tray3, Tray4)
(3-1-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG Paper running path
Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
(3-1-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path of the front unit and running path. jammed paper.
applicable tray. If there is no jammed paper, confirm the position (Refer to the fol-
aper running path
P Remove the applicable tray check if paper is not Remove the of the paper guide of the paper cassette and lowing process)
of the applicable tray. jammed in the paper running path. jammed paper. the paper stopper, and confirm whether paper is
(Refer to the fol- loaded correctly.
lowing process)
(3-1-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts
-Error code:391
Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the sen-
-Error code 392:
Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the Check the IN1 sen- levers have any abnormality or not. sor with the good
Check the 2nd-IN levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with sor lever. sensor lever.
sensor lever the good sensor -Error code 392:
-Error code 393: lever. Check the sensor
Check the 3rd-IN levers of the 2nd-IN
sensor lever sensor
-Error code 394: and the IN1 sensor.
Check the 4th-IN -Error code 393:
sensor lever Check the sensor
levers of the 3rd-IN
(3-1-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts sensor
and the IN1 sensor.
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally de- Replace either
-Error code 394:
condition of the sen- tected by using the Maintenance Menu SWITCH the CU/PU board
Check the sensor
sor signal. SCAN function. or the front
levers of the 4th-IN
sensor board
sensor
(RSG PCB) or
and the IN1 sensor.
the 2nd(3rd/4th)
Tray unit board Check the feed Check if any foreign materials such as paper Remove the
(Board-GOH-2) roller, pickup roller dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the foreign material.
or connection and the retard roller pickup roller or not of the applicable tray.
cable. assembly of the ap-
plicable tray. Check if the feed roller or the pickup roller of the Replace the
applicable tray has worn out or not. feed roller, the
pickup roller and
the retard roller
assembly of the
tray.
2-50
Actions to be taken Actions to be taken

(3-1-2-3) Motor operation check (3-1-2-5) Clutch operation check
opping motor of
H Confirm that the hopping motor of the applicable Replace the CU/ -Error code:391 Check to make sure that the applicable clutch Replace the CU/
the applicable tray tray works normally by using the Motor & Clutch PU board or the Tray1 Hopping works normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test PU board or the
Test of the self-diagnostic mode. 2nd(3rd/4th) Clutch of the self-diagnostic mode. 2nd(3rd/4th)
Tray unit board -Error code 392: Open the front cover so that the rollers can be Tray unit board
(Board-GOH-2) Tray2 Hopping seen to check. (Board-GOH-2)
or the hopping Clutch, or replace the
motor. Tray2 Feed Clutch. applicable
-Error code 393: clutch.
-Error code:391 Remove the MOTERCL connector of the CU/PU Replace the CU/ Tray3 Hopping
Hopping motor driver board and check the following at the connector PU board. Clutch,
side. Tray3 Feed Clutch
Several MΩ between pin-5 – FG. -Error code 394:
Several MΩ between pin-6 – FG. Tray4 Hopping
Several MΩ between pin-7 – FG. Clutch,
Several MΩ between pin-8 – FG. Tray4 Feed Clutch
(3-1-2-4) Check the system connection of Tray1 (3-1-2-6) Check the system connection of Tray1
Hopping motor drive Check
the connection condition of the cable. eplace the
R Clutch cable for
Check the connection condition of the cable. Replace the
cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the paper feed Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the
way only or not, and check if the connector is good cable that way only or not, and check if the connector is in- good cable that
inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check also that normalizes the serted in a slanted angle or not. Check also that normalizes the
cables are assembled without any abnormality. connection condi- cables are assembled without any abnormality. connection con-
tion. dition.
Hopping motor drive Check that any cable is not pinched during as- Replace the Cable for paper feed Check that any cable is not pinched during assem- Replace the
cable sembling of the printer. cable with the clutch bling of the printer. clutch and as-
Remove the MOTERCL connector of the CU/PU good cable that Remove the HOPLC connector of the CU/PU sembly it again
board and check the following at the cable side. normalizes the board and check the following at the cable side. correctly.
Short circuit between pin-5 – FG connection condi- Short circuit between pin-1 – FG
Short circuit between pin-6 – FG tion. Remove the HOPCL connector of the CU/PU
Short circuit between pin-7 – FG board and check that approx. 240Ω can be mea-
Short circuit between pin-8 – FG sured between pin-1 and pin-2.
Hopping motor Remove the MOTERCL connector of the CU/ Replace the hop-
PU board and check that approx. 3.4Ω can be ping motor.
measured between pin-5 -pin-6 and pin-7 -pin-8
respectively at the cable end.
2-51
How to remove the paper (3) Return the tray into the machine.
(4) Insert your finger into the recess on the right side of the printer and pull the front
(Error code 391: Tray1 , 392: Tray2 , 393: Tray3 , 394: Tray4) cover open lever to open the front cover forward.
Memo! The following procedure uses tray 1 as an example.
(1) Pull out and remove the paper cassette of the indicated tray.
(5) Close the front cover.
(2) Remove jammed paper. Memo! Keep it in mind that the error message is not cleared unless the front cover is
opened and closed following removal of the jammed paper.
Memo! If there is no jammed paper, confirm the position of the paper guide of the
paper cassette and the paper stopper, and confirm whether paper is loaded
correctly.
2-52
2.5.5. (3-2) Feed jam (Error code: 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 389) (3-2-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started.
(3-2-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. Actions to be taken
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG (3-2-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path
(3-2-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path Paper running path
of the front unit running path. jammed paper.
aper running path
P Open the front cover check if paper is not Remove the
(Refer to the fol-
of the front unit jammed in the paper running path. jammed paper.
lowing process)
(Refer to the fol-
lowing process) (3-2-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts
(3-2-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts Check the sensor
Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the sen-
levers of the IN1 levers have any abnormality or not. sor with the good
heck the sensor
C Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
sensor, that of the sensor lever.
levers of the IN1 levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the
IN2 sensor and that
sensor, that of the good sensor
of the WR sensor.
IN2 sensor and that lever.
of the WR sensor. (3-2-2-3) Motor operation check
(3-2-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts Hopping motor Confirm that the hopping motor works normally Replace the CU/
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- PU board, or
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally de- Replace either
diagnostic mode. replace the hop-
condition of the sen- tected by using the Maintenance Menu SWITCH the CU/PU board
ping motor.
sor signal. SCAN function. or the front sen-
sor board (RSG Hopping motor driver Remove the MOTERCL connector of the CU/PU Replace the CU/
PCB) or connec- board and check the following at the connector PU board.
tion cable. side.
Several MΩ between pin-5 – FG.
Check the output Check for the following signals at the FSNS con- Replace the
signal levels of the nector of the CU/PU board. front sensor
IN1 sensor, that of Pin-4: IN1 sensor board (RSG
the IN2 sensor and Pin-3: IN2 sensor PCB)
that of the WR sen- Pin-2: WR sensor
sor. Confirm that the above signal levels change
when the sensor lever is operated.
Check the power Check the 5V power at the FSNS connector of Replace the con-
voltages supplied the front sensor board (RSG PCB). nection cable.
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply
board (RSG PCB) Pin-5: 0VL
2-53
Actions to be taken (3-2-3) Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer.
Actions to be taken
(3-2-2-4) Check the system connection Check item Check work at NG
Hopping motor
Check the connection condition of the cable. Replace the (3-2-3-1) Check condition of the paper running path
drive cable Check if the connector is connected in the cable with the
Face Up Stacker
Confirm that it is either fully opened or fully Eliminate any in-
half-way only or not, and check if the connec- good cable that
Cover closed between condi-
tor is inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check normalizes the
tion of the cover
also that cables are assembled without any connection con-
between the fully
abnormality. dition.
open position
Hopping motor Check that any cable is not pinched during Replace the and fully closed
drive cable assembling of the printer. cable with the position.
Remove the MOTERCL connector of the CU/ good cable that
Duplex pull-in gate Confirm that the Duplex pull-in gate works Replace the Du-
PU board and check the following at the cable normalizes the
normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the plex pull-in gate
side. connection con-
self-diagnostic mode. or the Duplex
Short circuit between pin-5 – FG dition.
Is it set to the paper unloading side normally? solenoid
Short circuit between pin-6 – FG
Short circuit between pin-7 – FG Rear panel
Check that the installation condition of the rear emove the rear
R
Short circuit between pin-8 – FG panel hampers smooth movement of a paper in panel and re-
the paper running path, or not. install it.
Hopping motor Remove the MOTERCL connector of the CU/ Replace the
PU board and check that approx. 3.4Ω can hopping motor. Paper running path Check that any mechanical load does not exist Correct the
be measured between pin-5 -pin-6 and pin-7 of unloading unit that hampers the smooth movement of paper in portion that be-
-pin-8 respectively at the cable end. the paper running path of the paper unloading comes mechani-
unit, by the visual inspection. cal load.
Check if the paper unloading motor becomes
difficult to rotate or not.
ensor lever of the

S
Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
exit sensor and that levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
of the exit2 sensor the good sensor
lever.
(3-2-3-3) Motor operation check
Fuser motor Confirm

that the fuser motor works normally by Replace the CU/
using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self-diag- PU board or
nostic mode. fuser motor or
Check if any load exists or not. fuser unit.
If any attempt
of using new
fuser unit as a
trial is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.
2-54

Actions to be taken How to remove the paper
at NG
(3-2-3-4) Check the system connection (Error code: 380, 381, 382, 383, 385, 389)
Fuser motor drive Check the connection condition of the cables. Replace the
cable Visually check the CU/PU board DCHEAT con- cable with the
nector for half-way connection, slanted angle good cable that cover open lever to open the front cover forward.
insertion, and abnormal cord assembly. normalizes the
Also check the connector connected with the connection con-
fuser motor in the same manner. dition.
(3-2-4) Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path.
Check item Check operation Actions for NG

results
(3-2-4-1) Motor operation check
Fuser motor Confirm that the fuser motor works normally by Replace the CU/
using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self-diag- PU board or
nostic mode. fuser motor or
b
Check if any load exists or not. fuser unit.
If any attempt a
of using new
fuser unit as a
trial is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE (2) Open the scanner and press the top cover open button and open the top cover.
KEEP MODE.
2-55
(3) Remove all four image drums and place them on new paper etc. on a flat surface. (5) ① If an edge of jammed paper can be seen
Pull out the jammed paper gently from the rear of the printer (the direction of the
arrow).
(4) Cover the removed image drums with black paper so that the image drums are not ② If an edge of jammed paper cannot be seen
exposed to light. Pull out the jammed paper gently while lifting the release levers on the fuser unit.
If an edge of jammed paper still remains inside the unit, pull out the jammed pa-
per gently to the rear of the printer.
2-56
③ When paper jams in the fuser. 3. Lift the release levers on the fuser unit, and pull out the jammed paper for-
1. Lift the left lock lever of the fuser unit forward. ward gently.
4. Hold the fuser unit handle and place the fuser unit into the printer.
2. Hold the fuser unit handle and lift the fuser unit out of the printer.
2-57
5. Push the left lock lever of the fuser unit backward. (7) Close the top cover by pushing the both sides of the cover firmly.

(6) Return all four image drums into the printer carefully.
Note! Cannot close the front cover securely if the top cover is not closed.
2-58
How to remove the paper

(Error code: 384)
(1) Open the 2bin rear cover and pull out the jammed paper.
2-59
2.5.5. (3-3) Paper feed jam (Error code 390: Multipurpose tray) (3-3-2) Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started. (Multipurpose tray)
(3-3-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (Multipurpose tray) Actions to be taken
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG (3-3-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path
(3-3-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path aper running path
P Check
if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
of the multipurpose running path. jammed paper.
aper running path
P
tray (Refer to the fol-
of the multipurpose running path. jammed paper.
lowing process)
tray (Refer to the fol-
lowing process) Sheet Receive of the
Confirm that the Sheet Receive has moved up Correct installa-
multipurpose tray normally. tion of the above
(3-3-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts Confirm that the support spindle and spring of parts so that the
the Sheet Receive have been installed in the Sheet Receive
heck the sensor
C Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
specified positions normally. moves up to the
specified posi-
sensor and the WR good sensor
tion normally.
sensor. lever.
(3-3-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts
Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace either
condition of the sen- detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of the CU/PU board
sensor and the WR good sensor
sor signal. the self-diagnostic mode. or the front sen-
sensor. lever.
sor board (RSG
PCB) or connec- Front cover Confirm that the locks in the right and left of the Replace the font
tion cable. front cover are locked normally. cover assembly
Check the sensor Check for the following signals at the FSNS con- Replace the Check the feed Check if any foreign materials such as paper Remove the
output signal level of nector of the CU/PU board. front sensor roller, the pickup dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the foreign material.
the IN2 sensor and Pin-2: WR sensor board (RSG roller, and the retard pickup roller or not.
the WR sensor. Pin-3: IN2 sensor PCB) roller.
Confirm that the above signal levels change Check if the feed roller has worn out or not. Replace the feed
when the sensor lever is operated. roller.
Check the power Check the 5V power at the FSNS connector of Replace the con- (3-3-2-3) Motor operation check
voltages supplied the front sensor board (RSG PCB). nection cable.
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply Hopping motor Confirm that the hopping motor works normally Replace the CU/
board (RSG PCB) Pin-5: 0VL by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- PU board, or re-
diagnostic mode. place the hopping
motor.
Hopping motor driver Remove the MOTERCL connector of the CU/PU Replace the CU/
board and check the following at the connector PU board.
side.
MPT clutch Carry out Motor & Clutch Test to check if the
MPT clutch works normally.
2-60

Actions to be taken How to remove the paper (Error code 390: Multipurpose tray)
at NG
(3-3-2-4) Check the system connection (1) If there is any papers on the MP Tray, lift the paper set cover and take the paper
out.
Hopping motor drive
Check the connection condition of the cable. Replace the
cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the
way only or not, and check if the connector is good cable that
inserted in a slanted angle or not. normalizes the
Check also that cables are assembled without connection con-
any abnormality. dition.
Hopping motor drive Check that any cable is not pinched during as- Replace the
cable sembling of the printer. cable with the
Remove the MOTERCL connector of the CU/PU good cable that
board and check the following at the cable side. normalizes the
Short circuit between pin-5 – FG connection con-
Short circuit between pin-6 – FG dition.
Hopping motor Remove the MOTERCL connector of the CU/ Replace the
PU board and check that approx. 3.4Ω can be hopping motor.
measured between pin-5 -pin-6 and pin-7 -pin-8
respectively at the cable end.
cover open lever to open the front cover forward.
2-61
(3) If the top end of paper is visible , hold the paper top end and carefully pull out the
paper.
If the bottom end of paper is visible, hold the paper by your hands and carefully pull
out the paper.
2-62
2.5.5. (3-4) Two-sided printing jam (Error code: 370, 371, 372, 373) Actions to be taken
(3-4-1) Two-sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
(3-4-2-3) Check condition of the paper running path
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG Paper inverting Check that any foreign materials such as paper Remove the
transport path chip or burr do not exist that hampers the smooth foreign material.
(3-4-1-1) Check condition of electrical parts movement of paper in the paper inverting trans-
Check the detection C
onfirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the port path.
condition of the sen- detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of Duplex board
sor signal. the self-diagnostic mode. (GOH-1 PCB),
For all sensors except the Dup-IN sensor, check the or replace the (3-4-3) Two-sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper inside the Duplex unit.
detection condition of the respective sensor in the defective sensor
two status: One is the status in which paper remains or connection Actions to be taken
inside the Duplex unit. The other is the status in cable.
which paper is removed from the Duplex unit. (3-4-3-1) Sensor lever operation check
Dup-F sensor lever Remove the Duplex unit and check movement of Replace the
the Dup-F sensor lever. Dup-F sensor
(3-4-2) Two-sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper into Duplex unit.
lever.
Actions to be taken
Dup-R sensor lever Remove the Duplex unit and check movement of Replace the
the Dup-R sensor lever. Dup-R sensor
(3-4-2-1) Solenoid operation check lever.
Duplex clutch Confirm that the duplex clutch works normally Replace the (3-4-3-2) Sensor check
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- GOH-1 board or
diagnostic mode. clutch. Check the detection Check the sensitivity of each sensor in the two Replace the
condition of the sen- conditions: one is the status in which paper Duplex board
Separator solenoid Check visually movement of the gate by using Replace the sor signal remains in the duplex unit, and the other is the (GOH-1 PCB),
(Paper unloading/ the Motor & Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic separator sole- status in which no paper remains in the duplex or replace the
DUP paper taking mode. noid. unit. defective sensor
in switching gate Check if movement is unsmooth or not, if amount Confirm that the sensor signals are normally or connection
located immediately of open/close is abnormal or not. detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of cable.
after the fuser unit) the self-diagnostic mode.
(3-4-2-2) Sensor lever operation check
Dup-IN sensor lever Remove the duplex unit. Touch the Dup-IN sen- Replace the (3-4-4) Paper is not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller.
sor lever to check if its movement is unsmooth or Dup-IN sensor
not. lever Actions to be taken
Dup-B sensor lever Remove the duplex unit and check the move- Replace the
(3-4-4-1) Clutch operation check
ment of the sensor lever. sensor lever.
DUP-IN sensor Check the sensitivity of each sensor in the two con- Replace the Duplex clutch Confirm that the Duplex clutch works normally Replace the
Dup-B sensor ditions: one is the status in which paper remains in Duplex board by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self-diag- GOH-1 board or
the duplex unit, and the other is the status in which (GOH-1 PCB), nostic mode. Confirm it by listening to the sound. clutch.
no paper remains in the duplex unit. or replace the
Confirm that the sensor signals are normally defective sensor
detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of or connection
the self-diagnostic mode. cable.
2-63
How to remove the paper (Error code: 370, 371, 372, 373) (4) Open the upper duplex unit cover and check for jammed paper. If jammed paper
remains, pull it out gently and close the cover.
(1) Take out the duplex unit by pulling it obliquely upward while holding the center re-
cess on the back of printer.
❶ ❷
❸ ❹
(2) Check for jammed paper inside the printer. If jammed paper remains, remove it.
(5) Replace the duplex unit into the printer.
(3) Check for jammed paper in the duplex unit. If jammed paper remains, pull it out
gently.
2-64
2.5.5. (3-5) Displayed「ADF Document Jam」 Error No.

(3-5-1) Jam occurs at ADF unit. Panel Actions to be taken at NG
Error Cause Check work
Dis- (Confirm it sequentially from the top)
log
Error No. play
Panel Actions to be taken at NG The hopping sensor -Clean the hopping roller. -Clean the hopping roller.
Dis- (Confirm it sequentially from the top) does not turn on if -Check whether hopping -Check whether hopping sensor does not
log regulation distance sensor does not have any have any problem on a sensor test.
play
The hopping sensor -Confirm whether there is -Check whether each sensor does not from hopping clutch problem on a sensor test. When there is sensor abnormality, check
is on when power not a residual document. have any problem on a sensor test. on at the time of -Confirm whether hopping the following sequentially.
on/ADF cover close, -Check whether each When there is sensor abnormality, check hopping movement roller / pickup roller turns -Check the assembling of hopping sen-
or the hopping sen- sensor does not have any the following sequentially. three times. on a motor test. sor spring.
sor is on in an initial. problem on a sensor test. -Check the assembling of each sensor -Change the hopping sensor spring.
spring. -Change the hopping sensor lever.
-Change each sensor spring. -Change the hopping sensor cable.
The regist sensor is
-Change each sensor lever. -Change the hopping photo sensor.
on when power on/
-Change each sensor cable. 740- -Change the cable between ADF and SU.
ADF cover close, or 0101
-Change each photo sensor. 11 -Change the SU board.
the regist sensor is
740- -Change the sensor cable between ADF -Confirm whether hopping roller / pickup
0001 on in an initial.
01 and SU. roller turns on a motor test.
The scan sensor is When a roller does not turn, check the fol-
-Change the SU board.
on when power on/ lowing sequentially.
ADF cover close, or -Change the Clutch Assy.-Hop(ADF).
the scan sensor is -Change the Hopping-Assy.
on in an initial. -Chage the motor cable between ADF
The reverse sensor and SU.
is on when power -Change the SU board.
on/ADF cover close, -Change the Cover-Top(ADF).
or the reverse sen- -Change the ADF_Assy.
sor is on in an initial. The regist sensor -Clean the feed roller / first -Check whether regist sensor does not
Only a document set does not turn on if reverse roller. have any problem on a sensor test.
sensor is on in ADF regulation distance -Check whether regist When there is sensor abnormality, check
740- cover close or only from hopping sensor sensor does not have any the following sequentially.
0002
02 a document set sen- on at the time of problem on a sensor test. -Check the assembling of regist sensor
sor is on in an initial. hopping movement. spring.
-Change the regist sensor spring.
740-
0102 -Change the regist sensor lever.
12
-Change the regist sensor cable.
-Change the regist photo sensor.
-Change the cable between ADF and SU.
-Change the Guide Assy.-D.
-Change the Cover-Top(ADF).
-Change the ADF_Assy.
2-65
Error No. Error No.

Panel Actions to be taken at NG Panel Actions to be taken at NG
Error Cause Check work Error Cause Check work
Dis- (Confirm it sequentially from the top) Dis- (Confirm it sequentially from the top)
log log
play play
The reverse sensor
-Clean the feed roller. -Check whether reverse sensor does not The scan sensor -Check whether scan -Check whether scan sensor does not have
does not turn on if
-Check whether reverse have any problem on a sensor test. does not turn on if sensor does not have any any problem on a sensor test.
regulation distance
sensor does not have any When there is sensor abnormality, check regulation distance problem on a sensor test. When there is sensor abnormality, check
at the time of hop-
problem on a sensor test. the following sequentially. at the time of regist the following sequentially.
ping movement. -Check the assembling of reverse sen- clutch on. -Check the assembling of scan sensor
sor spring. spring.
-Change the reverse sensor spring. 740- -Change the scan sensor spring.
740- 0201
0103 -Change the reverse sensor lever. 21 -Change the scan sensor lever.
13
-Change the reverse sensor cable. -Change the scan sensor cable.
-Change the reverse photo sensor. -Change the scan photo sensor.
-Change the cable between ADF and SU. -Change the cable between ADF and SU.
-Change the Guide Assy.-C. -Change the SU board.
-Change the SU board. -Change the regist clutch.
-Change the Cover-Top(ADF). -Change the ADF_Assy.
-Change the ADF_Assy. The scan sensor -Check whether regist -Check whether regist sensor does not
The document set -Confirm whether do not -Check whether document set sensor does does not turn off if sensor does not have any have any problem on a sensor test.
sensor was off dur- remove a document dur- not have any problem on a sensor test. regulation distance problem on a sensor test. When there is sensor abnormality, check
ing paper feed. ing a paper feed. When there is sensor abnormality, check at the time of regist -Check whether regist the following sequentially.
-Confirm whether do not the following sequentially. sensor on. sensor does not have any -Check the assembling of regist sensor
use the document which -Change the reverse sensor lever. problem. spring.
740-
0104 is shorter than A6 length -Change the reverse sensor cable. -Change the regist sensor spring.
14
forwarding. -Change the reverse photo sensor. -Change the regist sensor lever.
-Check whether document -Change the cable between ADF and SU. -Change the regist sensor cable.
set sensor does not have -Change the Guide Assy.-C -Change the regist photo sensor.
any problem on a sensor -Change the SU board. -Change the cable between ADF and SU.
test. -Change the Cover-Top(ADF). 740- -Change the Guide Assy.-D.
0202 -Change the SU board.
When the reverse -The separation roller -Clean the separation roller. 22
sensor was off in is dirty and confirms -Check whether hopping sensor does not -Change regist clutch.
previous inver- whether are not worn. have any problem on a sensor test. -Check whether document size detect sen-
sion movement, a -Check whether hopping When there is sensor abnormality, check sor does not have any problem.
hopping sensor is sensor does not have any the following sequentially. When there is sensor abnormality, change
turned on. problem on a sensor test. -Check the assembling of hopping sen- the Tray-Assy-Document.
sor spring. -Change the ADF_Assy.
740-
0105 -Change the hopping sensor spring. Real document Because the set document Repair the curl and a fold of the docu-
15
-Change the hopping sensor lever. length is mis- there were curl or a fold, so ment and set it to an automatic manuscript
-Change the hopping sensor cable. matched with an confirm the document size feeder(ADF).
-Change the hopping photo sensor. automatic document sensor do not push down.
-Change the cable between ADF and SU. size detection result.
-Change the SU board. The regist sensor Confirm whether a docu- -Check the assembling of regist sensor spring.
-Change the Retard-Roller-Assy. was off by feed less ment of the size that is not -Change the regist sensor spring.
-Change the ADF_Assy. than regulation dis- equivalent (simplex read- -Change the regist sensor lever.
tance after the regist ing: A6 LEF or the size that -Change the regist sensor cable.
740-
0203 sensor was turned is smaller than A6/ duplex -Change the regist photo sensor.
23
on. reading: A5 SEF or the -Change the cable between ADF and SU.
size that is smaller than -Change the Guide Assy.-D.
A5) to a document bunch
is not mixed.
2-66
Error No. Error No.

Panel Actions to be taken at NG Panel Actions to be taken at NG
Error Cause Check work Error Cause Check work
Dis- (Confirm it sequentially from the top) Dis- (Confirm it sequentially from the top)
log log
play play
The scan sensor is -The set document had a -Change the Holder-Assy(PH). Sensor polar- -Check whether each -Check whether each sensor does not
not off even if feed curl and a fold or there are ity changed in ap- sensor does not have any have any problem on a sensor test.
740-
0204 regulation distance not a stapler or a clip or proximately a sensor problem on a sensor test. When there is sensor abnormality, check
24
after the regist sen- confirms it. mask range. the following sequentially.
sor was off. -Check the assembling of each sensor
The regist sensor -Clean the separation -Clean the separation roller. 740- spring.
0208
was turned on by roller. -Check whether hopping sensor does not 28 -Change the each sensor spring.
feed less than regu- -Check whether hopping have any problem on a sensor test. -Change the each sensor lever.
lation distance after sensor does not have any When there is sensor abnormality, check -Change the each sensor cable.
the regist sensor problem on a sensor test. the following sequentially. -Change the each photo sensor.
was off. -Check the assembling of hopping sen- -Change the cable between ADF and SU.
740- -Change the SU board.
0205 sor spring.
25
-Change the hopping sensor spring. The document -Clean the feed roller. -Clean the feed roller.
-Change the hopping sensor lever. reverse sensor is -Confirm whether do not -Check whether reverse sensor does not
-Change the hopping sensor cable. not off even if feed use the document which have any problem on a sensor test.
-Change the hopping photo sensor. regulation distance is thicker than 120gsm When there is sensor abnormality, check
-Change the cable between ADF and SU. after the document and read it with FB when the following sequentially.
-Change the SU board. reverse sensor was it is thick. -Check the assembling of reverse sen-
The document -Confirm whether a piece -Check whether reverse sensor does not 740- turned on. -Check whether reverse sor spring.
0301
reverse sensor was of paper does not remain have any problem on a sensor test. 31 sensor does not have any -Change the reverse sensor spring.
turned on at the time behind in the MFP. When there is sensor abnormality, check problem on a sensor test. -Change the reverse sensor lever.
of one side paper -Check whether reverse the following sequentially. -Change the reverse sensor cable.
feed or both sides sensor does not have any -Check the assembling of reverse sen- -Change the reverse photo sensor.
switchback feed. problem on a sensor test. sor spring. -Change the cable between ADF and SU.
740- -Change the reverse sensor spring. -Change the Guide Assy.-C.
26 -Change the reverse sensor lever.
-Change the reverse sensor cable. The document -Confirm whether a docu- -Check whether reverse sensor does not
-Change the reverse photo sesor. reverse sensor was ment of the size that is not have any problem on a sensor test.
-Change the cable between ADF and SU. off by feed less than equivalent (duplex read- When there is sensor abnormality, check
-Change the Guide Assy.-C. regulation distance ing: A5 SEF or the size the following sequentially.
-Change the SU board. after the document that is smaller than A5) to -Check the assembling of reverse sen-
-Change the ADF_Assy. reverse sensor was a document bunch is not sor spring.
740-
Each sensor was -Confirm whether a piece -Check whether each sensor does not 0302 turned on. mixed. -Change the reverse sensor spring.
32
turned on at a point of paper does not remain have any problem on a sensor test. -Check whether reverse -Change the reverse sensor lever.
not to aim at. behind in the MFP. When there is sensor abnormality, check sensor does not have any -Change the reverse sensor cable.
-Check whether each the following sequentially. problem on a sensor test. -Change the reverse photo sensor.
sensor does not have any -Check the assembling of each sensor -Change the cable between ADF and SU.
740- problem on a sensor test. spring. -Change the Guide Assy.-C.
27 -Change the each sensor spring.
-Change the each sensor lever.
-Change the each sensor cable.
-Change the each photo sensor.
2-67
Error No. How to remove the paper (Displayed「ADF Document Jam」)

Panel Actions to be taken at NG
Dis- (Confirm it sequentially from the top)
play
log When you can see the document In the Duplex Paper Path
The regist sensor is -Clean the first reverse -Clean the first reverse roller.
not turned on even roller. -Check whether regist sensor does not (1) Open the ADF cover, and pull out the document upward.
if feed regulation -Check whether regist have any problem on a sensor test.
distance at the time sensor does not have any When there is sensor abnormality, check
of previous reverse problem on a sensor test. the following sequentially.
movement. -Check the assembling of regist sensor
spring.
740-
0303 -Change the regist sensor spring.
33
-Change the regist sensor lever.
-Change the regist sensor cable.
-Change the regist photo sensor.
-Change the Guide Assy.-D.
-Change the ADF_Assy.
The regist sensor is -Clean the exit roller. -Clean the exit roller.
not turned on even if -Check whether there is not abnormal
740- feed regulation dis- movement of the separator.
0401
41 tance at the time of -Change the ADF_Assy.
immediate reverse
movement.
Document more -When document stick by -Confirm the double feed sensor output
than two pieces static electricity, fan the result and change either following part or
were feed in a simul- pages of the document. both if abnormal.
taneous or different -OR-Board-Assy-6JC(TX : The parts of
timing. Cover-Assy-Top(ADF))
-OR-Board-Assy-6JD(Rx : The parts of When you can see the document Inside the ADF
Guide-Assy(Retard))
740- -Change the cable between ADF and SU.
0501 -Change the SU board. (1) Remove any documents from the document tray if any.
51
There is the point -Confirm whether a tag - (2) Open the ADF cover.
that overlapped with and a label are not put on
a part of the docu- the document, in the case
ment more than two of such a document, do
pieces. it for double feed sensor
invalidity setting or read it
with FB.
CCD-DMA transfer -Confirm whether it is -Check the connection of the FG cable and
got out of the time, frequent. FG film between ADF and SU.
and CCD-DMA
740- page end interrupt
0601
61 occurred within the
result rule time when
performed dummy
reading.
2-68
(3) Hold jammed document by the top edge, and gently pull it out. If the front edge of the document cannot be seen or cannot pull because the pro-
jection amounts of the document is too little under the document tray of the ADF,
open the ADF and open the Guide-Assy-Exit(Lower) by to rotate the lock lever.
If the front edge of the document cannot be seen in the ADF, lift the document tray
and then pull out the document and pull down the document tray.
Document Tray
Check the document position and pull out the document
Porttion A
Portion B
2-69
・In the case of Portion A ・In the case of Portion B

Open the Guide Assy. set the lower side of the ADF unit. And, feed the front edge Remove the jamed document in the portion B.
of the document by rotating the dial with roller, and pull the document to remove the
jammed document.
Guide Assy.
dial
(4) Close the Guide-Assy-Exit(Lower) and ADF.
2-70
2.5.5. (3-6) Displayed「Automatic document feeder(ADF) cover is Open」 2.5.5. (3-7) Error for the Flatbed Unit
(3-6-1) The ADF cover sensor was off. (3-7-1) Lamp Error
Error No. Error No.

Actions to be taken at NG Actions to be taken at NG
Panel Cause Check work Panel Cause Check work
Error (Confirm it sequentially from the top) Error (Confirm it sequentially from the top)
Dis- Dis-
log log
play play
0801 740- The ADF cover -Close a cover well. -Check whether cover open sensor does Lamp 742- Deficiency of light -Check the connection -Change the SU-board
81 sensor was off. -Check whether cover not have any problem on a sensor test. error 01 quantity of the of the connector on the -Change the Flatbed-Unit
open sensor does not When there is sensor abnormality, check <1> scanner's lamp SU-board of the CIS.
have any problem on a the following sequentially. Defect of calibra-
sensor test. -Change the cover open sensor. tion by wrong
-Change the cover-open sensor cable. devices.
-Change the Cover-Top(ADF). Lamp 742- non-supported
-Change the sensor cable between error 02
ADF and SU. <2>
-Change the SU board. Lamp 742- Deficiency of light -Check the connection -Change the SU-board
error 03 quantity of the of the connector on the -Change the Flatbed-Unit
<3> scanner’s lamp SU-board of the CIS
Defect of calibra- side.
tion by the time
degradation.
(3-7-2) Error for the carriage
Error No.
Actions to be taken at NG
Panel Cause Check work
Error (Confirm it sequentially from the top)
Dis-
log
play
car- 743- non-supported
riage 01
error
<1>
car- 743- Unusually motion -Check the connection -Change the SU-board
riage 02 for the carriage of of the connector on the -Change the Flatbed-Unit
error the scanner. SU-board of the FB
<2> The carriage did Home Position sensor
not back to the side.
home position.
car- 743- Unusually motion -Check the belt of the -Change the Flatbed-Unit
riage 03 for the carriage of carriage Assy. is set on
error the scanner. normal position.
<3> Detecting Error of
the reading start
position.
2-71
2.5.5. (3-8) Paper size error (Error code: 400 and 401) 2.5.5.(4) ID unit Up/Down error (Service call 142)
(3-8-1) Printing was stopped when paper ejected after paper size error detected. (4-1) Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit
Actions to be taken
Actions to be taken Check item Check work at NG
at NG
(4-1-1) Check the mechanical load during the Up movement
(3-8-1-1) Check paper feed condition
Mechanical load
Check if abnormal heavy load is applied when IReplace
the ID
Multi-feed of papers Check whether multi-feed paper ejected or not. If multi-feed oc-
during installation removing the ID unit. unit, or replace
curs again after
and removal of the the right/left side
the open and
ID unit plate.
close the front
If any attempt
cover, replace
of using new ID
the retard roller
unit as a trial
of the tray in
is going to be
use.
made, be sure to
Paper size Does the paper size specified for print match the Change the use the System
paper size of paper stuck in the tray. specified paper Maintenance
size or size of Menu FUSE
paper inside the KEEP MODE.
tray.
Greasing to the right
Check if the slant surface of the link lever is Apply grease.
IN1 sensor, IN2 sen- Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the and left Up/Down coated by grease or not.
sor levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with link levers
the good sensor
Assembled condition Check if any part exists or not in the vicinity of Assemble them
lever.
of the right and left link lever, that hampers movement of the link correctly.
Up/Down link levers lever.
(4-1-2) Up/Down mechanism
Assembled condi- Is
the mechanism assembled so that the link Assemble them
tion of the peripheral lever is connected to the planetary driving gear? correctly.
mechanism of the
link lever
Right and left link Check if the link lever is set in the correct posi- Assemble them
levers tion that enables the specified engagement of correctly.
gears.
(Check if the link lever is set in the wrong posi-
tion that results in the wrong engagement of
gears by several teeth.)
2-72
Actions to be taken 2.5.5. (5) Fuser unit error (Error code: 167 to 177)
(5-1) Error occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
(4-1-3) Sensor check
Actions to be taken
Up/Down sensor
Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the left
lever (unified struc- levers have any abnormality or not. link lever. (5-1-1) Thermistor is defective Note)
ture with the left link
lever) Upper thermistor, Check the respective thermistors if they are Replace the fuser
lower thermistor, shorted or opened internally. unit.
Up/Down sensor Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the high
side thermistor, Check the resistance value at the connector pins If any attempt
detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of voltage board.
heater thermistor in the bottom of the fuser unit. of using new
the self-diagnostic mode.
(Refer to section 6.3 Resistance value (fuser fuser unit as a
Check if the SCAN state changes or not when
unit).) trial is going to be
the incoming light is interrupted/passed by using
made, be sure to
a piece of paper or the like for the transparent
use the System
type sensor.
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.
(4-2) Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID unit
Installed condition of Check if the fuser nit is pressed in until the con- Re-set the fuser
Actions to be taken fuser unit. nector in the bottom of the fuser unit is surely unit.
Check item Check work at NG connected.
(4-2-1) Check the mechanical load during the Down movement
Note! 168: Error, 169: Error, 171: Error, 173: Error, 175: Error, 177: Error can occur
Mechanical load Check if abnormal heavy load is applied when Replace the ID when the printer temperature is below 0˚C. Turn on the power again after the
during installation removing the ID unit. unit, or replace printer temperature has increased.
and removal of the the right/left side
ID unit plate.
Greasing to the right Check if the slant surface of the link lever is Apply grease.
and left Up/Down coated by grease or not.
link levers
Assembled condition
Check if any part exists or not in the vicinity of Assemble them
of the right and left link lever, that hampers movement of the link correctly.
Up/Down link levers lever.
2-73
(5-2) Error occurs approx. 1 minute after the power is turned on. Actions to be taken
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG (5-2-3) AC power input for the fuse
(5-2-1) Temperature increase of fuser unit AC power voltage

Check if the AC voltage for heater is normally Replace the low
from the low voltage supplied or not. voltage power
Thermostat, heater Heater of the fuser unit is controlled of its tem- Replace the fuser power supply Power supply J2 connector, between pin-1 and supply.
perature. Check if the fuser unit gets hot or not unit. pin-2, and between pin-3 and pin-4.
by touching it with hands. If any attempt
If the fuser unit temperature does not increase of using new Heater ON signal Check that the heater ON signal goes active at Replace the CU/
and remains cold, check that the resistance fuser unit as a that is output from the warming up timing, or not. PU board.
between pin-1 and pin-4 and between pin-3 and trial is going to be PU to the low volt- "L" active while ON.
pin-4 is about 4 to 7Ω, between pin-1 and pin- made, be sure to age power supply Power connector of the CU/PU board, between
2 and between pin-3 and pin-2 is about 1 to 3Ω use the System pin-18 and pin-19.
respectively. (Refer to section 6.3 Resistance Maintenance
value (fuser unit).) Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.
(5-2-2) Temperature increase of fuser unit
Installation position The Lower thermistor must be installed while Replace

the fuser
of the Lower therm- contacting with the fuser unit. Check if the lower unit.
istor thermistor is installed in the far position from the If any attempt
specified position or not causing detection of the of using new
lower temperature than the actual temperature of fuser unit as a
fuser unit. trial is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.
2-74
2.5.5. (6) Motor fan error (Error code: 122, 127, 128, 918) (6-3) Fans of the printer do not rotate.
(6-1) The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate immediately after the power is Actions to be taken
turned on.
(6-3-1) 24V power supply
Actions to be taken
CU/PU board fuses
Check if the fuses F3 and F8 are not open-circuit Replace the CU/
(6-1-1) Cable connection condition and wiring condition F3, F8 or not. PU board.
Cable connection Check if the connectors are connected normally Correct the con- 24V power that is Check the power supply voltages at the POWER Replace the low
condition and wiring or not. nection condition supplied to the CU/ connector of the CU/PU board. The follow volt- voltage power
condition of the low Check if extra length of the cables does not of the connec- PU board. age must appear respectively. supply.
voltage power sup- touch the fan blade or not. tors. Correct Pins-9, 10, -11 and -12: 24V
ply fan and those of the cable wiring Pins-13, -14, -15 and -16: 0VP
the fuser fan route. Replace
the fan.
2.5.5. (7) Print speed is slow. (Performance is low.)
(7-1) Print speed decreases.
(6-2) Duplex fan does not rotate during the Duplex printing.
Actions to be taken
Actions to be taken
(7-1-1) Media Weight setting
(6-2-1) Cable connection condition and wiring condition
Media Weight that is Check if the wrong Media Weight has been Correct the Me-
Cable connection Check if the connectors are connected normally orrect the con-
C specified for the print specified or not. dia Weight.
condition and wir- or not. nection condition
ing condition of the Check if extra length of the cables does not of the connec-
Duplex fan touch the fan blade or not. tors. Correct
the cable wiring
route. Replace
the fan.
24V fuse F501 of the Check if the fuse F501 has blown out or not. Replace the
Duplex board (GOH- Duplex board
1 PCB) (GOH-1 PCB).
24V power supplied Check if the fuse F2 of the CU/PU board has Replace the CU/
to the Duplex board blown out or not. PU board.
(GOH-1 PCB).
2-75
2.5.5. (8) Option unit cannot be recognized. 2.5.5. (9) LED head cannot be recognized. (Error code: 131, 132, 133 and 134)
(8-1) Option try unit cannot be recognized.
(9-1) Errors 131 to 134 (LED HEAD Missing)
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG Actions to be taken
(8-1-1) Option try board
(9-1-1) Check the system connection
Option try unit Check if the option try unit of this model specifi- Replace the op-
cation is being used or not. tion tray unit. Connecting condition Check the connecting condition of the FFC by Correct the con-
at the CU/PU board the visual inspection. nection to the
(8-1-2) Check the system connection connector and at the normal connect-
head connector. ing condition.
Check the system Check that the cable between the CU/PU board Correct the con-
connection from the option connector to the option tray board is nor- nections. Head FFC Remove the head FFC from the printer. Check Replace the
CU/PU board to the mally connected. if any open-circuit or peeling-off of sheath has head FFC or the
option tray board occurred or not throughout the cable. CU/PU board.
(GOH-1 PCB).
Conduction of the Check that 5V is measured at the ends of the Replace the CU/
quare connector
S Check if any foreign material exists in the con- Remove the fuse on the CU/PU capacitors CP3 and CP4, and also check if PU board.
connecting the op- necting portion of the square connector. foreign material. board. the fuse F12, F15 or F16 is open-circuited.
tion tray unit to the
printer.
Square connector Is the terminals of the square connector dam- Replace the
connecting the op- aged? connector.
tion tray unit to the
printer.
(8-1-3) Check the control signals.
Check the control Check the control signal that is output from the Pin-17: Replace
signal that is output PU board option connector. the CU/PU
from the CU/PU Pin-15: OPTCNT2 (PU 2nd) board.
board to the option Pin-17: TXD (PU 2nd) Pin-19: Replace
tray board (GOH-1-2 Pin-19: RXD (2nd PU) the option tray
PCB). board.
2-76
2.5.5. (10) Toner cartridge cannot be recognized. (Error code: 540, 541, 542 and 543) Note! Toner sensor operation check method using the SWITCH SCAN function of
the self-diagnostic mode.
(10-1) Error caused by the consumable items.
(1) How to check operation of the toner sensor at the printer side.
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG 1. Status change of the toner sensor can be checked from the control panel using
the self-diagnostic mode. First, switch the display to the control panel display.
(10-1-1) Consumable items installation condition For the method of switching the display to the control panel display, refer to sec-
tion 3.4.3 Switch Scan Test
ID unit and toner Check that the ID unit is installed in the normal Correct the
cartridge position. Check that the lock lever of the toner installation to 2. Remove the ID unit and the toner cartridge (TC) from a printer. There is a
cartridge is locked. the normal window inside a printer opposing the ID side when viewed from the front of a
installation printer. The toner sensor is located inside the window.
condition. 3. Place a white paper 3 mm away from the sensor window. The white paper
should be placed in the manner of opposing the toner sensor.
4. When light is reflected by a white paper so that incident light falls on the toner
(10-2) Error caused by the toner sensor sensor, the control panel display shows "L". When the paper is moved so that
any light is not reflected by the paper so that the incident light does not reach
Actions to be taken the toner sensor, "H" is displayed on the control panel.
5. If the control panel display toggles between "H" <-> "L" as a paper is flipped in
(10-2-1) Toner sensor condition front of the toner sensor, it indicates that the toner sensor and the related sys-
tem of the printer are working normally.
Toner sensor Is the receptor of the toner sensor stained? Wipe off the
stain from the Action to be taken at NG
toner sensor. • Clean surface of the toner sensor to remove the stains due to residual toner
and paper dust.
Toner sensor Confirm that the toner sensor works normally by Replace the
using the SWITCH SCAN function of the self- toner sensor • Check the connection condition of the FFC cable between the CU/PU board
diagnostic mode. board or the and the toner sensor board (TSA).
Place a white paper in front of the toner sensor, FFC between • Perform the operation check again. If the situation has not bee improved and
and check if the SCAN state changes or not. the toner sensor remains unchanged, replace the CU/PU board or the toner sensor board (TSA).
board and the
CU/PU board. (2) How to check operation of the toner sensor at the toner cartridge (TC) side
1. To the position where the toner sensor is confirmed to be operating normally
in the printer itself by the above paragraph (1), install the TC and the ID unit to
check operations by observing display on the control panel.
2. If the ID unit works normally, the display on the control panel will toggle between
"H" <-> "L" in synchronism with movement of the silver reflector plate that is lo-
cated on the side of the ID.
Action to be taken at NG
• Check operation condition of the respective ID motors by using the Motor &
Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode.
• Clean surface of the silver reflector plate on the side of ID to remove stains. (Stain
due to toner or paper dust)
• Replace the TC of different color and the ID unit as a pair.
If a satisfactory operation is attained by using the a pair of TC of different color
and the ID unit, replace the TC or replace the ID unit.
2-77
(10-3) Error caused by the defective mechanism 2.5.5. (11) Fuse cut error (Error code: 154 and 155)
Actions to be taken (11-1) Fuse cut error
(10-3-1) Mechanical load applied to the ID unit Actions to be taken
ID unit Check if a heavy mechanical load is being ap- Replace the ID (11-1-1) Check the system connection
plied to the ID unit due to breakage of the waster unit.
toner belt, or not. If any attempt FFC connecting the Check if the RELAY connector of the CU/PU Connect the
of using new ID CU/PU board and board or PUIF connector of P6Z board (P6Z PCB) FFC normally.
unit as a trial the P6Z board (P6Z is connected halfway, or inserted at an angle. Alternately,
is going to be PCB) Check if FFC has open-circuit or its sheath is replace the FFC.
made, be sure to peeled off.
use the System
Maintenance (11-1-2) Fuse cut circuit
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE. CU/PU board Upon completion of the system connection check, Replace the CU/
turn off the power once and back on. The check if PU board.
(10-3-2) Motor operating condition the error occurs or not.
ID motor Confirm that the respective ID motors work nor- Replace the CU/
mally or not by using the Motor & Clutch Test of PU board or the
the self-diagnostic mode. ID motor.
Check if any extra load exists or not.
2-78
2.5.5. (12) Humidity sensor error (Error code: 123) Actions to be taken
(12-1) Humidity sensor error (12-1-2) Environment condition
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG Sharp change of en- Is the environment condition changed sharply Leave a printer
vironment condition from a low temperature environment to a high for around one
(12-1-1) Check the system connection environment condition within a short time? hour in the new
(Example is such a case that a printer is moved environment to
Connection between Check if the 10-conductor FFC is connected to Re-connect the from storage condition of a cold area in winter to get used to the
the CU/PU board the OPE connector of the CU/PU board properly. cable normally. an office environment.) new environment.
and the control Check if the 10-conductor FFC is connected to After that, turn on
panel board the CN501 connector of the control panel board the power again.
properly. Before turn on
Check the connectors for half-way connection or the power, touch
angled connection. the metal panel
FFC connecting the Check for open-circuit with VOM. Replace the FFC of the control-
CU/PU board and Visually check that the sheath for peeling. with a normal ler panel and
the control panel FFC. the metal plate
board inside a printer to
feel temperature
FFC connecting the Check for open-circuit with VOM. Replace the FFC increase inside
CU/PU board and Visually check that the sheath for peeling. with a normal a printer with hu-
the environment FFC. man hands. After
sensor board confirmation
that the printer
temperature has
increased close
to the room tem-
perature, turn on
the power again.
2-79
2.5.5. (13) Wiring diagram
RFID 2Bin Unit 7 inch OPE

Board-POL Speaker
Stacker full sensor
Cover open sensor

FFC22P
M2 Paper route OPE
Cover Open switch

JST2P JST2P JST2P JST2P
Core
JST2P
Extension cable
Fuser FAN1
Core
Speaker OPE
JST8P
FRONT
USB MEM USB
CL1 SETCOV
IC card
Fuser motor(DC)
AMP4P
2bin relay board
Hopping motor JST8P
JST3P (Board-6SU)
AMP4P
AMP4P JST3P AMP2P
FAX board
FFC24P
Scanner open switch

SNSIF MOTIF PM REV
FAX
FAX
AMP3P relay
ID motor(DC)
Power board

Stacker Full sensor

RTC
Fuser IN sensor
FFC50P
(Board-1LD)
Color registration
Paper detect sensor


BIN1
AMP3P AMP3P
JST14P
AMP3P
open switch
FFC6P FFC13P FFC50P
JST3P relay
AMP4P
FFC4P FFC4P
MOLEX5P JST3P
SNSS
SNSS

(Board-TSA) FFC10P
FFC10P
DDR2 DDR2 FUSERIN
RCR LCR
DENS
SOL
AMP2P BELTFAN
DIMM(1GB)
EXIT
(128MB)x2 AMP6P
Fuser Unit
Relay board
FFC30P
FFC30P
RELAY
PUIF
JST6P JST7P JST4P
CD2
FUSER
AMP12P
JST5P
FSNS
JST5P
FSNS
CU/PU board
HOST USB
FFC
24P
FFC
24P K-HEAD AMP3P

USB 24P 24P
HUB FFC FFC M-HEAD

MPT PE

AMP3P
24P
24P 24P Low voltage
FAN
GLAN
AMP3P
PE_HOP
PHY
AMP6P
Paper end sensor

Environment
sensor board
JST24P
POWER
HOP sensor
JST24P
USB
AMP3P
JST4P
HOP sensor board
PC I/F
Core
(1H609WA)
AC
AMP5P
HDD WLAN
Offline
11Z02 12Z02
switch
HOP sensor
Bottom sensor
Paper size
Paper end

Front sensor
Rear sensor
IN sensor
sensor
IN sensor
switch

MFP potision 9715S-
12Z02
9715S-
11Z02 AMP12P
Core
AMP6P AMP3P AMP5P

AMP6P AMP7P
CL1
AMP12P
SNS03 SNS12 PSZ

MAIN1
CL1
SNS03 SNS12
AMP2P Feed clutch
AMP2P Duplex clutch
AMP12P

MAIN1
FAN
Duplex FAN
AMP13P
MAIN2
MOTOR
MOTOR
TH CL2
AMP2P AMP2P
AMP12P
9715B-
Hopping clutch
To under tray
2-80
2.5.6 Troubleshooting the abnormal images

(1) Color has faded-out and blurred entirely. (Refer to Figure 2-1 A.)..................2-80
(1-1) Color are faded-out and blurred. .......................................................2-80
(2) Stain on white print. (Refer to Figure 2-1 B.)...................................................2-81
(2-1) Stain on white print (Partial stain).....................................................2-81
(2-2) Stain on white print (overall stain).....................................................2-81
(3) White print (Refer to Figure 2-1 C.).................................................................2-82
(3-1) White print over entire page..............................................................2-82
(4) Black banding/black streaking in vertical direction..........................................2-83
A Overall faded-out B Stain on white print C Entirely white
(4-1) Thin vertical line (with color) (Refer to Figure 2-1 D.)........................2-83
Blurred
(4-2) Thin vertical line (without color) (Refer to Figure 2-1 F.)...................2-83
(5) Periodic abnormalities (Refer to Figure 2-1 E.)...............................................2-83
(5-1) Periodic abnormality occurs in vertical direction...............................2-83
(6) Significant color misregistration .....................................................................2-84
(6-1) Color misregistration occurs. ............................................................2-84
(6-2) Thought REG ADJUST TEST of engine maintenance function
results ok, color misregistration occurs. ...........................................2-84
(7) Solid black printing..........................................................................................2-84
(7-1) Solid black printing over the whole page...........................................2-84
D Black banding/ E Cyclic abnormality F White banding/
black streaking white streaking
in vertical direction in vertical direction
Note! To replace a CU/PU board, data of the EEPROM chip on the old CU/PU board Figure 2-1
must be read beforehand copied to the new board after replacement.
2-81
2.5.6.(1) Color has faded-out and blurred entirely. (Refer to Figure 2-1 A.) Actions to be taken
(1-1) Color are faded-out and blurred.
(1-1-5) ID unit installation condition
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG ID unit DOWN ove the ID unit in and out with hand to con-
M Check the U-
position (Defective firm that any abnormal mechanical load does shaped groove
(1-1-1) Toner transfer) not exist, and the ID unit can be moved down of the side plate
to the DOWN position normally. If a piece of for any abnor-
Remaining amount
Check if the message "Prepare toner replace- Replace toner
paper is inserted in between drum and belt, if mality. If repair
of toner ment." or "Replace the toner." appears or not. cartridge with
top end of the paper can enter easily, it is NG is found impos-
new one.
(No Good). sible, replace
Tape attached to Check to see that the tape attached to the ove the toner
M the equipment.
the toner cartridge toner cartridge opening slot has been peeled cartridge lever
opening slot off. to CLOSE posi-
tion and remove
tape from open-
ing slot.
(1-1-2) LED head
Lens of the LED

Check if surface of the lens of the LED head Clean the lens
head is stained or not by toner and paper dust. with soft tissue
paper.
Mounting condition Check that the LED head is mounted on the Correct for nor-
of LED head LED head holder correctly. Check that the mal condition.
right and left tension springs are normally
installed.
(1-1-3) Print media
Media type Check to see that the print media which is Use the normal
used for printing is not a specially thick media paper.
(1-1-4) High voltage terminal
ID unit terminal ICheck that the high voltage terminal of the ID eplace the ID
R
unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or correct
normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
2-2.) terminal.
If any attempt of
using new ID unit
as a trial is going
to be made, be
sure to use the
System Main-
tenance Menu
FUSE KEEP
MODE.
2-82
2.5.6.(2) Stain on white print. (Refer to Figure 2-1 B.) Actions to be taken
(2-1) Stain on white print (Partial stain)
(2-1-2) Fuser unit
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG Offset toner of the Check if the offset toner of the previous print- R
epeat blind
fuser unit ing is left adhered on the fuser unit or not, by printing using
(2-1-1) ID unit visual inspection. unwanted media
until offset toner
Exposure of drum Is the drum left in a circumstance in which Replace the ID
is created on
to light drum surface is exposed to direct light for a unit.
print media.
long time? If any attempt
Alternately
of using new ID
replace the fuser
unit as a trial
unit. If any at-
is going to be
tempt of using
made, be sure to
new fuser unit as
use the System
a trial is going to
Maintenance
be made, be sure
Menu FUSE
to use the Sys-
KEEP MODE.
tem Maintenance
Leakage of toner Does toner leak out from either ID unit or from Replace the ID Menu FUSE
toner cartridge? unit or toner KEEP MODE.
cartridge.
If any attempt
of using new ID (2-2) Stain on white print (overall stain)
unit as a trial
is going to be Actions to be taken
made, be sure to
use the System (2-2-1) Print media
Maintenance
Menu FUSE Type of print media
Check to see that the print media which is Use the normal
KEEP MODE. used for printing is not a specially thin media. paper.
ID unit terminal Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID Replace the ID
normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
2-2.) terminal.
If any attempt
of using new
ID unit as a
trial is going to
be made, be
sure to use the
System Main-
tenance Menu
FUSE KEEP
MODE.
2-83
2.5.6.(3) White print (Refer to Figure 2-1 C.) Actions to be taken

(3-1) White print over entire page
Actions to be taken
Check item Check work at NG ID unit terminal Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID Replace the ID
(3-1-1) Toner condition normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
2-2.) terminal.
Remaining amount Confirm that sufficient amount of toner re- Replace the
If any attempt
of toner mains inside the ID unit. toner cartridge.
of using new
(3-1-2) Exposure condition to light ID unit as a
trial is going to
LED head Confirm that the LED head is positioned in the Correct the be made, be
normal position where the LED head opposes installation sure to use the
again the drum when the cover is closed. condition of the System Main-
Check that no obstacle exists in front of the LED head. tenance Menu
LED head, that hampers light emission from FUSE KEEP
the illuminating surface of the LED head. MODE.
Connecting condi- Check that the LED head is normally con- Replace the
tion of the LED nected. LED head.
head
Drum shaft Check that the drum shaft keeps contacting Replace the ID
with the right and left side plates normally. unit.
If any attempt
of using new
ID unit as a
trial is going to
be made, be
sure to use the
System Main-
tenance Menu
FUSE KEEP
MODE.
F15, F16, fuse on Measure resistance of F15, F16. Replace the

the CU/PU board 1Ω or less: Normal CU/PU board
Higher than 1Ω: NG
2-84
2.5.6.(4) Black banding/black streaking in vertical direction 2.5.6.(5) Periodic abnormalities (Refer to Figure 2-1 E.)
(4-1) Thin vertical line (with color) (Refer to Figure 2-1 D.) (5-1) Periodic abnormality occurs in vertical direction
(4-1-1) ID unit condition (5-1-1) Cycle
Filming of the ID Is print attempted without toner? Replace toner Replace the ID
Image drum Check that the cycle is 94.3 mm.
unit cartridge with unit
new one. If Replace the ID
Developing roller Check that the cycle is 37.2 mm.
replacement unit
does not solve Replace the ID
Toner feed roller Check that the cycle is 54.6 mm.
the problem, unit
replace the ID Replace the ID
Charge roller Check that the cycle is 37.7 mm.
unit. If any at- unit
tempt of using Replace the
Fuser belt Check that the cycle is 142.6 mm.
new ID unit as fuser unit.
a trial is going Replace the
BU Roller of fuser Check that the cycle is 113.1 mm.
to be made, be fuser unit.
sure to use the Replace the
System Main- Transfer roller Check that the cycle is 50.3 mm.
belt unit.
tenance Menu If any attempt
FUSE KEEP of using new
MODE. consumable
item as a trial
is going to be
(4-2) Thin vertical line (without color) (Refer to Figure 2-1 F.) made, be sure
to use the
Actions to be taken System Main-
tenance Menu
(4-2-1) LED head condition FUSE KEEP
MODE.
LED head any foreign material attached on the light
Is emove the for-
R
emitting surface of the Selfoc lens of the LED eign material.
head?
(4-2-2) Condition of paper running path
Paper running path Check that any burr that may scatter the un- Remove the
fused toner on the paper running path does burr.
not exist.
2-85
2.5.6.(6) Significant color misregistration 2.5.6.(7) Solid black printing.

(6-1) Color misregistration occurs. (7-1) Solid black printing over the whole page
(6-1-1) Result of color registration error correction (7-1-1) High voltage contacting condition
Color registration Use the self-diagnostic mode and execute the Replace the CH terminal Check that the terminal coming from the Replace the
error correction REG ADJUST TEST. Check the result. Error sensor that printer body contacts with the high voltage terminal of
time (If a printer is is issued but is not displayed on the ON LINE causes the terminal that is located on the left side of the printer side.
normal, it is approx. display. error. Clean ID unit when viewed from the top by visual
40 seconds.) the sensor to inspection.
remove stain.
Replace the CH terminal Check that the high voltage terminal keeps Correct the
shutter. Re- the normal contacting condition on the high installation
place the CU/ voltage board. Open the left cover and remove condition of the
PU board. the high voltage board. Then, check that the terminal to the
terminal is not installed in the abnormal instal- normal condi-
(6-1-2) Toner lation condition. tion.
Remaining amount Check if the message “Prepare toner replace- Replace toner ID unit terminal Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID Replace the ID
of toner ment.” or “Replace the toner.” appears or not cartridge with unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or replace
new one. normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
2-2.) board or correct
(6-1-3) Color registration error detection sensor the high voltage
terminal.
Sensor is dirty Is toner or paper dust attached to the sensor? Clean the sen- If any attempt
sor to remove of using new
stain ID unit as a
trial is going to
(6-1-4) Color registration error detection sensor shutter
be made, be
Shutter operation is Check the shutter operation by the self-diag- Replace the sure to use the
faulty nostic mode shutter or tune System Main-
the mechanism tenance Menu
FUSE KEEP
MODE.
(6-2) Thought REG ADJUST TEST of engine maintenance function results ok, color (7-1-2) High voltage output condition
misregistration occurs.
CH output If high voltage probe is available as a mainte- Replace the
Actions to be taken nance tool, open the left cover, and check the high voltage
Check item Check work at NG CH output with the high voltage probe from board.
(6-2-1) Paper feed system the soldering side of the high voltage board.
(The high voltage probe is not an ordinary
Paper feed system Check if any obstacle exists in the paper feed- Remove the maintenance tool.)
of the paper run- ing path, that hampers smooth paper run. obstacle
ning path
2-86
Charge roller
Ground
Developer roller
Toner feed roller
Figure 2-2
2-87
2.5.7 Response after Flash compulsive initialization 2.5.8 Copy Image Abnormality Error Troubleshooting
Explain the response after compulsive initialization is performed with trouble occurred in • When the following symptom occurs in the copy image, implement the inspection and
Flash. adjustment of the copy image.
① Line appears on the copy image.
② The copy image becomes slightly thin.
(1) Flash compulsive initialization
③ The copy image becomes dark.
If Flash compulsive initialization if performed, the following data would be deleted.
④ The copy image becomes abnormal.
The Network setting return to the factory setting.
• Counter 1. Identifying the problem.
Note! Do not carry it out usually. Perform section 2.5.6 to identify whether the problem is located in the printer or in the
scanner.
If the cause of the problem is in the scanner, go to the next item.
2. Cleaning
Perform sections 5.5 "Cleaning Rollers in the ADF", 5.6 "Cleaning the rollers inside of
the ADF", 5.7 "Cleaning the Document Glass" respectively.
2-88
2.5.9 Network Troubleshooting

(1) Cannot print from Utility.
Confirmation Items Confirmation Tasks Action at NG
(1) Check the LINK lamp.
Check whether LINK lamp Check

whether HUB and printer Reconnect the network
(green) is lighted. are connected normally. cable normally.
(Check the network cable con-
nection.)
Check whether straight cable is Replace with straight

used. cable.
Try to insert the network cable Try to replace the HUB.

into different HUB port.
(2) Check the content of network information
Check IP address, Subnet Print out the network information. Set the IP address,
mask, Gateway address. Check IP address, Subnet mask, Subnet mask, Gateway
Gateway address. address correctly.
(3) Check whether the communication on the network is normal.
Send the Ping command from

Send the Ping command from PC Set the IP address,
PC to printer to check to printer, and check whether the Subnet mask, Gateway
response is correct. address correctly.
(4) Check the utility
Check the settings of OKI Check the setting items of OKI Set the setting items of
LPR utility. LPR utility. OKI LPR utility correctly.
(5) Check the OS standard port.
Check windows (Vista, 7, 8, Set windows (Vista, 7, 8, 8.1) Set windows (Vista, 7, 8,
8.1) standard LPR port. standard LPR port, and check 8.1) standard LPR port
whether print is normal. correctly.
2-89
2.5.10 Wireless Troubleshooting *1 : Check once again whether the SSID, security setting, and an encrypting key of the wireless LAN ac-
cess point are same as the settings of this device. When any one of settings is different, the device
cannot be connected to the wireless LAN access point.
(1) Cannot print through Wireless Network.
Check that a WEP key index of the wireless LAN access point is 1 when the security settings of the
wireless LAN access point are WEP. When a WEP key index of the wireless LAN access point is not
Confirmation Items Confirmation Tasks Action at NG
1, it can not communicate with this device.
(1) Check Network Connection setting. When a time-out error is displayed after automatic setting (WPS-PBC/PIN) execution, the connec-
tion setting with the wireless LAN access point is not completed in time.
Check Network Connection is Print
out the network information. Set Wireless setting by
Start WPS of the wireless LAN access point as soon as you start WPS of this device. (It is no prob-
Wireless not Wired. Check Network Connection set- Manual Setup or Auto
ting is Wireless. Setup (WPS) to con- lem that you start WPS of the wireless LAN access point first. )
nect to wireless access When an overlap error is displayed after automatic setting (WPS-PBC) execution, there is a device
point. carrying out WPS in others. Carry out WPS again after a while.
Network Connection
setting switches from
Wired to Wireless.
(2) Check the connection to the wireless LAN access point.
Check that the wireless LAN Check the panel of the device, *1
setting is right and the device and Check whether the status
is connecting to the wireless (“Not connected to wireless ac-
LAN access point. cess point.”) has occurred.
Check the panel of the device, The settings of SSID,

and Check whether the status the security setting,
(“Wireless settings are incom- the encryption key, and
plete.”) has occurred. the certificate, etc. are
insufficient. Please set
all necessary settings.
(3) Check whether it is possible to communicate by way of wireless LAN.
Check whether it is possible Please refer to Network Troubleshooting for Check item Tasks
to communicate via wireless and Action at NG.
LAN. Moreover, when wireless security is set to "WEP", the con-
nection to wireless LAN access point might not be able to be
communicated though does. Set it to the security setting of
wireless LAN access point additionally again.
2-90
2.6 Fuse Checking

If any of the following errors occurs, check the corresponding fuse on the CU/PU control Fuse Name Error Description Insert Point Resistance
board, the Scanner board or the high voltage power supply board. (Refer to following Table) Scanner board F1 JAM <0103> ADF Transfer Motor 1Ω or less
(6SU) F2 Doesn't start-up. CIS,USB-VBUS,Speaker,FAX
The hourglass-mark
Fuse Name Error Description Insert Point Resistance is displayed on the
CU/PU board F1 Paper jam in an option Option trays (Tray2 to Tray4): 24V 1Ω or less operator panel.
(6CU) tray during printing. F3 JAM <0101> ADF Feed Motor
F2 Service call 918 Duplex unit: 24V F4 Doesn't start-up. SU part:3.3V
The hourglass-mark
F3 Service call 122 High-voltage power supply unit,
is displayed on the
low-voltage FAN, belt FAN,
operator panel.
shutter solenoid, belt fuse, F5 Carriage Error <02> ADF Clutch, FB Motor, FAX,
ID fuse, discharging light, Multi feed Sensor
fuser FAN: 24V F6 Not displayed on the SU part:3.3V,Operator Panel:3.3V
F4 Not displayed on the CU part: 3.3V operator panel.
operator panel. F7 Not displayed on the Paper size detect sensor,Operator
F5 Not displayed on the CU/PU part: 5V operator panel. Panel:5V
operator panel. High-Voltage F501 Cover open High-voltage power supply: 24V 1Ω or less
F6 Paper jam in Tray 1 Hopping clutch, registration clutch, Power board
during printing. MPT clutch, ID UP clutch, (EHV)
Service call 140 hopping motor: 24V
F8 Service call 928 Belt motor, ID motor FAN,
fuser side FAN:24V
F9 CM color missing CM heads: 5V
F10 Service call 134 KYMC heads: 3.3V
F11 KY color missing KY heads: 5V
F12 WLAN error HOSTUSB: 5V
F13 Stapler error Stapler:24V
Service call 090
F14 Doesn't start-up. SATA:5V
The hourglass-mark
is displayed on the
operator panel.
F15 Not connected LAN. CU/PU part: 5V
Not lighted Power
LED.
2-91
2.7 Paper cassette switches and paper size correlation table

(1) Source tray
Switch Part No. 2052000P4000
Model No: HS12-001
Bit Number Dial Indication Size

1 2 3 4 TRAY1 TRAY2/TRAY3/TRAY4
H H H H No cassette No cassette
H L H L A6 A4 LEF
L H L L Other Other
H L L H Tabloid Tabloid
L L H H Legal Legal
L H H L Letter Letter
H H L H Letter LEF Letter LEF
H L H H Executive Executive
L H H H B4 B4
H H H L B5 B5
H H L L B5 LEF B5 LEF
H L L L A3 A3
L L L L A4 A4
L L L H A4 LEF A4 LEF
L L H L A5 A5
L H L H A5 LEF A3
Press of SW: L
• When “Legal” is selected, three options, “Legal 13”, “Legal 13.5” and “Legal 14”
are selectable.
2-92
3. MAINTENANCE MENUS
The MFP can be adjusted by using Maintenance Utility, or button operation on its operator panel.
On the panel, maintenance menus are provided in addition to general menus. Select the menu intended for each adjustment purpose.
3.1 Maintenance Menu.....................................................................3-2

3.2 Service Bit Menu......................................................................3-10
3.3 Maintenance Utility...................................................................3-11
3.4 Self-diagnostic mode................................................................3-13
3.5 Setup in part replacement........................................................3-37
3.6 Manual density adjustment setting...........................................3-42
3.7 High Humid Mode (Reduce Paper Curl)...................................3-43
3.8 Scanner Maintenance..............................................................3-44
3.9 Configuration Tool.....................................................................3-56
3.1 Maintenance Menu
Service Menu
When the equipment is in standby mode, access the password entry screen by pressing [Setting] → [#] → [0] → [1] → [0] → [3] → [*].
Note! The initial Password is set to "000000" (six zeros).
Default Default Default

Item1 Item2 Item3 Item4 Item5 Value value value value Notes
ODA OEL JP
Password ************ Enter the password for accessing the maintenance menu.
6 to 12 characters (numerals and lower-case alphabetic characters)
may be entered.
System OKIUSER ODA Set the destination.
Maintenance OEL JPOEM1 : OEM for Japan
*MPS mode: APS OEMA : OEM for overseas, with A4 as default size
MPS. Not JP1 OEML : OEM for overseas, with Letter as default size
shown during JPOEM1 Device reboots automatically after exiting the menu.
maintenance. OEMA Displayed under the following conditions:
OEML However, operation when JP1/JPOEM/OEMA/OEML is chosen is not
guaranteed.
The display condition of the menu is following two.
① "System Maintenance" - "OKIUSER" is other than JPOEM1, OEMA
or OEML
② "Manufacturer" is "OKI DATA CORP".
Format HDD Formats HDD.
(do not use)
Format Flash Formats flash memory.
Memory When this command is executed, the menu is exited and formatting of
(do not use) the resident(onboard) flash device begins.
Use of this command is strictly prohibited (contact design before use)
Reset Admin Returns the administrator password to the factory default value.
Password
All Reset Returns the content of EEPROM and Flash memory and HDD to their
factory default values.
*MPS mode: When this command is executed, the following confirmation message
MPS. Not is displayed:
shown during "This change will reboot the device automatically. Proceed?"
maintenance When "No" has been selected, the system returns to the previous
menu. When "Yes" has been selected, the menu is exited immediately
and then, after rebooting, reset processing begins.
See the "format scope" sheet for the scope of formatting.
When this command is executed, the language file would be deleted
and Select Language becomes only English. Update the F/W by using
the F/W update tool for to write the language file to HDD.
3-2

ODA OEL JP
Password System Test Print Enable Switches between displaying and not displaying the "ID Check
Maintenance Menu Disable Pattern" and "Engine Status" in the "Report" - "Print" category
(default: Disable). If this item is set to "Disable" the "ID Check Pattern"
and "Engine Status" will remain non-displayed at all times.
The MFP will reboot after changing the settings and exiting the menu.
Change New Set a new password for accessing the maintenance menu.
Password Password 6 to 12 characters (numerals and lower-case alphabetic characters)
may be entered.
Verify Have the user enter the new password for accessing the maintenance
Pass-word menu, set using "NEW PASSWORD," for confirmation purposes.
6 to 12 characters (numerals and lower-case alphabetic characters)
may be entered.
Check RTC Displays a snapshot of the current time. (The time does not change
during display.)
Save Syslog Saves the network communication log (syslog) to nonvolatile memory.
Print Syslog Prints the network communication log (syslog).
Power Setup Power Save ON ON ON Setting Valid/Invalid of Save-power mode.
Enable OFF
Sleep ON ON ON Setting Valid/Invalid of Sleep mode.
OFF
Panel LED Test LED This mode is that LED turn on sequentially.
Maintenance Continuation
LED Interval Setting interval that LED turn on sequentially.
LED Single This mode is that LED turn on individually.
LCD Test LCD This mode is that a pattern is displayed sequentially.
Continuation
LCD Setting interval that a pattern is displayed.
Interval
LCD Single Full-Screen Selected pattern is displayed individually.
Black
Full-Screen
White
Full-Screen
Red
Full-Screen
Green
3-3

ODA OEL JP
Password Panel LCD Test LCD Single Full-Screen
Maintenance Blue
Full-Screen
Gray50
Full-Screen
Gray75
Full-Screen
Magenta
Full-Screen
Cyan
Full-Screen
Yellow
Standby
Screen
H/M
Pattern
Key Test Key Testing whether operation panel keys work.
Continuation
Key Time Setting interval that a key name is displayed.
Touch Panel
Test
Sound Test Low Select the volume of the forced buzzer.
Middle For the buzzer pattern, use the error sound (three buzzes)
High
Copy Color Copy Enable
Maintenance Disable
Print Check Starts printing from the panel using a copy evaluation test chart inside
Pattern the FW.
Scanner Scanner Note : Also included under AdminSetting.
Maintenance Calibration
Adjust Scan FBS Side Reg. +30~ -17 mm 0 0 0
Position
Front Edge +30 ~ -30 mm 0 0 0
ADF Side Reg. +30~ -17 mm 0 0 0
(Frontside)
Front Edge +30 ~ -30 mm 0 0 0
Back Edge +30 ~ -30 mm 0 0 0
ADF Side Reg. +30~ -17 mm 0 0 0
(Backside)
Front Edge +30 ~ -30 mm 0 0 0
Back Edg +30 ~ -30 mm 0 0 0
3-4

ODA OEL JP
Password Scanner Adjust Scan Adjust +30 ~ -30 mm 0 0 0 Only for engineering test.
Maintenance Position ADF Scan
Position
Adjust Mech. Adjust FB FB Drive 10 ~ 1400 [mA] 530 [mA] 530 [mA] Only for engineering test.
(do not use) Motor Current Connect a panel or PC and set the electric current value of the
scanner motor.
FB H.P Drive 10 ~ 1400 [mA] 530 [mA] 530 [mA]
Current
FB Keep 10 ~ 1400 [mA] 50 [mA] 50 [mA]
Current
Adjust ADF ADF Hopping 10 ~ 1400 [mA] 960 [mA] 960 [mA]
Motor Drive Mono
Current
ADF Transfer 10 ~ 1400 [mA] 1050 [mA] 1050 [mA]
Drive Mono
Current
Adjust Mech. Adjust ADF ADF Hopping 10 ~ 1400 [mA] 960 [mA] 960 [mA]
Motor Drive
300Color
Current
Drive
300Color
Current
ADF Hopping 10 ~ 1400 [mA] 1180 [mA] 1180 [mA]
Drive
600Color
Current
Drive
600Color
Current
ADF Keep 10 ~ 1400 [mA] 200 [mA] 200 [mA]
Current
Adjust CIS Adjust CIS simple
(do not use) R continuous
G continuous
B continuous
All continuous
3-5

ODA OEL JP
Password Scanner Adjust CIS Check CIS 300dpi Only for engineering test
Maintenance (do not use) 600dpi Check CIS maintenance displays the exposure time at each
---Results Displayed--- resolution.
CCD_SIG9_WID_H 0x000000 When resolution is set, scanner calibration is conducted at that
CCD_SIG2_WID_H 0x000000 resolution and the
following results are displayed:
Red-1
Red-2
Green-1
Green-2
Blue-1
Blue-2
Lsync
Note : CIS exposure time varies with resolution.
Adjust GAIN FB/ADF Initial Red GAIN 0 ~ 1023 256 256 256
(do not use)GAIN
Green GAIN 0 ~ 1023 256 256 256
Bule GAIN 0 ~ 1023 256 256 256
Gray GAIN 0 ~ 1023 256 256 256
FB Scan Red GAIN 0 ~ 1023 233 233 233
GAIN
Green GAIN 0 ~ 1023 236 236 236
Bule GAIN 0 ~ 1023 230 230 230
Gray GAIN 0 ~ 1023 233 233 233
ADF Scan Red GAIN 0 ~ 1023 234 234 234
GAIN
Green GAIN 0 ~ 1023 237 237 237
Bule GAIN 0 ~ 1023 230 230 230
Gray GAIN 0 ~ 1023 233 233 233
AFE Setup Register3 Only for engineering test
Parameter Offset DAC（RED） Change AFE (IC) register settings (3 - 9 settings).
(do not use) Offset DAC（GREEN） Then, read the document using PC Scan.
Offset DAC（BLUE） W : Display message showing that settings are complete.
Offset DAC（RGB） R : Display read value.
PGA GAIN LSB（RED）
PGA GAIN LSB（GREEN）
PGA GAIN LSB（BLUE）
PGA GAIN LSB（RGB）
PGA GAIN MSB（RED）
PGA GAIN MSB（GREEN）
PGA GAIN MSB（BLUE）
PGA GAIN MSB（RGB）
3-6

ODA OEL JP
Password Scanner Mechanical ADF Test Simplex/ Simplex
Maintenance Test Duplex Duplex
Speed Color 300 x 600dpi
Color 600 x 600dpi
Mono 600 x 600dpi
Execute --Results--
Test no. xxx underway
FBS Test Speed Color 300 x 600dpi
Color 600 x 600dpi
Mono 600 x 600dpi
Times 0~100,000
Execute --results--
Test no. xxx underway
Sensor Examples of this display are
Test shown below:
① MEDIA H/L
② REGIST　　　 H/L
③ SCAN H/L
④ REVERSE H/L
⑤ ADF CVR H/L
⑥ FB HP H/L
⑦ FB SIZE1　　 H/L
⑧ FB SIZE2　　 H/L
⑨ ADF OPEN1 H/L
⑩ ADF OPEN2 H/L
⑪ ADF SIZE1 H/L
⑫ ADF SIZE2 H/L
ADF Hopping Forward
Motor Test Forward Continuous
Reverse
Reverse Continuous
ADF Transfer Forward
Motor Test Forward Continuous
Reverse
Reverse Continuous
Multi Feed Display ResultResult Min Only for engineering test.
Sensor Test Ave Display the Multi Feed Sensor detect voltage (Min/Ave/Max) of last
Max page when reading from ADF.
Sensor Test Execute Only for engineering test.
Start the Multi Feed Sensor Test
Confirm the result with "Display Result".
Adjust Correction -10~20 0 0 0
Accuracy value
Adjust Cycle Correction 0~25 0 0 0
value
3-7

ODA OEL JP
Password Fax Service Bit ON - - OFF If set OFF, some menu items are not displayed on the panel.
Maintenance OFF
* When When OKIUSER is set on except for JP1 or JPOEM1, this item is
OKIUSER is displayed in the top of a menu of 'Admin Setup'-'Fax Setup'-'Fax
set by JP1 Setting'.
or JPOEM1,
this item is
displayed.
Country Code U.S.A. - - Japan When the desired country code is selected by this setting, the PTT
International parameters that are suited to the target country are set.
* When United Kingdom
OKIUSER is Ireland When OKIUSER is set on except for JP1 or JPOEM1, this item is
Norway
set by JP1 displayed in the top of a menu of 'Admin Setup'-'Fax Setup'-'Fax
Sweden
or JPOEM1, Setting'.
Finland
this item is Denmark
displayed. Germany
Hungary
Czech/Slovakia
Poland
Switzerland
Austria
Belgium
Netherlands
France
Portugal
Spain
Italy
Greece
Australia
New Zealand
Singapore
Hong Kong
Latin America
Mexico
China
Russia
Taiwan
Japan
Korea
Thailand
Malaysia
Jordan
Argentina
Brazil
South Africa
Belarus
Moldova
Turkey
Ukraine
3-8

ODA OEL JP
Password Fax Line Test Tone Send 2100Hz Tone send test conducted.
Maintenance Test 1850Hz
1650Hz
1100Hz
DP Send 0 ~ 9 Key DP send test conducted.
Test
MF Send 0 ~ 9, #, * Key MF send test conducted.
Test
Modem V.34 (33.6Kbps) Modem-signal send test conducted.
Signal V.34 (28.8Kbps) 11 types available, including V. 34 (33.6 Kbps).
Send Test V.17 (14.4Kbps)
V.17 (12.0Kbps)
V.17 (9.6Kbps)
V.17 (7.2Kbps)
V.29 (9.6Kbps)
V.29 (7.2Kbps)
V.27 (4.8Kbps)
V.27 (2.4Kbps)
V.21 (0.3Kbps)
T.30 Monitor According to T30 monitor print mode, print fax communication log (Tx/
Rx Commands).
In the case of T30 monitor print mode is "ON":
Print log of the most recent communication and the communication
that became the error in the past.
In the case of T30 monitor print mode is "OFF":(Default)
Print log of the most recent communication.
You can change the T30 monitor print mode by "Maintenance Utility".
The MFP stores the logs of last four failed communications in its non-
volatile memory.
But Log of successful communication is volatile (it will be lost by
powering-off).
Print Personality XPS Enable Enable Enable Enable
Maintenance Disable
IBM5577 Enable Disable Disable Enable
Disable
IBM PPR Enable Enable Enable Disable
III XL Disable
EPSON FX Enable Enable Enable Disable
Disable
Engine Diag
Mode
3-9
3.2 Service Bit Menu
Additional Fax Setting menu No. Item Settings Description ODA OEL
(When setup ServiceBit=ON, the following items will be displayed at Admin Setup → Fax 8 Calling Timer 1~255 second Sets the call connection wait Depends on Country
Setup → Fax Setting) (s) time (TO timer). Code
No. Item Settings Description ODA OEL

1 Tone For Echo Enable When an Item is Enable: Disable Disable
(For Transmis- Disable First DIS is ignored.
sion) Echo Protection Tone is sent
with V.29.
Interval of DIS and DCS is
1000ms
When an Item is Disable:
First DIS is not ignored.
Echo Protection Tone is not
sent with V.29.
Interval of DIS and DCS is
0ms
2 Tone For Echo Enable When an Item is Enable : Disable Disable
(For Reception) Disable Interval of CED and DIS is
1000ms
When an Item is Disable :
Interval of CED and DIS is
75ms
3 Attenuator 0~15 dB Enter Attenuator. Depends on Country
Code
4 MF Attenuator 0~15 dB Enter MF (Tone) Attenuator. Depends on Country
Code
5 Pulse Make 33% Sets the make rate of DP (10 Depends on Country
Ratio 39% pps) during call. Code
40% It only shows, when ServiceBit
= ON and Tone/Pulse setting =
PULSE.
6 Pulse Dial Type N Setting the Dial Type of Pulse. Depends on Country
10-N It only shows, when ServiceBit Code
N+1 = ON and Tone/Pulse setting =
PULSE.
7 MF (Tone) Dura- 75, 85, 100 Enter MF (Tone) Duration. Depends on Country
tion m seconds It only shows, when ServiceBit Code
= ON and Tone/Pulse setting =
TONE.
3-10
3.3 Maintenance Utility

The adjustments described in table 3-1 should be made by using Maintenance Utility. Details Panel
on the utility are as follows: operation
No. Item Adjustment
(section in this
manual)
(1) Maintenance Utility operation manuals:
12 Local Print Stores files of local print data Perform local
42678823FU01 Rev.4 (Version 3.0.1) or higher (Japanese) Data storage printing (refer
42678823FU02 Rev.4 (Version 3.0.1) or higher (English) to System
Specification
(2) Maintenance Utility program: 13 ODA display the screen of ODA COREFIDO registration on operator
Applicable operating COREFIDO panel
File name Part number Registration Unavailable
system setting
Win Vista/7/8/10 42678823FW01.zip 42678823FW01 Rev.4 (Version 3.0.1) or higher Note3)
Note) The MFP and maintenance board are given an individual MAC address.
It is different from the former MAC address, when replace the MFP or board. Therefore it may
Table 3-1 Maintenance Utility Adjustment Items not print it depending on user environment.
Tell that an MAC address is changed before work to a user and work, and, please convey a new
Panel
operation MAC address to a user after work, if necessary.
No. Item Adjustment Because give an individual MAC address to MFP and maintenance board when the renewal of
(section in this
manual) the MAC address is required by a user, please make a reply of the renewal being impossible.
1 Board Copies the information from the EEPROM on the CU/PU board.
Replacement When it is necessary to change the other CU/PU board for Unavailable
maintenance, to use this function.
2 Send File Transmits a specified file. Unavailable
3 Migrate settingCopy any setting item in the MFP at other MFP
Unavailable
Refer to table 3-2
4 Serial number Change of the serial number of the CU/PU part and change the serial
Unavailable
setting number choice and output mode
5 Factory/ Switches between Factory and Shipping modes.
Shipping The maintenance board is set to the Factory mode usually by
Section 3.4.10
Mode setting default and, by using this function, must be set to the Shipping
mode.
6 FAX Change the FAX parameter of the MFP.
parameter Unavailable
setting
7 T30 monitor Change T30 monitor print setting
Unavailable
print setting
8 FUSE KEEP Shift to FUSE KEEP mode of the MFP.
Unavailable
Mode
9 Network log Store the network log of the MFP in a file.
Unavailable
storage
10 PU log storageStore the PU log of the MFP in a file. Unavailable
11 PU Stores self-diagnosis log files of printer paper running system.
maintenance Unavailable
log storage
3-11
Table3-2 Transfer item of the setting

The item which is selectable by the "Transfer of the setting", and the value which is possible to transfer,
refer to the following figure.
Display item Value which is possible to transfer
Supplies counter Drum counter
Toner counter
Waste toner counter
Belt counter
Fuser counter
Supply exchange count The number of times to change the supply
Print counter Total page
color / mono print number of sheet
The paper feed number of sheets from each tray
Scan counter Total Scan
Scanned pages
Scan position adjustment Adjust scan position
User registration data E mail address/group list
Note4) Speed dial/group list
Profile list
Network connection list
Job macro
Network information Network information Note2)
Web setting Note2)
Serial number Serial number
Menu Settings Menu setting value Note2)
ODA COREFIDO setting ODA COREFIDO setting
Note3)
Note2) There is the value which is not transfered.
Note3) for ODA MC models
Note4) Use Configuration Tool to transfer the item.
3-12
3.4 Self-diagnostic mode LEVEL0

(1) Menu option display switching
Use the [4] or [*] or [2] or [8] button to display the option shown in a
shaded area XXXX .
This section describes LEVEL 0 and LEVEL 1.
Use the [2] or [8] button to display the menu option shown in a non-
shaded area XXXX .
3.4.1 Operator panel
The following description on operating the self-diagnostic is provided, premised on the follow- [4]
Numerical Engine status display
ing operator panel layout: Heater temperature
keypad
Environmental information
Low-voltage thermistor temperature
Belt thermistor temperature
[*]
Error code
Error code display, etc.
[2] [2] [2]

Each voltage display Toner sensor Toner pulse count monitor
category during printing monitor Each color toner FULL/
(1) Menu option display switching [8] [8]
Self-diagnostic Transfer (TR) voltage(1) Toner sensor Number of LOW-pulse
*1 status monitor detections
mode layout The level in a shaded area XXXXX can be displayed only from display
another one. Transfer (TR) voltage(2)
(Overall) *1
Use the [2] or [8] button to display the menu option shown in a
Charge (CH) voltage(1)
non-shaded area XXXXX . Charge (CH) voltage(2)
[2]
RFID tab noise test monitor
POWER ON Supply (SB) voltage Display of number of noise detections/ Toner K error
[8]
1.Select the "Device Settings" by touch panel. Development (DB) Display of number of noise detections/ Toner Y error
2.Enter [#] → [0] → [1] → [0] → [3] → [*] at "Device Settings" display. voltage
3.Enter the password "000000" and touch [OK] button. Display of number of noise detections/ Toner M error
No buttons pressed 4.Select the "Print Maintenance" → "Engine Diag Mode" by touch panel. Environmental level
Display of number of noise detections/ Toner C error
Development (DB)
voltage (AFTER)
Press [4]
Normal operation mode Development (DB)
voltage (BEFORE)
LEVEL0- engine status display DIAGNOSTIC MODE XX.XX.XX -MODE
Engine status display SWITCH SCAN Transfer (TR) voltage(3)
*1 Motor control evaluating functions
Each voltage display category in Press[6] MOTOR&CLTCH TEST Regist Motor Constant-Speed Timer
printing TEST PRINT [8]
*1: Pressing the [#] Value/ Environmental Temperature
Toner sensor monitor REG ADJUST TEST button switches the Fusing Motor Constant-Speed Timer
Toner pulse count monitor DENS ADJUST TEST voltage, which is Value/ Fusing Target Temperature
RFID tag noise test monitor Press[6] CONSUMABLE STATUS displayed for a color, ID Motor Constant-Speed Timer Value
Motor control evaluation function PRINTER STATUS to that for another
Error code FACTORY MODE SET color. BELT Motor Constant-Speed Timer Value
SENSOR SETTING
LED HEAD DATA
NVRAM PARAMETER
DRUM CLEANING
3-13
(1) Menu option display switching

LEVEL1 Use the [2] or [8] button to select the option shown in a shaded area ( XXXXX ), and press [6] button to execute the option.
Use the [6] or [4] button to display the option shown in a non-shaded area ( XXXXX ), and use the [2] or [8] button to select the option.
Press [6] button to execute a test, and [4] button to end the test.
[8] [8]
DIAGNOSITC MODE XX. XX. XX -MODE
[2] [2]
[2] [2] [2] [2] [2] [2] [2] [2] [2] [2] [2]
SWITCH MOTOR TEST REG ADJUST DENS CONSUMABLE PRINTER STATUS FACTORY SENSOR LED HEAD NVRAM DRUM
SCAN &CLTCH PRINT TEST ADJUST STATUS K-IMPRESSIONS MODE SET SETTING DATA PARAMETER CLEANING
PAPER ROUTE : [8] TEST [8] PRINT [8] REG ADJ [8] TEST [8] K-ID UNIT [8] Y-IMPRESSIONS [8] FACTORY [8] TONER [8] K [8] CLEAR [8] EXECUTE
PU ID MOTOR EXECUTE EXECUTE DENS ADJ Y-ID UNIT M-IMPRESSIONS MODE *5 SENSOR Y
PAPER BELT MOTOR TEST REG ADJ RESULT EXECUTE M-ID UNIT FUSE INTACT BELT UNIT M
C-IMPRESSIONS
ROUTE:SUB FUSER MOTOR PATTERN *2 DENS ADJ C-ID UNIT *6 CHECK C
TOTAL SHEET CNT
TONER SENS FUSER MTR TEST BLT REFLECT PARA-SET ID UNIT
K-ID USED
CVO FR TOP FU REV CASSETTE TEST DENS ADJ CHECK
Y-ID USED
ST_FD FUSER RLS *1 BLT REFLECT RESULT *3 <Options for the display of the REG
M-ID USED
REG L/R REGIST MOTOR PAGE RESULT *4 AUTO
C-ID USED
density correction test results> ADJUST
HT COLOR CALIBRATION options marked with 3* ERROR
T1 HOPPING FUSER UNIT
THERMISTER MOTOR MEDIA DRUM
TR BELT UNIT DENS ADJ RESULT OVER LIFE <Display of LED
HUM_TEMP_ MPT MOTOR DUPLEX*1
K-TONER (FULL) LEV0 V/D OUT YMC HEAD serial No.>
DEN BIN WR POINT
REGIST
Y-TONER (FULL) LEV0 V/D OUT K REV n 01 23 45 6789
BELT_LVPS SHUTTER
*1: TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4 M-TONER (FULL) LEV0 V/D OUT RD BOTTOM
ID UP/DOWN EXIT SOLENOID #############
and DUPLEX are displayed C-TONER (FULL) LEV0 V/D OUT YMC WRT POINT
1ST TAG DUPLEX n: K, Y, M, C
only when installed. M-WASTE TNR CNT LEV0 V/D OUT K
2ND TAG MOTOR
DUPLEX
<Options for the display of the color C-WASTE TNR CNT H_DUTY DENS-K
F-RL FI
CLUTCH
registration test results> K OVER RIDE CNT H_DUTY DENS-Y
MPT PE
options marked with 2* Y OVER RIDE CNT H_DUTY DENS-M
T1 PE T2 HOPPING
MOTOR REG ADJ RSLT M OVER RIDE CNT H_DUTY DENS-C
T1 HOP
T2 FEED SNS CARIBRAT (L) FINE ADJ Y [Y-L] C OVER RIDE CNT L_DUTY DENS-K
T1 CASETTE
CLUTCH SNS CARIBRAT (R) FINE ADJ Y [Y-L] L_DUTY DENS-Y
SIZE
T3 HOPPING D-RANGE (L) Y,M,C FINE ADJ Y [Y-R] L_DUTY DENS-M <Options for the FACTORY MODE SET Setting> option marked with 5*
T2 PE
MOTOR L_DUTY DENS-C
T2 HOP_FED D-RANGE (R) Y,M,C FINE ADJ Y [Y-R] FACTORY MODE
T3 FEED CRSE ADJ Y L,R,X FINE ADJ Y [X-L] FINAL DENS-K
T2 CASETTE FACTORY MODE The factory operation mode.
CLUTCH FINAL DENS-Y
SIZE CRSE ADJ M L,R,X FINE ADJ Y [X-R] SHIPPING MODE Deselects the factory operation mode.
T4 HOPPING FINAL DENS-M
T3 PE CRSE ADJ C L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-L]
MOTOR FINAL DENS-C
T3 HOP_FED FINE ADJ Y L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-L]
T4 FEED
FINE ADJ M L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-R]
<Options for the display of the belt DB DENS VALUE
T3 CASETTE <Options of the FUSE INT ACT> option marked with *6
CLUTCH reflection test results> DB DENS VALUE
SIZE FINE ADJ C L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-R]
2BIN SOLENOID options marked with 4* DELTA-K 01=**** FUSE INTACT
T4 PE REG ADJ Y L,R,X FINE ADJ M [X-L]
ID UP/DOWN DELTA-K 04=**** BELT UNIT INTACT: Not cut/BLOWN: Cut
T4 HOP_FED REG ADJ M L,R,X FINE ADJ M [X-R] BELT REFLECT RSLT
LV FAN TEST DELTA-K 07=**** FUSE UNIT INTACT: Not cut/BLOWN: Cut
T4 CASETTE REG ADJ C L,R,X FINE ADJ C [Y-L] L-SIDE
FUSER FAN DELTA-Y 01=****
SIZE CRSE ADJ Y [Y-L] FINE ADJ C [Y-L] R-SIDE
TEST
DUPSNS CRSE ADJ Y [Y-R] FINE ADJ C [Y-R] DELTA-Y 04=****
FUSER2 FAN
I_R_F_B CRSE ADJ Y [X] FINE ADJ C [Y-R] DELTA-Y 07=****
TEST
OFSTP E-G CRSE ADJ M [Y-L] FINE ADJ C [X-L] DELTA-M 01=****
DUPLEX FAN
2BIN ES_CV_ CRSE ADJ M [Y-R] FINE ADJ C [X-R] DELTA-M 04=****
TEST
SK_ST DELTA-M 07=****
ID FAN TEST CRSE ADJ M [X]
CRSE ADJ C [Y-L] DELTA-C 01=****
BELT FAN TEST
CRSE ADJ C [Y-R] DELTA-C 04=****
Note: CRSE ADJ C [X] DELTA-C 07=****
The motor keeps rotating if press DENS-K
the [*] button. to determine the DENS-Y
choice of the motor. DENS-M
DENS-C
BEFORE
AFTER
3-14
3.4.2 Normal self-diagnostic mode (Level 1) 3.4.2.1 Entering self-diagnostic mode (level 1)
The normal self-diagnostic mode menus are as follows: Note! Entering the System Maintenance mode of MC853/MC873/ES8453/ES8473/
ES8483 requires a password. Refer to 3.1 Maintenance Menu for description
Option Self-diagnosis Menu Adjustment on it.
1 Switch scan test SWITCH SCAN Checks input sensor and
switch 1.Select the "Device Settings" by touch panel.
2 Motor clutch test MOTOR&CLTCH Tests the operation of a motor 2.Enter [#] → [0] → [1] → [0] → [3] → [*] at "Device Settings" display.
TEST or clutch.
3.Enter the password "000000" and touch [OK] button.
3 Test printing TEST PRINT Prints a test pattern stored in
the PU. 4.Select the "Print Maintenance" → "Engine Diag Mode" by touch panel.
4 Color registration REG ADJUST TEST Judges the color registration
adjustment test adjustment mechanism as
pass or fail. 3.4.2.2 Exiting self-diagnostic mode
5 Density DENS ADJ TEST Judges the density adjustment 1. When the [4] is pressed from Diag Mode (Window displaying/Factory state), the
adjustment test mechanism as pass or fail. setting window will return.
6 Consumable CONSUMABLE Displays the usage of a con-
counter display STATUS sumable.
7 Consumable life PRINTER STATUS Displays the life counter of a

counter display consumable.
8 Factory/Shipping FACTORY MODE Switches between Factory and

mode switching SET Shipping modes
9 Fuse status Displays the status of a fuse.

display
10 Engine parameter SENSOR SETTING Sets whether to enable or dis-

setting able error detection performed
by each sensor.
11 Display of LED LED HEAD DATA Displays the serial number of

head serial num- LED head data.
ber
12 NVRAM param- NVRAM PARAM- Must not be used.

eter setting ETER
13 Drum Manual DRUM CLEANING Cleans a drum manually.

Cleaning
3-15
3.4.3 Switch scan test

The switch scan test is used for checking entrance sensors and switches.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and, until SWITCH SCAN appears on Planar Heater
Thermistor
the panel, press the [2] or [8] button (the [2] button displays the next test option Exit2 Sensor Upper Center Thermistor
and the [8] button displays the preceding test option). Then press the [6] button. Upper Side Thermistor
Fuser-IN Sensor
M Toner Sensor
C Toner Sensor Y Toner Sensor
Environment Sensor
RFID C RFID M RFID Y RFID K
SWITCH SCAN Exit Sensor Cover-Top Open Sensor
K Toner Sensor
Lower thermistor
Cover-Front Open Sensor
ID Up/Down Sensor
2. Press the [2] or [8] button until an option shown in table 3-3 for the unit to test Write Sensor
Duplex IN Sensor Multi Purpose Tray
appears on the panel (the [2] button displays the next option and the [8] button Fuser Rerase Sensor PaperEnd Sensor
displays the preceding option). Duplex Rear Sensor

Duplex Bottom Sensor Entrance 2 Sensor
Entrance 1 Sensor
3. Press the [6] button. The switch scan test starts, the unit’s name and current Belt thermistor Tray1 -Hopping Sensor
Density Sensor
status being displayed Tray1 -PaperSize Switch
Color registration
Sensor Tray1 -PaperEnd Sensor
Low Volt Thermistor
PAPER ROUTE:PU Duplex Front Sensor
Tray2 Entrance Sensor
Tray2 Hopping Sensor
Tray2 Paper Size Switch
1=H 2=L 3=H 4=L
Tray2 Paper End Sensor
Operate the unit (figure 3-1). The unit’s name and current status is displayed. (the Tray3 Entrance Sensor
information displayed vary depending on the sensor.)
Tray3 Paper Size Switch
4. Press the [#] button. The state in step 2 is restored. Tray3 Paper End Sensor
5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 when necessary. Tray4 Entrance Sensor

6. Press the [4] button to end the test (the state in step 1 is restored.) Tray4 Paper Size Switch
Tray4 Paper End Sensor
Back side Front side
Figure 3-1 Switch sensor locations
3-16
Table 3-3 SWITCH SCAN Detail

Lower display shows asterisk (*) when function on upper display is unavailable.
1 2 3 4
Upper display
Detail Lower display Detail Lower display Detail Lower display Detail Lower display
H: No paper exists. H: No paper exists. H: No paper exists. H: No paper exists.
PAPER ROUTE : PU Entrance 1 Sensor Entrance 2 Sensor Write Sensor Exit Sensor
L: Paper exists. L: Paper exists. L: Paper exists. L: Paper exists.
H:No paper exists.
PAPER ROUTE:SUB Exit2 Sensor
L:Paper exists.
H: Blocked H: Blocked H: Blocked H: Blocked
TONER SENS K Toner Sensor Y Toner Sensor M Toner Sensor C Toner Sensor
L: Reflected L: Reflected L: Reflected L: Reflected
H: Close H: Close Faceup Cover Open H:Close
CVO FR TOP FU Front Cover Open Switch Top Cover Open Switch *1
L: Open L: Open Switch L:Open
H: No paper exists.
ST_FD Stack Full Sensor
L: Paper exists.
AD value: AD value:
REG L/R Color registration L Sensor Color registration R Sensor
**H **H
AD value: AD value: AD value: AD value:
HT THERMISTER Upper Center Thermistor Lower Thermistor Upper Side Thermistor Planar Heater Thermistor
**H **H **H **H
AD value: AD value: AD value: AD value:
HUM_TEMP_DEN Humidity Sensor Temperature Sensor Density Black Sensor Density Color Sensor
**H **H **H **H
AD value: AD value:
BELT_LVPS Belt Thermistor Low Volt Thermistor
**H **H
H: Up.
ID UP/DOWN ID Up/Down Sensor
L: Down
UID:. UID:. UID:. UID:.
1ST TAG 1st-TAG-K UID 1st-TAG-Y UID 1st-TAG-M UID 1st-TAG-C UID
***H ***H ***H ***H
UID:. UID:. UID:. UID:.
2ND TAG 2nd-TAG-K UID 2nd-TAG-Y UID 2nd-TAG-M UID 2nd-TAG-C UID
***H ***H ***H ***H
H: ON H:ON.
F-RL FI Fuser release Sensor Fuser-In Sensor
L: OFF L:OFF
H: No paper exists.
MPT PE MPT Paper End Sensor
L: Paper exists.
H: No paper exists.
T1 PE TRAY1 Paper End Sensor
L: Paper exists.
H: No paper exists.
T1 HOP TRAY1 Hopping Sensor
L: Paper exists.
T1 CASETTE SIZE Tray1 -PaperSize-1 Switch Port level H, L Tray1 -PaperSize-2 Switch Port level H, L Tray1 -PaperSize-3 Switch Port Level H, L Tray1 -PaperSize-4 Switch Port Level H, L
H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.
H: No paper exists. H: No paper exists.
T2 HOP_LF_FED TRAY2 Hopping Sensor TRAY2 Entrance Sensor
L: Paper exists. L: Paper exists.
H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.
T3 HOP _FED TRAY3 Hopping Sensor TRAY3 Entrance Sensor
3-17
1 2 3 4
Upper display
Detail Lower display Detail Lower display Detail Lower display Detail Lower display
H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.
T4 HOP _FED TRAY4 Hopping Sensor TRAY4 Entrance Sensor
H: No paper exists. H: No paper exists. H: Paper exists. H: No paper exists.
DUP SNS I_R_F_B Duplex-In Sensor Duplex-rear Sensor Duplex-front Sensor Duplex-bottom Sensor
L: Paper exists. L: Paper exists. L: No paper exists. L: Paper exists.
H: Unmount H: Normal
OFSTP E-G Stapler Mount Signal Stapler Good Signal
L: Mount L: Abnormal
H: Unmount Second Bin Cover Open H: Close Second Bin Stacker H: No paper exists. Second Bin Stacker Full H: No Paper exists.
2BIN ES_CV_SK_ST Second Bin Mount Sensor
L: Mount Switch L: Open Sensor L: Paper exists. Sensor L: Paper exists.
*1: L is displayed when the cover is open (including in the Sleep mode and power-off status), and H is displayed when the top cover and front cover is closed and warm-up is done.
3-18
3.4.4 Motor and clutch test

The motor and clutch test is used for testing motors and clutches.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and, until MOTOR & CLTCH TEST ap- Color Regist solenoid
2bin Solenoid
pears on the panel, press the [2] or [8] button (the [2] button displays the next Belt Motor ID Motor FAN
ID Motor
test option and the [8] button displays the preceding test option). Then press the Fuser side FAN
[6] button.
Tray1 -Hopping Motor
Fuser FAN
2. Press the [2] or [8] button until an option shown in table 3-4 for the unit to test
appears on the panel (the [2] button displays the next option and the [8] button Duplex FAN
Duplex Solenoid MPT Clutch
displays the preceding option).
Fuser Motor
MOTOR&CLTCH TEST Duplex Clutch

ID Lift-up Clutch
Duplex Motor
Low Volt Fan
ID MOTOR Regist Clutch
TRAY1 Hopping Clutch
Belt FAN
3. Press the [6] button. The motor and clutch test starts, the unit’s the name and
TRAY2 Feed Clutch
current status starting to blink, and the unit being driven for ten seconds (refer to TRAY2 Hopping
figure 3-2). Clutch
TRAY2
Hopping Motor
Note! The state in step 2 is restored after the unit is driven so. The unit is driven TRAY3 Feed Clutch
again by pressing an appropriate button. TRAY3 Hopping
Clutch
TRAY3
• By usual printing driving, the clutch solenoid repeatedly is turned on and off (its Hopping Motor
motor is driven together with the solenoid when the solenoid cannot be driven TRAY4 Feed Clutch
solely for its mechanical structure). * Image drum up-and-down movement con- TRAY4 Hopping
Clutch
tinues until the [#] button is pressed. TRAY4
Hopping Motor
• The clutch solenoid is kept driven by holding down the [*] button for a motor to
be accepted. Back side Front side
4. Press the [#] button. The state in step 2 is restored.

5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 when necessary. Figure 3-2
6. Press the [4] button to end the test (the state in step 1 is restored).
3-19
Table 3-4 Panel display Driven unit Condition

Panel display Driven unit Condition 2BIN SOLENOID Second Bin Solenoid Second Bin unit is installed
ID MOTOR ID MOTOR All ID(K/Y/M/C) are removed ID UP/DOWN Tray1 Hopping Motor TOP/FRONT Cover is closed
Low Volt Fan ID Lift-up clutch
ID motor Fan
LV FAN TEST Low Volt Fan -
Belt FAN
FUSER FAN TEST Fuser FAN -
BELT MOTOR Belt Motor All ID(K/Y/M/C) are removed
Low Volt Fan FUSER2 FAN TEST Fuser side FAN -
ID Motor Fan
DUPLEX FAN TEST Duplex Fan Duplex unit is installed
Belt FAN
ID FAN TEST ID Motor Fan -
FUSER MOTOR Fuser Motor -
BELT FAN TEST Belt Fan -
FUSER MTR REV Fuser Motor -
FUSER RLS Fuser Motor Fuser unit is installed
REGIST MOTOR Tray 1 Hopping Motor -
Tray1 Registration Clutch Note! Display while ID UP/DOWN is in progress
T1 HOPPING MOTOR Tray 1 Hopping Motor - MOTOR & CLTCH TEST
Tray1 Registration Clutch
ID UP/DOWN ***
MPT MOTOR Tray 1 Hopping Motor -
MPT Clutch ***: Identifies the number of times
REGIST SHUTTER Color Registration Solenoid -
Display when the REGIST SHUTTER [*] button is pressed
EXIT SOLENOID Duplex Solenoid Duplex unit is installed
DUPLEX MOTOR Duplex Motor Duplex unit is installed MOTOR & CLTCH TEST
DUPLEX CLUTCH Duplex Motor Duplex unit is installed SHT ***
Duplex Clutch
***: Identifies the number of times
T2 HOPPING MOTOR Tray2 Hopping Motor Tray2 is installed
Tray2 Hopping Clutch Display while FUSER RLS is in progress
T2 FEED CLUTCH Tray2 Hopping Motor Tray2 is installed
MOTOR & CLTCH TEST
Tray2 Feed Clutch
T3 HOPPING MOTOR Tray3 Hopping Motor Tray3 is installed RLS ***
Tray3 Hopping Clutch ***: Identifies the number of times
Tray3 Feed Clutch
T4 HOPPING MOTOR Tray4 Hopping Motor Tray4 is installed
Tray4 Hopping Clutch
Tray4 Feed Clutch
3-20
3.4.5 Test print Display Settings Default Function

The test printing is used for printing test patterns stored in the PU. Other patterns are stored PRINT - - Starts printing with the press of the [6]
EXECUTE button, and ends printing with the press of the
in the controller.
[#] button.
This test print cannot be used to check the print quality.
TEST PAT- 0 0 0: Prints a blank page.
Diagnosis for the abnormal print image should be performed in accordance with section 2. TERN 1 to 7: - See the next section (pattern printing) -
8 to 15: Print a blank page.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and, until TEST PRINT appears on the TEST CAS- TRAY1 TRAY1 Select the paper feed source.
panel, press the [2] or [8] button (the [2] button displays the next test option and SETTE Not displayed when the tray 2 is not installed.
TRAY2
the [8] button displays the preceding test option). Then press the [6] button. Not displayed when the tray 3 is not installed.
TRAY3 Not displayed when the tray 4 is not installed.
2. A setting option used only in test printing appears on the panel. Press the [2] or [8] TRAY4
button until the option to select appears (the [2] button displays the next option
MPT
and the [8] button displays the preceding option). Then press the [6] button. (Go
to step 4 when set to its default, the option does not need to be set). PAGE 0000 0001 Sets the number of test copies printed
COLOR ON ON Selects color or monochrome printing.
3. The setting item and the setting value is displayed in the panel. Pressing the [2]
* Each color setting is provided by setting ON.
button displays the next setting and pressing the [8] button displays the preced- OFF
ing setting (the setting last displayed takes effect. By pressing the [4] button, the MEDIA MEDIA TYPE PLAIN PAPER Changes the setting of a TRAY selected in
setting is accepted, step 2 being restored. Repeat step 3 when necessary. TEST CASSETTE.
MEDIA WEIGHT MEDIUM LIGHT
If CUSTOM SIZE is not selected in MEDIA
MEDIA SIZE A4(LEF) SIZE, CUSTOM LEN, and CUSTOM WIDTH
TEST PATTERN
are not displayed.
CUSTOM LEN 210
1
CUSTOM WIDTH 297
MEDIA CHECK ENABLE Sets ENABLE/ DISABLE of the paper size
check.
DUPLEX 2 PAGES STACK 2 PAGES Prints duplex two pages stack layout printing.
STACK 2 PAGES STACK: Disables duplex printing
OFF
OFF: Performs simplex printing.
1 PAGE STACK 1 PAGES STACK: Prints duplex one page
stack layout printing.
If DUPLEX is not installed, DUPLEX is not dis-
played.
BIN 1BIN 1BIN Selects the output tray.
1BIN: Output Tray
2BIN
2BIN: Upper Output Tray
3-21
Notes! PAGE setting: MEDIA WEIGHT

The input position is shifted with the [*] button or [#] button. This setting is
Category Setting value
increased by pressing the [2] button, and decremented by pressing the [8]
button. Note the setting 0000 endlessly prints pages. MEDIA LIGHT HEAVY
WEIGHT MEDIUM LIGHT ULTRA HEAVY1
COLOR setting:
MEDIUM ULTRA HEAVY2
ON displays, with the press of the [6] button, the information shown below.
MEDIUM HEAVY ULTRA HEAVY3
Print setting for each color:
The input position is shifted with the [*] or [#] button. This setting is MEDIA SIZE
switched between ON and OFF by the press of the [2] or [8] button. The
display for the setting restored to the previous one with the press of the [4] Category Setting value
button. MEDIA SIZE UNIVERSAL POST CARD KAKUGATA 2(SEF)
PLAIN
CUSTOM size setting:
CUSTOM SIZE RETURN POST KAKUGATA 3(SEF)
The input position is shifted with the [*] button or [#] button. This setting is CARD
increased by pressing the [2] button, and decremented by pressing the [8]
A3 EXECUTIVE INDEX CARD(3×5)
button.
A4(LEF) LEGAL13 16K(184 × 260)mm (SEF)
* If a display value exceeds the configurable range, the setting value is A4(SEF) LEGAL13.5 16K(195 × 270)mm (SEF)
unavailable.
A5(LEF) LEGAL14 16K(197 × 273)mm (SEF)
COLOR Y:ON M:ON A5(SEF) COM-10 (LEF) 16K(184 × 260)mm (LEF)
A6(SEF) DL(LEF) 16K(195 × 270)mm (LEF)
ON C:ON K:ON
B4 C5(LEF) 16K(197 × 273)mm (LEF)
B5(LEF) C4(LEF) 8K(260 × 368)mm (SEF)
MEDIA Setting Options B5(SEF) C4(SEF) 8K(270 × 390)mm (SEF)
MEDIA TYPE B6(SEF) NAGAGATA 3(LEF) 8K(273 × 394)mm (SEF)
Category Setting value B6-HALF(SEF) NAGAGATA 4(LEF) STATEMENT
MEDIA PLAIN PAPER LABELS USERTYPE1 TABLOID NAGAGATA Photo(4x6")
TYPE 40(LEF)
TRANSPARENCY BOUND USERTYPE2
LETTER(LEF) YOUGATA 0(LEF) Photo(5x7")
LABEL RECYCLED USERTYPE3
LETTER(SEF) YOUGATA 4(LEF)
GLOSSY CARDSTOCK USERTYPE4
LETTERHEAD ROUGH USERTYPE5
3-22
4. When the [6] button is pressed With PRINT EXECUTE on the lower display after
the operation in step 2, test printing with the setting value set in the steps 2 to 3
is executed.
The test printing is cancelled by pressing the [#] button.
When the printer detects any errors in alarm shown in initiating or running the
test printing, it stops the printing and displays the error on the operation panel.
Print Patterns (Cannot be used for print quality check.)

Patterns 0 and 8 to 15 ... Prints blank sheet.
Pattern 5 Pattern 6
Note! Printing 100% of solid black print (pat-

tern 7) contained in the local printing
functions causes an offset.
To prevent this, the colors to print con-
currently to produce No. 7 solid print
copies must be limited to two or less
by making each print color settings as
Pattern 1 Pattern 2
instructed in step 3 of Section 3.4.5.
Pattern 7
Pattern 3 Pattern 4
3-23
• The following message appears when a test pattern is printed. • The displays are switched to the following by pressing the [2] button.
P=*** KR=*.** YR=*.**

W=*** MR=*.** CR=*.**
P: Number of test-print pages (Unit: sheets) KR: BLACK transfer roller resistance value [Unit: uA]
W: Belt temperature wait time (Unit: seconds) YR: YELLOW transfer roller resistance value [Unit: uA]
MR: MAGENTA transfer roller resistance value [Unit: uA]
• The displays are switched to the following by pressing the [2] button. CR: CYAN transfer roller resistance value [Unit: uA]
U=***[###] H=XXX
• The displays are switched to the following by pressing the [2] button.
L=***[###] S=XXX
ETMP=***UTMP=***
U: *** = Center thermistor target temperature [Unit: ˚C]
REG=****EXT=***
[###] = Center thermistor current temperature [Unit: ˚C]
H: XXX= Heater thermistor current temperature [Unit: ˚C] ETMP: A parameter for correction of constant hopping motor speed (an envi-
L : *** = Lower thermistor target temperature [Unit: ˚C] ronmental temperature) [Unit: DEC].
[###] = Lower thermistor target temperature [Unit: ˚C] UTMP: A parameter for correction of constant fuser motor speed (a target fus-
ing temperature) [Unit: DEC].
S: XXX= Site thermistor current temperature [Unit: ˚C]
REG: A hopping motor constant-speed timer value (a set input/output value)
[Unit: HEX].
• The displays are switched to the following by pressing the [2] button.
EXT: A fuser motor constant-speed timer value (a set input/output value) [Unit:
T=*** HEX].
H=***% • The displays are switched to the following by pressing the [2] button.
T: A measured environment temperature [Unit: ˚C]

ID=**** BLT=****
H: A measured environment humidity [Unit: %]
LVTH=xxx(***)
• The displays are switched to the following by pressing the [2] button. ID: ID motor constant-speed timer value (I/O set value) [Unit: HEX]
BLT: Belt motor constant-speed timer value (I/O set value) [Unit: HEX]
KTR=*.** YTR=*.**
LVTH : [xxx] = Low-voltage power temperature [Unit: ˚C]
MTR=*.** CTR=*.** ([***]) = Low-voltage power thermistor scanning AD value [Unit: HEX]
YTR, MTR, CTR and KTR indicate set transfer voltages for colors, respec-
tively (in kV).
3-24
• The displays are switched to the following by pressing the [2] button. 3.4.6 Color registration adjustment test
BELT=xxx(***) The color registration adjustment test is used for adjusting color registration or investigating
the cause(s) of color misregistration.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic-mode(Level1) and, until the following message ap-

BELT: xxx = Belt temperature [Unit: ˚C] pears, press the [2] or [8] button.
*** = Belt thermistor scanning AD value [Unit: HEX]
REG ADJUST TEST
5. Repeat steps 2 and 4 when necessary.
6. Press the [#] button to end the test (the state if step 1 is restored).
2. Press the [6] button. The following message appears. Press the [2] or [8] button
until the intended option appears.
REG ADJUST TEST

REG ADJ EXECUTE
3. Press the [6] button. The displayed option is performed:

When the displayed option is REG ADJ EXECUTE:
① Color registration adjustment test ('REG ADJ EXECUTE' starts blinking) is per-
formed.
② When the test ends, the panel shows the result of the test (OK or an error name)
and ‘****RESULT’.
OK
REG ADJ RESULT
Pressing the [2] button displays the next test result.
Pressing the [8] button displays the preceding test result.
Press the [4] button to return to step 2.
Remark: The following message appears while the printer is initialized or issues
an alarm or when the cover is open.
NG
REG ADJ RESULT
③ Pressing the [#] button during the test cancels the test (turning on the ONLINE
lamp), restoring the state of step 2.
3-25
When the displayed option is REG ADJ RESULT: Panel display at the completion of color registration correction test
Same as of REG ADJ EXECUTE Upper display Lower display Details
When the displayed option is BLT REFLECT TEST: OK / ERROR NAME REG ADJ RESULT/ Displays “OK” in the panel when no error
BLT REFLECT RSLT occurs.
① Color registration adjustment belt reflection test ('BELT REFLECT TEST' starts Displays an error name when an error occurs.
blinking) is performed. Displays “**** RESULT” corresponding to
② When the test ends, the panel shows the result of the test (OK or a error name) the test executed in the panel.
Color registration correction test errors
OK
Displayed error Contents Cause Disposion
BLT REFLECT RSLT name
CALIBRATION (L) Abnormal end of calibra- · failure of the color registration · change of the color
tion on the left sensor sensor registration sensor
Pressing the [8] button displays the preceding test result. · defect of the board circiut · change of main board
CALIBRATION Abnormal end of calibra-
Press the [4] button to return to step 2. (R) tion on the right sensor · dirt of sensors · cleaning of sensors
· defect of cleaning by shutter · change of the shutter
③ Pressing the [#] button during the test cancels the test, restoring the state of · displacement of the ID unit by · Replace of the main
step 2. deformation of the main body. body.
(main scanning direction)
When BLT REFLECT RSLT is executed: DYNAMICRANGE Insufficient dynamic abnormally reflectance on the Execute the belt re-
Same as the button operation of (2) after execution of BLT REFLECT TEST. (L) range of left sensor out- surface of the belt by dents or flectance test.
put etc. In the case of the test
Remark: The following message appears while the printer is initialized or issues DYNAMICRANGE Insufficient dynamic result 'NG' (BELT RE-
an alarm or when the cover is open. (R) range of right sensor FLEX ERR), change
output the belt unit.
NG Y-LEFT Detects an abnormal col- fault of the HEAD assembling. Check the error oc-
or-registration correction curred after executed
REG REFLECT RSLT value at the yellow left the Full Adjust of the
sub-scanning position. color registration.
Y-RIGHT Detects an abnormal col- Check the HEAD as-
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 when necessary. sembling position.
or-registration correction
5. Press the [4] button to end the test (the state if step 1 is restored). value at the yellow right
sub-scanning correction
Color registration correction test items position.
Y-HORIZONTAL Detects an abnormal
Display Function
color-registration correc-
REG ADJ EXECUTE Executes color registration adjustment. tion value in the yellow
REG ADJ RESULT Displays the result of color registration adjustment. main scanning correction.
BLT REFLECT TEST Judges whether color registration adjustment belt

reflection is proper.
BLT REFLECT RSLT Displays the result of color registration adjustment
belt reflection judgment.
3-26
Displayed error Contents Cause Disposion Display Items of REG ADJUST RESULT
name Upper display Lower display Details Memory
M-LEFT Detects an abnormal col- Fault of the HEAD assembling. Check the error oc- SNS DAC=*** DAC: Luminescence current value [HEX] SRAM
or-registration correction curred after executed CARIBRAT(L) Vmax=*** Vmax: Sensor voltage at DAC [HEX]
value at the magenta left the Full Adjust of the
sub-scanning position. color registration. SNS DAC=*** DAC: Luminescence current value [HEX] SRAM
Check the HEAD as- CARIBRAT(R) Vmax=*** Vmax: Sensor voltage at DAC [HEX]
M-RIGHT Detects an abnormal
color-registration correc- sembling position. D-RANGE(L) ***H,***H,***H Result of left dynamic range measurement [HEX] SRAM
tion value at the magenta Y,M,C Y, M, C, in order of the left.
right sub-scanning cor- D-RANGE(R) ***H,***H,***H Result of right dynamic range measurement [HEX] SRAM
rection position. Y,M,C Y, M, C, in order of the left.
M-HORIZONTAL Detects an abnormal CRSE ADJ Y ***, ***, *** Yellow LED coarse adjustment value SRAM
color-registration correc- L,R,X [DEC:1/1200”]
tion value in the magenta
main scanning correction. CRSE ADJ M ***, ***, *** Magenta LED coarse adjustment value SRAM
L,R,X [DEC:1/1200”]
C-LEFT Detects an abnormal
color-registration correc- CRSE ADJ C ***, ***, *** Cyan LED coarse adjustment value [DEC:1/1200”] SRAM
tion value at the cyan left L,R,X
sub-scanning position. FINE ADJ Y L,R,X ***, ***, *** Yellow LED fine adjustment value [DEC:1/1200”] SRAM
C-RIGHT Detects an abnormal col- FINE ADJ M L,R,X ***, ***, *** Magenta LED fine adjustment value SRAM
or-registration correction [DEC:1/1200”]
value at the cyan right
sub-scanning correction FINE ADJ C L,R,X ***, ***, *** Cyan LED fine adjustment value [DEC:1/1200”] SRAM
position. REG ADJ Y L,R,X ***, ***, *** Yellow LED adjustment value [DEC:1/1200”] EEPROM
C-HORIZONTAL Detects an abnormal REG ADJ M L,R,X ***, ***, *** Magenta LED adjustment value [DEC:1/1200”] EEPROM
color-registration cor-
REG ADJ C L,R,X ***, ***, *** Cyan LED adjustment value [DEC:1/1200”] EEPROM
rection value in the cyan
main scanning correction. CRSE ADJ Y [Y-L] ***, ***, *** Yellow LED coarse adjustment pattern detection SRAM
value at the sub-scanning left position
BELT REFLEX Fails in the judgment of · dirt of the belt cleaning of the belt/
ERR the reflectance of the · belt life changing of the belt CRSE ADJ Y [Y-R] ***, ***, *** Yellow LED coarse adjustment pattern detection SRAM
color registration correc- · dents on the belt unit value at the sub-scanning right position
tion belt. · abnormally reflectance by the CRSE ADJ Y [X] ***, ***, *** Yellow LED coarse adjustment pattern detection SRAM
waste toner
value at the main scanning position
CRSE ADJ M [Y-L] ***, ***, *** Magenta LED coarse adjustment pattern detec- SRAM
tion value at the sub-scanning left position
CRSE ADJ M [Y- ***, ***, *** Magenta LED coarse adjustment pattern detec- SRAM
R] tion value at the sub-scanning right position
CRSE ADJ M [X] ***, ***, *** Magenta LED coarse adjustment pattern detec- SRAM
tion value at the main scanning position
CRSE ADJ C [Y-L] ***, ***, *** Cyan LED coarse adjustment pattern detection SRAM
value at the sub-scanning left position
CRSE ADJ C [Y-R] ***, ***, *** Cyan LED coarse adjustment pattern detection value SRAM
at the sub-scanning right position
3-27
Upper display Lower display Details Memory Display Items of REG BELT REFLECT RESULT
CRSE ADJ C [X] ***, ***, *** Cyan LED coarse adjustment pattern detection value SRAM Upper display Lower display Details Memory
at the main scanning position
L-SIDE= ** MAX=*** Upper display: Displays a test result on the left SRAM
FINE ADJ Y [Y-L] ***, ***, ***, Yellow LED fine adjustment pattern detection value SRAM AV= *** MIN=*** side (OK or NG).
at the sub-scanning left position Displays the average of the sensor output ADC
FINE ADJ Y [Y-L] ***, *** scanning values [HEX]
Lower display: Displays the maximum or minimum
FINE ADJ Y [Y-R] ***, ***, ***, Yellow LED fine adjustment pattern detection value SRAM of the sensor output ADC scanning values [HEX]
at the sub-scanning right position
R-SIDE= ** MAX=*** Upper display: Displays a test result on the right SRAM
FINE ADJ Y [Y-R] ***, *** AV= *** MIN=*** side (OK or NG).
FINE ADJ Y [X-L] ***, *** Yellow LED fine adjustment pattern detection value SRAM Displays the average of the sensor output ADC
at the main scanning left position scanning values [HEX]
FINE ADJ Y [X-R] ***, *** Yellow LED fine adjustment pattern detection value SRAM Lower display: Displays the maximum or minimum
at the main scanning right position of the sensor output ADC scanning values [HEX]
FINE ADJ M [Y-L] ***, ***, ***, Magenta LED fine adjustment pattern detection SRAM • Results will be stored as described in memory filed.
value at the sub-scanning left position • The contents in SRAM are deleted when the test starts, and values detected at the normal
FINE ADJ M [Y-L] ***, *** competition or until the machine stops due to errors are written.
FINE ADJ M [Y-R] ***, ***, ***, Magenta LED fine adjustment pattern detection SRAM
value at the sub-scanning right position
FINE ADJ M [Y-R] ***, ***
FINE ADJ M [X-L] ***, *** Magenta LED fine adjustment pattern detection SRAM
value at the main scanning left position
FINE ADJ M [X-R] ***, *** Magenta LED fine adjustment pattern detection SRAM
value at the main scanning right position
FINE ADJ C [Y-L] ***, ***, ***, Cyan LED fine adjustment pattern detection value at SRAM
the sub-scanning left position
FINE ADJ C [Y-L] ***, ***
FINE ADJ C [Y-R] ***, ***, ***, Cyan LED fine adjustment pattern detection value at SRAM
the sub-scanning right position
FINE ADJ C [Y-R] ***, ***
FINE ADJ C [X-L] ***, *** Cyan LED fine adjustment pattern detection value at SRAM
the main scanning left position
FINE ADJ C [X-R] ***, *** Cyan LED fine adjustment pattern detection value at SRAM
the main scanning right position
• Results will be stored as described in memory filed.

• The contents in SRAM are deleted when the test starts, and values detected at the normal
competition or until the machine stops due to errors are written.
• The contents in EEPROM are updated only at the normal competition of the test.
3-28
3.4.7 Density adjustment test When AUTO CALIBRATION is executed:

① The density sensor sensitivity adjustment value is automatically set is performed,
The density adjustment test is used for performing a density adjustment function test and dis-
and the lower display starts blinking.
playing the result of it to judge whether the density adjustment mechanism is proper.
② When the test ends, the panel shows the result of the test (OK or a error name)
1. Enter the self-diagnostic-mode(Level1) and, until the following message ap-
pears, press the [2] or [8] button. OK
DENS ADJ TEST DENS ADJ RESULT

Pressing the [8] button displays the preceding test result.
2. Press the [6] button. The following message appears. Press the [2] or [8] button Press the [4] button to return to step 2.
until the intended option appears.
③ Pressing the [#] button during the test cancels the test, restoring the state of
step 2.
DENS ADJ TEST
Note! The fixture specific for execution should be used.
DENS ADJ EXECUTE
Remark: The following message appears while the printer is initialized or issues
3. Press the [6] button. The displayed option is performed: an alarm or when the cover is open.
When DENS ADJ EXECUTE is executed:
NG
① Density adjustment test is performed, and 'DENS ADJ EXECUTE' starts blink-
ing) DENS ADJ RESULT
② When the test ends, the panel shows the result of the test (OK or an error name)
4. Repeat step 3 when necessary.
OK 5. Press the [4] button to end the test (the state if step 1 is restored).
DENS ADJ RESULT Density adjustment test item
Pressing the [2] button displays the next test result. Display Details
Pressing the [8] button displays the preceding test result. DENS ADJ EXECUTE Executes density adjustment.
Press the [4] button to return to step 2 (“DENS ADJ RESULT”). DENS ADJ PAR-SET Sets a control value for auto density adjustment.
Note) Must not use.
③ Pressing the [#] button during the test cancels the test, restoring the state of DENS ADJ RESULT Displays the result of density adjustment.
step 2.
AUTO CALIBRATION Automatically sets a density sensor sensitivity
When DENS ADJ RESULT is executed: correction value.
Note) Must not use.
Same as of REG ADJ EXECUTE
When DENS ADJ PAR-SET is executed:

The setting for the density adjustment parameter is displayed.
3-29
Display at the completion of density adjustment test Display Items of DENS ADJ RESULT
Upper display Lower display Details Upper display Lower display Details Memory
OK / ERROR NAME DEN ADJ RESULT Displays “OK” in the panel when no error LEV0 V/D OUT YMC V1=***H V1=***H: Color density sensor output when SRAM
occurs. V1DA=***H the LED current of the density sensor is
Displays an error name when errors oc- 0[A]. [HEX]
V1DA=***:DA setting value of the LED
cur.
current of the density sensor at the color
Displays “**** RESULT” corresponding to
density detection determined by the color
a test executed in the panel. calibration of the density sensor. [HEX]
LEV0 V/D OUT K V2=***H V2=***H: Black density sensor output when SRAM
V2DA=***H the LED current of the density sensor is
Errors of the density adjustment test 0[A]. [HEX]
V1DA=***:DA setting value of the LED
Error name displayed Contents
current of the density sensor at the black
CALIBRATION ERR Abnormal end of the calibration of a sensor density detection determined by the black
calibration of the density sensor. [HEX]
DENS SENSOR ERR Detects an abnormal sensor output during the continuous den-
sity detection. LEV0 V/D OUT RD V3=***H V3=***H: Detected voltage value when the SRAM
V3DA=***H LED current of YMC density sensor is 0[A].
DENS SHUTTER Detects an abnormality when opening and closing the shutter [HEX]
ERR during the continuous density detection. V3DA=***: DAC setting value at YMC mul-
DENS ID ERR Detects the out of focus of the LED head or dirt due to ID failure. tiple points [HEX]
LEV0 V/D OUT YMC V4=***H Value after subtracting V1 from the CMY SRAM
sensor output [HEX]
If a value after subtracting is a negative
value, it is regarded as ‘0’.
LEV0 V/D OUT K V5=***H Value after subtracting V1 from the K sen- SRAM
sor output [HEX]
If a value after subtracting is a negative
value, it is regarded as ‘0’.
H_DUTY DENS-K V1=***H S1=***H Not used SRAM
H_DUTY DENS-Y V1=***H S1=***H Not used SRAM
H_DUTY DENS-M V1=***H S1=***H Not used SRAM
H_DUTY DENS-C V1=***H S1=***H Not used SRAM
L_DUTY DENS-K V01=***HS01=***H 01-03:First processing for averaging density SRAM
V02=***HS02=***H 04-06: Second processing for averaging
density
V03=***HS03=***H V0X: Density sense value [HEX]
V04=***HS04=***H S0X: Density detection value [HEX]
V05=***HS05=***H
V06=***HS06=***H
L_DUTY DENS-Y V01=***HS01=***H 01-03:First processing for averaging density SRAM
V02=***HS02=***H 04-06: Second processing for averaging
density
V04=***HS04=***H S0X: Density detection value [HEX]
V05=***HS05=***H
V06=***HS06=***H
3-30
Upper display Lower display Details Memory Upper display Lower display Details Memory
L_DUTY DENS-M V01=***HS01=***H 01-03:First processing for averaging den- SRAM DELTA-C 01=**** 02=**** 03=**** 01:Light adjustment value [DEC] SRAM
V02=***HS02=***H sity 02: DB adjustment value (First)[ DEC]
04-06: Second processing for averaging 03: DB adjustment value (Second) [DEC]
V03=***HS03=***H density DELTA-C 04=**** 05=**** 06=**** Not used SRAM
S0X: Density detection value [HEX] DELTA-C 07=**** 08=**** 09=**** Not used SRAM
V05=***HS05=***H
DENS-K 100%=***H OD= **.**** Result of Black detections at multiple SRAM
V06=***HS06=***H points
DENS-K 85%=***H
L_DUTY DENS-C V01=***HS01=***H 01-03:First processing for averaging den- SRAM
sity DENS-K 70%=***H
V02=***HS02=***H
04-06: Second processing for averaging DENS-K 50%=***H
V03=***HS03=***H density DENS-K 30%=***H
S0X: Density detection value [HEX] DENS-K 15%=***H
V05=***HS05=***H
DENS-Y 100%=***H OD= **.**** Result of Yellow detections at multiple SRAM
V06=***HS06=***H points
DENS-Y 85%=***H
FINAL DENS-K VX=***H SX=***H The same value as V06 and HS06 of L_ SRAM
DUTY DENS-K DENS-Y 70%=***H
FINAL DENS-Y VX=***H SX=***H The same value as V06 and HS06 of L_ SRAM DENS-Y 50%=***H
DUTY DENS-Y DENS-Y 30%=***H
FINAL DENS-M VX=***H SX=***H The same value as V06 and HS06 of L_ SRAM DENS-Y 15%=***H
DUTY DENS-M DENS-M 100%=***H OD= **.**** Result of Magenta detections at multiple SRAM
FINAL DENS-C VX=***H SX=***H The same value as V06 and HS06 of L_ SRAM DENS-M 85%=***H points
DUTY DENS-C
DENS-M 70%=***H
DB DENS VALUE VK=**** VY=**** Not used SRAM
DENS-M 50%=***H
DB DENS VALUE VM=**** VC=**** Not used SRAM
DENS-M 30%=***H
DELTA-K 01=**** 02=**** 03=**** 01:Light adjustment value [DEC] SRAM
02: DB adjustment value (First)[ DEC] DENS-M 15%=***H
03: DB adjustment value (Second) [DEC] DENS-C 100%=***H OD= **.**** Result of Cyan detections at multiple SRAM
DELTA-K 04=**** 05=**** 06=**** Not used SRAM DENS-C 85%=***H points
DELTA-K 07=**** 08=**** 09=**** Not used SRAM DENS-C 70%=***H

DELTA-Y 01=**** 02=**** 03=**** 01:Light adjustment value [DEC] SRAM DENS-C 50%=***H
02: DB adjustment value (First)[ DEC]
DENS-C 30%=***H
03: DB adjustment value (Second) [DEC]
DENS-C 15%=***H
DELTA-Y 04=**** 05=**** 06=**** Not used SRAM
BEFORE STD=***H DET=***H ADJ=**H Standard value before sensitivity adjust- SRAM
DELTA-Y 07=**** 08=**** 09=**** Not used SRAM
ment, measured value, adjustment value
DELTA-M 01=**** 02=**** 03=**** 01:Light adjustment value [DEC] SRAM
AFTER STD=***H DET=***H Standard value after sensitivity adjust- SRAM
02: DB adjustment value (First)[ DEC]
ment, measured value,
03: DB adjustment value (Second) [DEC]
DELTA-M 04=**** 05=**** 06=**** Not used SRAM • Results will be stored as described in memory filed.
DELTA-M 07=**** 08=**** 09=**** Not used SRAM • The contents in SRAM are deleted when the test starts, and values detected at the normal
competition or until the machine stops due to errors are written.
3-31
3.4.8 Consumable counter display Upper Display Lower Display Format Unit Detail
The consumable counter display is used for viewing the usage of consumable. K-TONER ******** % DEC % Each displays the usage of toner
(FULL) of a color.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode(Level1) and, until CONSUMABLE STATUS ap- Y-TONER ******** % DEC %
pears, press the [2] or [8] button (the [2] button displays the next test option and (FULL)
the [8] button displays the preceding test option). Then press the [6] button. M-TONER ******** % DEC %
2. Pressing the [2] or [8] button displays the usage of each consumable (pressing (FULL)
the [*] or [#] button is disabled). C-TONER ******** % DEC %
(FULL)
3. Press the [4] button to end the option (the state in step 1 is restored).
M-WASTE ******** TIMES DEC Times Each displays the amount of
TNR CNT waste toner. Counts by the num-
Upper Display Lower Display Format Unit Detail
ber of TC replacements of colors
C-WASTE ******** TIMES DEC Times
K-ID UNIT ******** IMAGES DEC Images Each displays the number of on the near side
TNR CNT
turns performed by each image
Y-ID UNIT ******** IMAGES DEC Images
drum unit from the first-time K OVER RIDE ******** TIMES DEC Times Each displays the extension life
M-ID UNIT ******** IMAGES DEC Images installation of it until present, CNT counter value of a toner car-
*1 tridge.
C-ID UNIT ******** IMAGES DEC Images Y OVER RIDE ******** TIMES DEC Times
CNT
K-ID USED ******** % DEC % Displays the usage of ID of each
color. M OVER RIDE ******** TIMES DEC Times
Y-ID USED ******** % DEC %
CNT
M-ID USED ******** % DEC %
C OVER RIDE ******** TIMES DEC Times
C-ID USED ******** % DEC % CNT
FUSER UNIT ******** PRINTS DEC Prints Displays the number of prints
made from the first-time installa-
tion of a fuser unit until present
*2
TR BELT UNIT ******** IMAGES DEC Images Displays the number of prints
made to date from the first-time
installation of a belt unit until
present *3
*1 One third of the number of drum turns in A4 (A4 portrait) three-pages-per-job printing is re-
garded as one count.
*2 Based on the paper length of Legal 13, if the sheet is the legal 13 length or less, it is regarded
as one count, and if the sheet length exceeds the Legal 13 length, the number of counts is de-
termined by how many times as large is the Legal 13 length as that of the sheet. (the decimal
is rounded up.)
*3 One third of the number of belt turns in A4 (A4 portrait) three-pages-per-job printing is re-
garded as one count.
3-32
3.4.9 Print counter display 3.4.10 Factory-Shipping mode switching

The print counter display is used for viewing print counter values. The Factory-Shipping mode switching is used for switching from the Factory to Shipping
mode.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode(Level1) and, until PRINTER STATUS appears,
press the [2] or [8] button (the [2] button displays the next test option and the [8] 1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode(Level1) and, until the following message ap-
button displays the preceding test option). Then press the [6] button. pears, press the [2] or [8] button.
2. Pressing the [2] or [8] button displays each count printed (pressing the [*] or [#] FACTORY MODE SET
button is disabled).
3. Press the [4] button to end the option (the state in step 1 is restored).
2. Press the [6] button. The following message appears. Press the [2] or [8] button
Upper Display Lower Display Format Unit Function
until the option to set (refer to the table shown below) appears
K- ******** PRINTS DEC Prints Each displays the number of
IMPRESSIONS each color’s images printed. FACTORY MODE
Y- ******** PRINTS DEC Prints
IMPRESSIONS SHIPPING MODE *
M- ******** PRINTS DEC Prints
3. A setting for the option can be selected by pressing the [6] button with the op-
IMPRESSIONS
tion on the display.
C- ******** PRINTS DEC Prints
IMPRESSIONS 4. Press the [6] button with the setting on the display.
TOTAL SHEET ******** PRINTS DEC Prints Displays the total number of im-
The setting is stored in the EEPROM. The state in step 2 is restored.
CNT ages printed. 5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 when necessary.
*1 Tow counts apply to duplex print. 6. Press the [4] button to end the option (the state in step 1 is restored).
Option Settings Function

FACTORY FACTORY MODE Establishes the Factory mode (a fuse-cut dis-
MODE abling mode).
SHIPPING MODE Deselects the Factory mode to enable the fuse-

cut function.
FUSE INTACT BELT UNIT XXXXXX Displays the fuse status of the transfer belt unit.
Note: FUSE UNIT XXXXXX Displays the fuse status of the fuser.
****** is either
INTACT or
BLOWN.
3-33
3.4.11 Self-diagnostic function setting Option Set Settings Setting Operation Function use for
The self-diagnostic function setting is used for enabling or disabling the error detection by TONER ENABLE Enables detection. Enables or disables Check the other errors
sensors. The detection can be enabled or disabled temporarily for troubleshooting. Allowing SENSOR toner sensor opera- except for the toner
DISABLE Disables detection. tion. sensor error occurring
for setting engine operation options for which expert knowledge is required to be handled.
after set to disable for
This self-diagnostic should be used carefully. Be sure to restore the default settings of used
error detection.
options of the self-diagnostic.
BELT UNIT ENABLE Enable checking. Enables or disables Check whether the
CHECK belt installation check- errored occur after
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode(Level1) and, until the following message ap- DISABLE Disables checking. ing operation. removing the belt
pears, press the [2] or [8] button. unit with this set to
DISABL in occurring
SENSOR SETTING the ID motor error.
For to check of
whether the belt
unit loading is larger
2. Press the [6] button. The following message appears. Press the [2] or [8] button than specified value.
until the option to set (refer to the table shown below) appears. ID UNIT ENABLE Enable checking. Enables or disables Check whether the
CHECK image drum installa- error occurred after
DISABLE Disables checking.
TONER SENSOR tion checking. removing the ID unit
with this set to DIS-
ENABLE * ABL in occurring the
ID motor error and
etc..
3. The setting on the panel can be selected by pressing the [6] button.
For to check of
The [2] button displays the next setting and the [8] button displays the preceding whether the ID unit
setting. or the ID motor
loading is larger
4. Press the [6] button with the desired setting on the display. The setting is stored
than specified value.
in the EEPROM. The state in step 2 is restored.
REG ADJUST ENABLE Display Sets whether to dis- Check whether the
5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 when necessary. ERROR play or non-display the color shift occurred with
DISABLE Non-display detected error from this set to ENABLE in
6. Press the [4] button to end setting the option (except where not in step 4) (the
the control of auto the case of the large
state in step 1 is restored). registration control. color shift occurred.
DRUM OVER STOP Does not extend Sets whether to enable unnecessary for
LIFE life. or disable extending maintenance
image drum life at the
CONTINUANCE Extends life end of the life.
WR POINT 00H~FFH A correction value. Adds a correction unnecessary for

REV value for the default maintenance
TBL=**H±*.***mm writing point.
BOTTOM 00H~FFH A tear-off position Sets a tear-off length unnecessary for

WRT POINT value. from the bottom edge maintenance
TBL=**H±*.***mm of paper.
Default is in hatched area.
3-34
3.4.12 LED head serial number display 3.4.13 Drum Manual Cleaning
The LED head serial number display is used for viewing whether downloaded data about This function is used for cleaning drums by wiping with alcohol. This function should be imple-
LED heads agrees with the serial numbers marked on the LED heads. mented in case of an only method that be the Image drum changing.
This function allows a drum to rotate by 1/6 cycle. By cleaning the drum exposure part under
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode(Level1) and, until LED HEAD DATA appears, the Image Drum by rotating in order, the filming and the dirt of the photoreceptor drum can
press the [2] or [8] button (the [2] button displays the next test option and the [8] be taken away.
button displays the preceding test option). Then press the [6] button. The wiping with alcohol should be executed next phase after checking the drum surface dried enough
2. Pressing the [2] or [8] button displays each of the K, Y, M and C LED head data and there is not an irregularity.
serial numbers.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode(Level1) and, until DRUM CLEANING appears,
3. Press the [4] button to end the option (the state in step 1 is restored). press the [2] or [8] button(The [2] button displays the next test option and the [8]
button displays the preceding test option). Then press the [6] button.
K ** ** ** ****
DRUM CLEANING
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
** ** ** **** : A revision number
① ② ③ ④
2. Press the [6] button to display the following message. By pressing the [6] button
xxxxxxxxxxxxx : A serial number under this condition, the rotation of 1/6 cycle is executed.
④
DRUM CLEANING
① : Head type data
EXECUTE
② : Light amount data
③ : Length data 3. The display of the number of executions on the panel (* part) is incremented
④ : Head serial No. after the operation. Then, open the front cover to remove the ID and clean from
the exposure side of the drum.
Note! If the serial number of the LED head data is not ASCII code (0x3X/0x4X/0x5X),
it is indicated by ‘ . ’. DRUM CLEANING
EXECUTE * / 6
* : Number of executions
6 : Number of drum rotations (6 times at one cycle)
4. Return the ID and close the front cover. Repeat the step 2 and 3 until the num-
ber of drum rotation becomes 6/6, and then cleaning of the entire drum ends.
5. Press the [4] button to end the test. (The state is restored to the step 1.)
3-35
Note! · During the selection of “Drum Manual Cleaning”, the initial operation is not 3.4.14 Functions of buttons after power-on
performed even by opening and closing the cover. The initial operation is
automatically performed after exiting this menu. After the printer is turned on, buttons on the operator panel of MC853/MC873/ES8453/
· The Cleaning tool should be used the soft cloth. ( e.g. , the LED lens cleaner, ES8473/ES8483 function as described below. When held down until the upper and lower
BEMCOT) displays on the panel show RAM CHECK and three or four asterisks (****), respectively, the
· Do not touch and clean the area of 5mm from the edge of the gear of the following buttons are enabled:
drum because to prevent the cleaning tool be contaminated by the grease on
the gear.
(1) [6] button
Starts the Boot menu.
(2) [1] and [6] buttons

Ignoring all warnings and errors, start the printer, always placing it to an online
mode.
(3) [8] and [STOP] buttons
Initialize NIC settings to Factory defaults.
When executing this initialize, all network settings will be returned to Factory
defaults.
3-36
3.5 Setup in part replacement

The following describes the adjustments necessary after part replacement:
Replaced part Adjustment

LED head Not necessary.
Drum cartridge (yellow, magenta, Not necessary.
cyan or black)
Fuser unit Not necessary.
Belt unit Not necessary.
CU/ PU board (6CU) Copying information stored in EEPROM, which
requires utility software.
Scanner board (6SU) After replaced, adjust the clock.
Panel board (TP1) , LCD After replaced, to execute "Admin Menu"-"Panel
Calibration".
HDD After replaced, to need F/W update by FW Up-
date tool.
(F/W Update cause to write the all languages to
the HDD)
3-37
3.5.1 CU/PU Board, Scaner Borad, Panel Board and 1. Preparation

· Maintenance Utility 42678823FW01 Rev.4 (Version 3.0.1) or higher
HDD changing order · Configuration Tool (Version 1.6.30 or more)
Start · FW Update Tool, F/W data (Firm Suite)
· Printed Menu Map or Memo that can be verified the F/W version
1.preparation
· [In case of maintaining by the USB Connecting] Record the setting value of [USB
2.The change assignment], and change the setting to [regasy].
No
that an information
succession needs? [Admin Setting]-[Device Management]-[Local Interface]-[USB menu]
Yes
2. Check the this change be needed the setting information succession or not.
3.Read the setting information by the Items of necessary or unnecessary the setting information succession and corre-
maintenance utility, and read user sponding item in the maintenance utility are depends on the following table1.
registration data by Configuration Tool.
In the case of the following messages displayed on the operation panel, do not ex-
4.Change ecute the succession.
SERVICE CALL 104 [Engine EEPROM Error]
5.F/W update SERVICE CALL 40 [EEPROM Error]
3. Read the setting information by the maintenance utility, and read user regis-
6.Succeeded to read No tration data by Configuration Tool.
information ?
Turn on the machine with 'coercive ONLINE MODE', and read the setting informa-
Yes tion by the maintenance utility depending on the changed parts in table1.
7.Influence of the setting information by
the maintenance utility, user If necessary, read user registration data using Configuration Tool(user setting tab).
registration data by Configuration Tool (*5)
No 8.Replace the
CU/PU board? Decide whether the user registration data is need to transfer from the following step
on the operation panel.
Yes
Read the user registration data by the Configuration Tool in the case of it displayed
9.S/N setting & switch to shipping mode as a list by following step at the operation panel.
by the maintenance utility
(1) E-mail Address Manager
[Home] - [Device Settings] - [Address Book] - [E-mail Address] - [A] - [All]
Yes (2) Speed Dial Manager
10.Replace the Scanner board?
[Home] - [Device Settings] - [Phone Book] - [Speed Dial] - [A] - [All]
No 11.The PJL (3) Profile Manager
transmission(*)
[Home] - [Device Settings] - [Profile] - [A] - [All]
*Confirm the explanatory note of item (4) Network Scan Destination Manager
12.Adjustment “4.2.10.5 Sheet-Document” about [Home] - [Device Settings] - [Network Scan Destination] - [A] - [All]
the PJL transmission
(5) Job Macro Information
13.After-treatment
[Home] - [Job Macro]
End
3-38
< table1 > 12. Adjustment

Changing parts Succession Maintenance Utility Configuration Tool Adjustment depending on the replaced parts.
CU/PU board (6CU) necessary [Board Replacement] - SU board: adjusting the clock
Scanner board (6SU) unnecessary
TP1 board: calibration for the Admin Menu.
TP1 board unnecessary
HDD necessary [user registrasion] 13. Aftertreatment
Restore the setting value of [USB assignment] in Step1.
4. Replace the board
[Admin Setting]-[Device Management]-[Local Interface]-[USB menu]
Change the board or etc..
Note!
After replacing, the F/W versions before and after replacing board are not match.
*1. Refer to following for the process of the booting by the ‘coercive ONLINE MODE’.
Note! Do not print the menu map on the morrow of replacing the board.
1. Keep pushing the button [1] and [6] until displayed the hourglass-mark in turning
5. F/W update
on the power of the machine.
Update the F/W by using the ‘FirmSuite’ of the F/W update tool.
2. Next, it displays the wait screen. If some error occurs at machine, it can be
Note! Normally, F/W update should be execute by the newest FirmSuite at then. checked by pushing the 'STATUS' key.
On the other hand, require flexibly correspond to some situations. The internal machine status is 'ONLINE', and it can be established a communi-
e. g.: to desire the keeping the before F/W version, should be update to newest F/ cations circuit.
W version of CU/SU/TU version, and e.t.c.
*2. Require the user using MAC certification on network communication to reset by
informing to user for the new MAC address of the replaced machine. Because, the
6. Check the result of the readed information MAC address could not be taken over.
In the case of the setting information succession not executed in step3, go to step8. *3. Require the user to reset for following setting because not allow following setting by
7. Influence of the stored setting information at step3 the using constraint.
Turn on the machine with 'coercive ONLINE MODE'. (*1) · Font/Form registration data
Influence of the stored setting to the replaced machine by to select same as the Font: It resided in case of downloading of the PCL/PS external fonts.
item at step3 and follow the display on the maintenance utility. (*2), (*3), (*4) Form: It resided in case of registered the form data.
If user registration data is stored at step3, apply it to the machine using Configura- These are able to be checked by the Configuration Tool.
tion Tool(user setting tab). (*5)
*4. In the case of the above step3 fault, request to the customer to reset by manually.
8. Replace the CU/PU board?
Representative settings
9. Serial Number setting and switching to the Shipping mode
· Menu setting value (include the setting of FAX and etc.)
In the case of the CU board replaced and the setting information could not be read,
· Network Information(IP/DNS/WINS/SMTP etc.)
set the Serial Number to the machine and switch to Shipping Mode from Factory
mode. (*2), (*3), (*4) · WEB setting
10. Replace the Scanner board?
11. The PJL transmission
When replace the scanner board, transmit PJL.
*Confirm the explanatory note of item “4.2.10.5 Sheet-Document” about the PJL
transmission
3-39
*5. Configuration Tool reads and saves data which is equal to customer's privacy data. When the information of the current board could not be succeed to the replaced board:
So don't operate on maintenance member's PC, be sure to operate on customer's After replacing the board to a new one, follow the following procedure to perform
environment. In case of unavoidably operate on maintenance member's PC, carry it operation by using Maintenance Utility:
out after obtaining customer's approval. After maintenance work is finished, be sure
(1) Serial number setting
to delete data(csv file) saved by Configuration Tool under customer's confirmation.
A SAP serial number is assigned to the printer. The number is placed at the top
For more detail of transferring user registration data, see "3.9 Configuration Tool".
of the serial number label of the printer, consisting of total twelve characters --
transformation of user registration data(*1) two characters that indicates a production place, two characters that indicates
a month and year, six characters that indicates a manufacture number (se-
Explain to customer that operation needs to handle privacy data, and make sure which of
the following is desired.
quence number) and two characters that indicates revision number.
In case of (2), tell customer additionally that we request confirmation that privacy data is • For the printer serial number, “PU serial number” should be selected, and for
deleted from maintenance member's PC after operation finished.
(1) operation by customer(customer's own PC) the output mode, “Display the serial number only” should be selected.
(2) operation by maintenance member • The PU serial number is ten characters from the SAP serial number. The
rest two characters are the revision number.
(1) operation by customer
customer's agreement • The PU serial number is set in the Serial number setting window described
about the operation
in the Maintenance Utility operation manual.
(2) operation by • To assign a PU serial number to the printer, in the PU serial number setting
maintenance member window, enter ten characters. As shown in the following serial number label
Using Configuration Tool(*2), do example, the ten characters are the printer’s the SAP serial number exclud-
Inform customer with usage of
transformation of user registration data at Configuration Tool(*2), and request to do ing the revision number.
step3 and step7. transformation of user registration data at
step3 and step7. Ten characters to enter
(AE01234567)
After step7 is finished, request customer to
confirm that privacy data is deleted from Revision number
maintenance member's PC.
(*1) HDD replace

end (*2) refer to "3.9 Configuration Tool"
If reading information failed at step 3, request the customer to manually reconfigure

Serial number label example
the unread information.
• The PU serial number is shown at Printer Serial Number in the header of
Typical configuration: the printer’s configuration report (a Menu Map) output from the printer. After
· E mail address / group list the PU serial number is changed, it can be checked by printing the report
· Speed dial / group list from the printer.
· Profile list
· Network connection list
· Job macro
3-40
(2) Switching to Shipping mode 3.5.2 Notes on HDD replacement

When the CU/PU control board is replaced with a new one, the printer is
placed in the Factory mode. Switch the printer to the Shipping mode. 1. When the HDD to be removed, if necessary, it will be automatically HDD Format at
• To switch, use the Factory/Shipping mode setting window described in the next power on.
Maintenance Utility operation manual. 2. Update the firmware, for using the [FW Update Tool] . Install the all language files to
Note! Replacing the EEPROM (the PU control board) with a new one clears life in- HDD, when update the firmware.
formation about consumable, including the fuser, and belt. Note that, until the
consumable are replaced, this makes differences between their displayed con-
sumed and consumed lives. Such life information cleared is as shown below.
Upon replacement of the consumable, the information (counts) except the to-
tal number of printed sheets are cleared, and differences between the counts
and consumed lives of the consumable are cleared.
Option Description Count description

FUSER UNIT A fuser life count. The number of prints
made from the first-time
installation of a fuser unit until
present *1
Belt Unit A belt unit life count The number of prints

made to date from the first-
time installation of a belt unit
until present *2
Total number of A printer life count. The total number of printed

printed sheets sheets from the beginning of
use of the printer*3
Prints Black The total number of The total number of printed

Prints Yellow printed sheets in each sheets in each color from the
Prints Magenta color beginning of use of the printer
Prints Cyan *3
*1 Based on the paper length of Legal 13, if the sheet is the legal 13 length or less, it
is regarded as one count, and if the sheet length exceeds the Legal 13 length, the
number of counts is determined by how many times as large is the Legal 13 length
as that of the sheet. (The decimal is rounded out.)
*2 One third of the number of belt turns in A4 (A4 portrait) three-pages-per-job printing
is regarded as one count.
*3 Tow counts apply to duplex print.
3-41
3.6 Manual density adjustment setting

MC853/MC873/ES8453/ES8473/ES8483 is shipped with the auto density adjustment mode
enabled. When the mode is disabled by a user, the printer may print density out of adjustment
while being used. Manually perform density adjustment setting when the printer prints an im-
proper density.
Note! The setting must be performed with the printer in a static state. Do not perform
it while the printer warms up.
(1) Enter the Admin Setup menu.
(2) Select and execute [Print Setup]-[Color Menu]-[Adjust Density] in the menu.
Auto density adjustment starts, the operator panel display providing a message
stating that density is being adjusted.
3-42
3.7 High Humid Mode (Reduce Paper Curl)

MC853/MC873/ES8453/ES8473/ES8483 is shipped with the High Humid Mode "OFF".
When the paper curl occurs at printing, to change this setting.
Mode Content
Mode0 Countermeasure of Curl reduction for Japan.
Mode1 Curl reduction mode for Plain/Recycled paper.
Mode2 Restrain throughput and reduce curl mode than Mode1.
Mode3 Reduce paper fold and jam for duplex printing. However, tempera-
ture setting is -10°C and warm up speed is 23ppm (normal speed
is 10ppm).
Mode4 Reserve more margin than Mode3.
Mode5 Reserve
OFF Do not curl reduction. But if necessary, do curl reduction of Mode2.
Note! MC853/ES8453 not support Mode3 and Mode4.
Fuser temperature of Standard setting is already set to low because of 23ppm
model.
3-43
3.8 Scanner Maintenance
3.8.1 Scanner Calibration

When the tone of the image which a scanner read includes a problem (it is too bright gener-
ally or too dark), carry it out.
RGB light quantity revision of CIS by carrying out this function, and improve a reading image
by proofreading it to moderate light quantity.
Scanner calibration is not automatically performed at the time of certain action and carries
out by this function execute.
Displayed "Testing…" on a panel during the calibration practice, and displayed "Test Com-
plete" on the panel when calibration is completed.
3-44
3.8.2 Adjust Scan Position (FBS) Adjustment example2. Adjust the Side Reg adjusting value that is set in the negative direction.
F F
Adjust the reading position at the book(Flatbed) scanning.
When the flatbed scanning result is missing the document edge or read the shadow of the
document edge, carry out the adjustment of the setting value.
1. Side Reg adjustment

Adjusting the position of the scanning start pixel of the main scanning direction at
book(Flatbed) scanning.
Before adjusting After adjusting
When read a shadow of the document left edge, adjust the value that is set in the negative
direction. When missing the document left edge, adjust the value that is set in the positive
direction. Adjustment example3. Adjust the Front Edge adjusting value that is set in the positive direction.
F F
The value is adjustable between +30 to -17, the unit of adjustment is 1Step (=4/600dpi = 0.17mm).
2. Front Edge adjustment

Adjusting the position of the scanning start pixel of the sub scanning direction at
book(Flatbed) scanning.
When read a shadow of the document front edge, adjust the value that is set in the posi-
tive direction. When missing the document front edge, adjust the value that is set in the
negative direction. Before adjusting After adjusting
Adjustment example4. Adjust the Front Edge adjusting value that is set in the negative direction.
F F
The following figures show the each adjustment.
Assume the result that reading by book (flatbed) scanning a portrait A3 document.
An output result of the whole document shall be provided before adjustment, and the output
result of an area made hatching after adjustment comes to be provided.
Adjustment example1. Adjust the Side Reg adjusting value that is set in the positive direction.
F F
3-45
3.8.3 Adjust Scan Position (ADF simplex) 3.Back Edge adjustment

Adjusting the position of the scanning end pixel of the sub scanning direction at ADF sim-
Adjust the reading position at the ADF simplex scanning. plex scanning.
When the ADF simplex scanning result is missing the document edge or read the shadow of Increase or decrease the number of motor pulses from detection by the sensor of the
the document edge, carry out the adjustment of the setting value. back edge of the media until actual reading ends.
Note! The scan position adjustment in the ADF simplex scanning adjust the each
item of "ADF (Frontside)" of the panel. The value is adjustable between +30 to -30, the unit of adjustment is 1Step (=4/600dpi = 0.17mm).
It is an item of the ADF front side, but cannot perform the scan position adjust-
ment of the front side reading in the ADF duplex scanning. Note! It is necessary to carry out the Back Edge adjustment after having performed
The scan position adjustment in the ADF duplex scanning adjust the each Front Edge adjustment.
item of "ADF (Backside)" of the panel. Finish scanning without waiting for Back Edge when reach the number of the
appointed scanning lines, if adjust the Back Edge adjustment value in the
1.Side Reg adjustment positive direction.
Adjusting the position of the scanning start pixel of the main scanning direction at ADF
simplex scanning. The following figures show the each adjustment.
When read a shadow of the document left edge, adjust the value that is set in the positive Assume the result that reading by ADF simplex scanning a portrait A3 document.
direction. When missing the document left edge, adjust the value that is set in the negative An output result of the whole document shall be provided before adjustment, and the output
direction. result of an area made hatching after adjustment comes to be provided.
The value is adjustable between +30 to -17, the unit of adjustment is 1Step (=4/600dpi = 0.17mm). Adjustment example1. Adjust the Side Reg adjusting value that is set in the positive direction.
F F
2.Front Edge adjustment
Adjusting the position of the scanning start pixel of the sub scanning direction at ADF sim-
plex scanning.
negative direction.

Adjustment example2. Adjust the Side Reg adjusting value that is set in the negative direction.
F
Before adjusting
F
After adjusting
3-46
Adjustment example3. Adjust the Front Edge adjusting value that is set in the positive direction. Adjustment example6. Adjust the Back Edge adjusting value that is set in the negative direction.
F F F F
F F
Adjustment example5. Adjust the Back Edge adjusting value that is set in the positive direction.
F F
3-47
3.8.4 Adjust Scan Position (ADF duplex) 3. Back Edge adjustment

Adjusting the position of the scanning end pixel of the sub scanning direction at ADF du-
Adjust the reading position at the ADF duplex scanning. plex scanning.
When the ADF duplex scanning result is missing the document edge or read the shadow of Increase or decrease the number of motor pulses from detection by the sensor of the
the document edge, carry out the adjustment of the setting value. back edge of the media until actual reading ends.
Note! The scan position adjustment in the ADF duplex scanning adjust the each
item of "ADF (Backside)" of the panel. The value is adjustable between +30 to -30, the unit of adjustment is 1Step (=4/600dpi = 0.17mm).
To adjust the scan position adjustment of the ADF (Backside) item, then ad-
justment is applied to both Front side / Back side at the time of the ADF duplex Note! It is necessary to carry out the Back Edge adjustment after having performed
scanning equally. Front Edge adjustment.
In addition, be careful to assume that scanning narrow side A3 portrait docu- Finish scanning without waiting for Back Edge when reach the number of the
ment in this item. appointed scanning lines, if adjust the Back Edge adjustment value in the
positive direction.
1. Side Reg adjustment
Adjusting the position of the scanning start pixel of the main scanning direction at ADF du- The following figures show the each adjustment.
plex scanning. Assume the result that reading by ADF duplex scanning a portrait A3 document.
When read a shadow of the document left edge, adjust the value that is set in the positive An output result of the whole document shall be provided before adjustment, and the output
direction. When missing the document left edge, adjust the value that is set in the negative result of an area made hatching after adjustment comes to be provided.
direction. About each adjustment item, as for the value that set, the value is reflected for front side,
both back side equally.
Adjustment example1. Adjust the Side Reg adjusting value that is set in the positive direction.
F F
2. Front Edge adjustment
Adjusting the position of the scanning start pixel of the sub scanning direction at ADF du-
plex scanning.
negative direction.
3-48
Adjustment example2. Adjust the Side Reg adjusting value that is set in the negative direction. Adjustment example5. Adjust the Back Edge adjusting value that is set in the positive direction.
F
Before adjusting
F
After adjusting
F F
Adjustment example3. Adjust the Front Edge adjusting value that is set in the positive direction.
Adjustment example6. Adjust the Back Edge adjusting value that is set in the negative direction.
F F F F
Before adjusting After adjusting Before adjusting After adjusting
F F
3-49
3.8.5 Light adjustment - Lighting confirmation

Confirm whether CIS of the scanner works normally.
Turn on and confirm a predetermined color by setting at the time of the calibration enforce-
ment last time among RGB.
There are five kinds of practice methods that Simple, R continuous, G continuous, B continu-
ous and All continuous.
Move the CIS to the predetermined position, and turns on the CIS when carry it out.
Lighting time of each color is around three seconds.
Simple : Only R turns on --> Only G turns on --> Only B turns on --> All RGB turns on at
the same time (The white shows it)
R continuous : Only R turns on
G continuous : Only G turns on
B continuous : Only B turns on
All continuous : All RGB turns on at the same time (The white shows it)
Displays "Testing..." during execution, and displayed "Test Complete" when finished.
3-50
3.8.6 Mechanical Test (ADF transfer test) <ADF simplex transfer route>
①Hopping ②Scanning front side
Confirm the document transfer state of the ADF.
Do not perform the scanning of the image and carry out only the transfer of the document.
Transfer the all documents set at ADF when carry out a test.
Displays "TotalCount : XX" with the transfer number of documents during execution.
When finish a test before transfer all the documents which set at ADF, push down "Cancel" ③Exit (hopping the next document)
on the panel.
It is possible to choose the transfer method and transfer speed each when execution.
Transfer method : Simplex, Duplex

Transfer speed : Color 300×600dpi, Color 600×600dpi, Mono 600×600dpi
<ADF duplex transfer route>

①Hopping ②Reverse
③Scanning the back side ④Reverse
⑤Scanning the front side ⑥Exit(hopping the next document)
3-51
3.8.7 Mechanical Test (FB transfer test)

Confirm the CIS transfer state of the Flatbed.
Do not perform the scanning of the image and carry out only the transfer of the CIS.
Choose transfer speed and the practice number of times and carry it out.
Displays "ScanCount : XX" with the transfer number of documents during execution.
Transfer speed : Color 300×600dpi, Color 600×600dpi, Mono 600×600dpi

Practice number of times : 0 to 100,000 times
When selection "0" as the practice number of times, it becomes the practice of the
infinite time.
To finish a test in any timing by pushing down "Cancel" of the panel during practice.
3-52
3.8.8 Sensor Test 3.8.9 ADF motor Test

Display the state of each sensor of the scanner part. The motor of the ADF drive in a simple substance and confirm whether a motor works nor-
When the state of the sensor changes during indication, the indication contents are updated mally.
in real time. On this test, to confirm the movement of an ADF paper hopping motor and the ADF feed mo-
Sensor information FB document size detect sensor is updated when the ADF open/close tor.
sensor 1 is changed from ON to OFF.
State of the ADF open/close sensor 1 is changed by hand contact or open and close the About each motor, to test the movement of 4 following patterns.
ADF.
1. One time of clockwise rotation : Rotates the motor clockwise for ten seconds.
The displayed sensor information is as follows. 2. Continuation time of clockwise rotation : Rotates the motor clockwise for continuation.
To finish a test in any timing by pushing down "Cancel" of the panel during practice.
1. Document set sensor 3. One time of counterclockwise rotation : Rotates the motor counterclockwise for ten
2. Regist sensor seconds.
3. Scan sensor 4. Continuation time of counterclockwise rotation : Rotates the motor counterclockwise
4. Reverse sensor for continuation.
5. ADF cover open sensor To finish a test in any timing by pushing down "Cancel" of the panel during practice.
6. FB home position sensor
7. FB document size detect sensor 1 About the position of each motor according to the following figure.
8. FB document size detect sensor 2
9. ADF open/close sensor 1 Hopping clutch
10. ADF open/close sensor 2
11. ADF document length detect sensor 1
12. ADF document length detect sensor 2
RADF
Regist clutch
ADF document length detect sensor 1
ADF document length detect sensor 2 Calibration sheet
ADF cover open sensor Document set sensor
White-Black edge
Flatbed
Reverse sensor
Feed motor Carriage drive motor
Regist sensor RADF Hopping motor Belt
Carriage Assy
Scan sensor Left side Right side
ADF open/close sensor 2
Calibration sheet Belt
White-Black edge
Flatbed
FB Home position sensor Multi feed detect ADF open/close sensor 1
sensor
Carriage Assy Hopping sensor FB Document size detect sensor 2
FB Document size detect sensor 1
Left side Right side

3-53
3.8.10 Multi feed sensor Test 3.8.11 Adjusting the touch position of the touch panel
Adjustment the detecting sensitivity and time of multi feed sensor. If the response of the touched position is slightly shifted or the response is slow, the detection
1. Adjustment the threshold value of the position may not be working correctly.
Adjust the detecting sensitivity by changing the threshold value. Follow the procedure below to adjust the touch panel.
When there is detecting multi feed or the document not to detect at the time of ADF scan- 1. Press [Device Settings] on the touch panel.
ning, to use it.
Detecting sensitivity goes up when adjust it in the positive direction and becomes easy to
detect.
Detecting sensitivity falls down when adjust it in the negative direction and becomes hard
to detect.
The set value is configurable in the range of -10 to 20, and an adjustment unit is 0.05V
per adjustment level 1.
2. Press Top or Down several times, and then press [Admin Setup].
2. Period adjustment
Adjust the detecting time by changing the period.
When false detection of multi feed occurs even if carry out threshold adjustment, to use it.
For a set value, multi feed detecting time spreads when regulate it in the positive direc-
tion.
For a set value, multi feed detecting time shrinks when regulate it in the negative direc-
tion.
The set value is configurable in the range of 0 to 25, and an adjustment unit is 10msec 3. Input the admin name and password, and press [OK].
per adjustment level 1.
The default admin name is "admin" and the default admin password is "aaaaaa".
3-54
4. Press Top or Down several times, and then press [Manage Unit]. 7. Press "Yes" in the "Panel Calibration / Would you like to execute?" screen.
5. Press [System Setup]. 8. Touch the cross marks displayed in the "Touchscreen Calibration Utility/Touch crosshair
to calibrate" screen in order.(5 positions in total)
6. Press Top or Down several times, and then press [Panel Calibration].
The touch panel is adjusted.
3-55
3.9 Configuration Tool

For transferring user registration data, use Configuration Tool and follow the steps below. 5. Be sure that [User Setting Plug-in] is checked, and click [Install].
3.9.1 Installation of Configuration Tool

1. Go to Okidata homepage and download installer of Configuration Tool.
2. Execute the downloaded installer.
3. Select language and click [OK].
6. After installation is completed, click [Close].
4. Read software license agreement and click [I Agree].
3-56
3.9.2 Reading E-mail address list 6. Request the customer to enter administrator password of printer and click [OK].
1. Start Configuration Tool.

2. Select [Tools]-[Register Device].
7. Click [Export to file] icon.
3. On [Register Device] dialog, select printer and click [Register].

Click [Yes] on confirmation dialog.
8. Enter saving filename and destination folder, and click [Save].

(The saving file must be deleted after maintenance work is finished. Be sure to memo-
rize the saving location of the file.)
4. From [Registered Device Table] list, select the printer from which to export.
9. After the completion of exporting to file is notified, click [OK].
5. Select [User Setting] tab, and click [E-mail Address Manager].
3-57
3.9.3 Writing E-mail address list 6. Click [Open] for [Select CSV File].

2. From [Registered Device Table] list, select the printer to be imported.
3. Select [User Setting] tab, and click [E-mail Address Manager].

7. Select the exported file of E-mail address list, and click [Open].
8. Click [Next].
4. Request the customer to enter administrator password of printer and click [OK].
9. Select importable settings, and click [Import].
5. Click [Import from file] icon.
3-58
10. Click [Save to device] icon.
11. After the completion of saving to device is notified, click [OK].
12. Delete the exported file of E-mail address list.
3-59
3.9.4 Reading speed dial list 6. Request the customer to enter administrator password of printer and click [OK].



5. Select [User Setting] tab, and click [Speed Dial Manager].
3-60
3.9.5 Writing speed dial list 6. Click [Open] for [Select CSV File].

3. Select [User Setting] tab, and click [Speed Dial Manager].

7. Select the exported file of speed dial list, and click [Open].
8. Click [Next].
3-61
12. Delete the exported file of speed dial list.
3-62
3.9.6 Reading profile list 6. Request the customer to enter administrator password of printer and click [OK].



5. Select [User Setting] tab, and click [Profile Manager].
3-63
3.9.7 Writing profile list 6. Select the exported file of profile list, and click [Open].

3. Select [User Setting] tab, and click [Profile Manager].
10. Delete the exported file of profile list.
3-64
3.9.8 Reading network connection list 6. Request the customer to enter administrator password of printer and click [OK].



5. Select [User Setting] tab, and click [Network Scan Manager].
3-65
3.9.9 Writing network connection list 6. Select the exported file of network connection list, and click [Open].

3. Select [User Setting] tab, and click [Network Scan Manager].
10. Delete the exported file of network connection list.
3-66
4. REPLACEMENT OF PARTS
This chapter describes the procedures of the field replacement of parts, assemblies and units. The procedures are to detach them. Reverse
the procedures to attach them.
The reference part numbers used in this manual (such as ① and ② ) do not identical to the part numbers in the maintenance disassembly
configuration diagram 45850101TL and the RSPL 45850101TR.
4.1 Notes on replacement of parts...................................................4-2

4.2 Part replacement procedure.......................................................4-4
4.3 Portions Lubricated..................................................................4-83
4.1 Notes on replacement of parts

(1) Prior to replacing a part, unplug the AC cord and the interface cable. (2) Do not disassemble the MFP so long as it operates properly.
(a) Be sure to use the following procedure to unplug the AC cord: (3) Minimize disassembly. Do not detach the parts not shown in the part replacement
① Turn off the MFP, then the LED indicator goes out. procedure.
② Pull out the AC plug of the AC cord from the AC power source. (4) Use the replacement tools specified.
③ Unplug the AC cord and the interface cable. (5) Conduct disassembly in the order instructed, or part damage may occur.
(6) Removed small parts, such as screws or collars, should be tentatively installed in
their original positions.
Electric shock hazard.
(7) Do not use static-prone gloves when handling integrated circuits (ICs) or circuit
Be sure to unplug the AC cable as some circuits keep working while the power boards, including microprocessors, and ROM and RAM chips.
cable is connected even after the power is turned off. (8) Do not place printed-circuit boards (PCBs) directly on the MFP or a floor.
When replacing the low-voltage power supply, due to potential electric shock, wear
insulated gloves or be careful not to touch the conductors or terminals of the power
supply directly.
After the AC cord is unplugged, the capacitor may take about one minute to dis-
charge completely, or could not discharge due to PCB breakdown. Use caution
about electric shock.
(b) Be sure to use the following procedure to reconnect the MFP:

① Connect the AC cord and the interface cable to the MFP.
② Turn on the MFP.
③ Turn on the MFP, then the LED indicator lights up.
Unplugging
Plugging
4-2
Maintenance Tools: Table 4-1-2 shows the tools necessary to use Maintenance Utility software.
Table 4-1-1 shows the tools necessary to replace printed-circuit boards and units.
Table 4-1-2: Maintenance Tools
Table 4-1-1: Maintenance Tools No. Maintenance Tool Quantity Use Remarks
No. Maintenance Tool Quantity Use Remarks

Notebook personal See sec-
No. 2-200
3- to 5-mm computer (with 3- to 5-mm tion 3.3 for
1 screwdriver with 1 1 1
screws Maintenance Utility screws Maintenance
magnetic tip
software installed) Utility.
Screwdriver No.
2 1
3-100
Screwdriver No.
3 1 2 USB cable 1
5-200
4 Digital multimeter 1
Ethernet cable
3 1
(crossover cable)
5 Pliers 1
Handy vacuum
6 cleaner (toner 1 See note.
vacuum) Screws in use:
E-shaped ring
7 E-ring pliers 1 Shape Designation
removal
Note! Use a toner vacuum. Using a general-purpose vacuum may cause toner to
catch fire. Screw (silver) (6mm)
Screw (silver/8mm)
Round-head screw (black)
Screw (black)
4-3
4.2 Part replacement procedure

This section describes the procedure for replacing the parts and assemblies shown in the (3) Remove the four image drums ① .
disassembly diagram.
①
4.2.1 Belt unit
(1) Open the scanner unit and pull the front cover open lever to open the front cover Black paper
forward.
Scanner unit
Front cover
Note! Cover the image drums with a piece of black paper.
(4) Turn the two locks (blue) of the belt unit ② in the direction of the arrow, and remove
Front cover open lever the belt unit ② by holding the lever (blue).
(2) Press the top cover open button and open the top cover.
❶ ②
Top cover
❶
❷
2
Top cover open button
4-4
4.2.2 Fuser unit

(1) Open the front cover and the top cover. (Refer to section 4.2.1)
(2) Pull the fuser unit locking lever (blue) in the direction of the arrow and detach the
fuser unit ① .
Fuser unit locking lever (blue)
4-5
4.2.3 Cover side-L-upper / Cover side-L 4.2.4 Cover side-R-upper / Cover side-R
(1) Remove the image drum unit/belt unit. (Refer to section 4.2.1) (1) Remove the image drum unit/belt unit. (Refer to section 4.2.1)
(2) Detach the fuser unit. (Refer to section 4.2.2) (2) Detach the fuser unit. (Refer to section 4.2.2)
(3) Unlatch the four claws and remove the Cover side-L-upper ① . (3) Unlatch the four claws and remove the cover side-R-upper ① .
(4) Remove the three screws (silver) ② and detach the cover side-L ③ . (4) Open and remove the Cover-stapler ② .
(5) Remove the four screws (silver) ③ and detach the cover side-R ④ .
(6) Open and remove the Cover-WLAN ⑤ from the cover side-R ④ .
(7) Disconnect the WLAN-cable ⑥ from the board ⑦ to detach the board ⑦ .
①
claw
view A
A
Claw
①
① view A
③
②
② ④
③
③ ⑥
②
⑦⑤ ①
③
③ ②
4-6
4.2.5 Rear cover Assy. (6) Open the face-up stacker cover and remove the two screws (black) ③ .
(1) Slide out the Duplex unit ① from the Main body of MFP.
Face-up stacker
①
③-b
③-a
Notes on assembling:
When assembling the Face-up stacker, tight the screws ③ in order of ③ -a to ③ -b.
(7) Release the four tabs and detach the rear cover Assy ④ .
(2) Remove the belt unit. (Refer to section 4.2.1) Note! When change the Rear Cover-Assy and Face up cover, to arrange the Label-
(3) Detach the cover side-L. (Refer to section 4.2.3) Maintenance(F) (No:45936305) at the same time and stick it with reference to
(4) Detach the cover side-R. (Refer to section 4.2.4) 4.2.37.
(5) Remove the two screws (silver) ② .
④
②
②
Tab
4-7
4.2.6 Duplex Unit ③

(1) Slide out the Duplex unit from the Main body of MFP. (Refer to section 4.2.5)
③
Note! When change the Duplex unit, to arrange the Label-Maintenance(E)
(No:45936304) at the same time and stick it with reference to 4.2.37.
(2) Turn over the Duplex unit. ③
(3) Remove four screws(black) ① to detach the cover ② , and remove four
screws(black) ③ to detach the plate ④ .
(4) Disconnect all connectors from the board ⑤ , and remove two screws(silver) ⑥ to
detach the board ⑤ .
④
(5) Remove a screw(silver) ⑦ to detach the solenoid ⑧ .
(6) Remove a screw(silver) ⑨ to detach the FAN ⑩ .
③
(7) Remove two screws(silver) ⑪ to detach the connector ⑪ .
⑥ ⑥
⑫
⑤ ⑪
① ⑨ ⑦
⑩
① ⑧
②
4-8
4.2.7 LED Assy. / Spring-Head (3) Remove the two Spring-Heads ③ with twisting to right turn.
(1) Remove the image drum unit. (Refer to section 4.2.1)

(2) Remove the FFC cable, and as shown in figure (1), unhook the part A by applying
force in the direction of the arrow and then the portion B to detach the LED Assy ①
③
Hook B
③
Top cover
Hook A
Hook B
① Notes on assembling:
FFC When assembling the spring ③ , puress it to post with twisting to right turn.
Hook A
Figure (1)
4-9
4.2.8 Main board (board Assy-6CU) / Board memory (5) Disconnect each connector and FFC cable from the Main board ④ .
(6) Remove the screw (silver) ⑤ , three screws (silver) ⑥ , and Main board ④ .
(1) Remove the image drum unit/belt unit. (Refer to section 4.2.1)
(2) Detach the cover side-R. (Refer to section 4.2.4)
(3) Loosen the nine screws (silver) ① and remove the plate shield ② .
①×9 ⑤
②
⑥×3
④
(4) Open the metal claws and remove the Board memory ③ .
claw
claw
4-10
SATAPOW SCNOP 14 SUPOW 2

SIDEFAN SSNS SUIF
4 1 3 1
10 13 1 1
3 1 1
50
6 1 1
7
10 1
SATAIF
1 3
1
B2IF
1
STP
24
24
24
24
6
HEAD3
HEAD2
HEAD1
HEAD0
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
CUIMDBG
10
8 2
37
38
7 12
10
40
12
OPE
11 1
EXROM
DIMM
1
1
10
2
1
1
1
DCID
9
OPTION
MOTERCL
1
2
9
LAN
7
24
23
8
143
1
14
12
PSIZE
1
MPT_PE
ENV
6
3
1 6
4
1
1 5
USB1
FSNS PE_HOP 11 1 25
1
3
2
1 2 2
1 3 1 8
13
HOPCL IDFAN 26
HVOLT 30 RELAY Board-6CU
Figure 4-2-7-1 Main Board Assy., Cable Route Diagram Figure 4-2-7-2 Main Board Assy., Outline Drawing
4-11
4.2.9 HDD Assy / Plate Assy.-Sensor / Stapler Unit

(1) Remove the plate shield (Refer to section 4.2.8).
(2) Loosen two clamps and disconnect the cable of the HDD Assy ① from the Main
board.
(3) Remove the three screws(silver) ② , and up slightly to detach the HDD Assy ① .
(4) Disconnect and remove the cord ③ , and remove a screw(silver) ④ to detach the
Plate Assy.-Sensor ⑤ .
(5) Remove the screw (silver) ⑥ and detach the Holder-WLAN ⑦ with the WLAN-
cable ⑧ .
(6) Remove the three screws (silver) ⑨ and disconnect the cables from the Main board
to detach the Stapler Unit ⑩ .
Note! In the case of the Serial Number revision that is last 2nd digit in 12 digit at the
Serial Number of the apparatus is printed as ‘B0’ or later, Plate Assy.-Sensor
is deleted.
⑤
③
①
④ ②
⑧
⑦
⑥ ②
⑨
⑩
⑨
4-12
4.2.10 Scanner Unit / Cover-Hinge(L) / Cover- (8) Remove a cable and film from the Cable-Guide.
Hinge(R)
When assembling the cable, it should be wired on the film.
(1) Remove a screw (black) ① and detach the Cover-Bottom-Sub ② .
(2) Remove a screw (black) ③ and a screw (silver) ④ .
(3) Rotate the lock to direction in following photo to remove a FFC cable from connec-
tor and remove core ⑤ , too.
Cable-Guide
(9) Remove the six screws (silver) ⑦ and remove the Scanner Unit ⑧ with holding
portion A and B.
Board Lock FFC cable
(4) Remove a screw (silver,No.44267408) ⑥ , and disconnect a FG cable (green).

(5) Detach the plate shield. (Refer to section 4.2.8)
⑦×3
(6) Detach the Cover-side-L-upper. (Refer to section 4.2.3) ⑧
(7) Open the Scanner Unit ⑧ .
Portion B
Portion A ⑦×3
⑥
④
Film and FFC cable
⑤ FG Cable
Cable
③
①
②
4-13
(9) Slide the Cover-Hinge(L) ⑦ to forward of the machine and remove it.
(10) Slide the Cover-Hinge(R) ⑧ to forward of the machine and remove it.
Memo:
· The removed Scanner Unit ⑧ with keeping opened attitude should be put on
the working bench in disassembling.
· The removed Scanner Unit ⑧ with keeping opened attitude should be set to
the main body in assembling.
⑧
⑦
4-14
4.2.10.1 Tray-Assy-Document/Cover-ADF-R (4) Open the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF, and remove the cover-ADF-R ① in the direction of
the arrow.
(1) Open the ADF-Unit.
(2) Unlatch the four claws of cover-ADF-R ① . ①
Cover-Assy-Top(ADF)
Claw
(5) Release the post of the portion A.

And, disconnect the cables of the Tray-Assy-Document ② from the Board.
Next, release the post of the opposite side of the portion A at the Tray-Assy-Docu-
(3) And push the claw of cover-ADF-R ① . ment ② with holding up it , and detach the Tray-Assy-Document ② with passing the
cables through the shaft port.
Cover-Assy-Top(ADF)
Shaft port
① Board
Portion A
②
Claw
4-15
Turn the cable and assemble it at the MFP as if a cable not exiting from the slit
portion.
Cable
②
Slit portion
4-16
4.2.10.2 Tray-Assy-Document 4.2.10.3 Damper Assy-L/R

(1) Remove the six screws (black, No:42932708) ① and Cover-Tray-document ② . (1) Remove the scanner unit. (See to 4.2.10)
(2) Remove the Lever-Tray ③ and photo-sensor ④ . (2) Put the scanner unit with upside down on the working bench.
(3) Remove a screw (silver, No:42933005) ⑤ and Plate-Detection(Tray) ⑥ . (3) Remove the Cap.
(4) Remove a screw (silver, No:42933005) ⑦ and Board-tray ⑧ . (4) Remove the three E-type retaining ring ① and bearing ② .
(5) Remove the shaft ③ , ④ , ⑤ and Damper Assy-R ⑥ .
(6) Remove the two E-type retaining ring ⑦ and bearing ⑧ .
(7) Remove the shaft ⑨ , ⑩ and Damper Assy-L ⑪ .
Note! When the shaft ③ , ⑤ , ⑨ , ⑩ would be removed from each the Damper
Assy, note the any bearings not droppin. These bearings are arranged to the
both side of Damper Assy at each shafts.
Bearing
Bearing
①
②
④
⑧
① ③
⑦
Bearing
Ⓐ
Cap ⑦
⑧
⑥ ③ ⑤ ①
Ⓐ
⑤ ③ Bearing ⑥
④ Bearing
④ ⑩
⑨
② ⑪
Bearing
⑦
①×6
4-17
4.2.10.4 ADF-unit / CONN Cord / Film-Guard(L) / Film- (4) Open the ADF-unit ④ while pushing the portion A.
Guard(R)
(1) Remove the cover-ADF-R. (See 4.2.10.1)
(2) Disconnect a connector of the CONN Cord ① from the ADF relation board(7RL),
remove the screw (silver, No:42920406) ② and FG cable of the CONN Cord ① ,
and disconnect each cables ③ of two motors, and detach those cables from the ④
groove of the ADF-unit ④ .
②
FG cable
③
④
Connector
① A
(3) Remove two screws (black: 42932710) ⑤ .
⑤
⑤
4-18
(5) Remove the ADF-unit ④ with pull the cables to out of the Frame-Base(ADF) and (7) Remove the CONN Cord ① and ③ from the Flatbed-unit.
Hinge. (8) Remove the Film-Guard(L) ⑤ and the Film-Guard(R) ⑥ from the Flatbed-unit.
(6) Remove the Cover-Flap ⑦ from the the ADF-unit ④ .
Note! · Refer to the Note! at the section "4.2.10.5 Sheet-Document" in replacing the
ADF unit ④ .
· FW should be updated to after 'FirmSuiteA07.27' in replacing the ADF unit ④ .
· When change the Flatbed-unit, to arrange the Label-Maintenance(A)
④
⑤
Frame-Base(ADF) Flatbed-unit
⑦ ⑥
4-19
4.2.10.5 Sheet-document/Paper-weight-Assy/Spring- <Attention of fixing the sheet-document>

(1) Degrease the adhesive area (4 sections) of the ADF-unit.
PW-ADF
(1) Open the ADF-unit.
(2) Remove the sheet-document ① .
Be careful to remove tapes and sponges with complete.
(3) Remove two claws to remove the paper-weight-assy ② and two spring-PW-ADF ③
Claw
③
adhesive area (4 sections)
(2) Bend the Film-Jig (Parts No.: 46471001) to about 90 degree at its center hole.
③ Memo:
② The Film-Jig can be bent to either side.
Film-Jig
Claw
4-20
(3) Put the center hole portion of Film-Jig to the left-upper corner of the document- (5) Check the direction of the sheet-document ① , and put on it to the document glass
glass surface. surface.
Then, set the sheet-document ① with keeping the space the between the edge of
sheet-document ① and without leaning.
Sheet-Document_Extended part
Film-Jig · Shape of ver. New-v1 · Shape of ver. New-v2
Film-Jig
e
ac
Sp
Document-glass
Sp
ac
e
(4) Remove the release paper (4 portion) from the sheet-document ① .
Be careful for to do not plucking the sponge. ①
Sheet-Document Note! · Refer to 'For to maintenance of the scanner unit’ stated below. Because, the
applicable farm wear is different by the term of product of the sheet-docu-
ment ① .
· In the case of the extended part is formed at the sheet-document ① , check
the extended part is set to front side.
Release paper (4 portion)
4-21
(6) Close the ADF-unit carefully with the state of putting the Film-Jig on the document (7) Check the state of adhesive is completely by pushing quietly the surface of the
glass. sheet-document ① after the ADF-unit opened.
A
adhesive area (4 sections)
(8) Remove the Film-JIg, and this operation be finished.
Memo:
Push the stack face of the ADF-unit for to adhesive the sheet-document ① com-
pletely.
Film-Jig
4-22
Note! For to maintenance of the scanner unit ・About maintenance work

When a scanner parts and various board replace are carried out by mainte- From the reason mentioned above, the member of maintenance work as Table
nance, it is necessary to change FW measures by the shape of the Sheet- 4.2.10.5.1, when replace the Sheet-Document, SU-board or Flatbed-Unit.
Document and the Flatbed-Unit of the target MFP. After the PJL transmission, the paper which ENABLE/DISABLE was printed is
output to distinguish that the countermeasure for the mistake of the auto detection of
・Overview A3 size of Flatbed became enable or disable.
The countermeasure for the mistake (false detection) of the auto detection of A3
Reboot the MFP for to enable the PJL.
size at the Flatbed document size detection measures become effective by carry-
ing out the both measures of the parts and the FW. And, the setting of which ENABLE or DISABLE could be checked by the printed
MenuMap for the countermeasure for the mistake (false detection) of the auto detec-
1.Parts measures : Tip extension of Sheet-Document tion of A3 size. (Refer to Fig. 4.2.10.5.2)
2.FW measures : After FirmSuiteA06.67 + setting PJL which validate A3 document
・Refer to the Fig. 4.2.10.5.1 and Table 4.2.10.5.2 below for the shape differ-
detection area expansion setting ence of Sheet-Document the old and the new.
In the case of the Serial Number revision that is last 2nd digit in 12 digit at the Se-
rial Number of the apparatus is printed as ‘C0’ or later, the both measures of the View A
parts and the FW are applied at the same time in the factory production.
ADF
Reason: Portion-a
The document size detection area of the Flatbed document size expand to the
View B
outside than the edge of Sheet-Document when transmit setting PJL to old Sheet-
Document MFP and misrecognizes the edge of Sheet-Document with a document
Flatbed
edge, and it is not possible for Flatbed document size detection to be right.
Portion-b
Fig. 4.2.10.5.1
4-23
・Table 4.2.10.5.1 : In the case of the replacing of the Sheet-Document, Flatbed-Unit_Maintenance or SU-board
* After the PJL transmission, Reboot the MFP for to enable the PJL.
Work of maintenance after the replace A3 false detection
Flatbed-Unit_
Sheet-Docu- at the Flatbed
Maintenance Print output result after the Print on
ment shape document size
shape F/W PJL* PJL transmission MenuMap
(after replace) detection meas-
(after replace)
ures
· Setting PJL sending (Desable)
FW update EXTEND A3 DETECT SIZE 0
Old Old · Parts No.：44946004FZ07 DISABLE
(after FirmSuiteA07.36) <<DISABLE>> or not printed
· File name：Extend_A3DetectSize_Disable_with_Result.pjl
· Setting PJL sending (Desable)
FW update EXTEND A3 DETECT SIZE 0
Old New · Parts No.：44946004FZ07 DISABLE
(after FirmSuiteA07.36) <<DISABLE>> or not printed
· File name：Extend_A3DetectSize_Disable_with_Result.pjl
· Setting PJL sending (Enable)
FW update EXTEND A3 DETECT SIZE
New-v1 Old · Parts No.：44946004FZ07 1 ENABLE
(after FirmSuiteA07.36) <<ENABLE>>
· File name：Extend_A3DetectSize_Enable_with_Result.pjl
New-v1 New · Parts No.：44946004FZ07 1 ENABLE
New-v2 Old · Parts No.：44946004FZ07 1 ENABLE
New-v2 New · Parts No.：44946004FZ07 1 ENABLE
4-24
Table 4.2.10.5.2
Difference portion Shape
Serial No. of the apparatus ”A0” or ”B0” ”C0” ”D0” or later
Version Old New-v1 New-v2
View A
Portion-a
(Sheet-Docu-
ment)
View B
Version Old New
Portion-b Side of the

(Flatbed-Unit) document
glass
4-25
・Method of checking on the printed MenuMap for whether the A3 false detection is
set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
* After the PJL transmission, reboot the MFP for to enable the PJL before printing the MenuMap.
Setting of the A3 false detection

1 = [ENABLE] / 0 or not printed = [DISABLE]
″″•••••••• ″″••••
″••†‒••⁑•⁑• ••†••
••†••†••
Fig. 4.2.10.5.2 : Example of printed the Menu Map
4-26
4.2.10.6 Hinge-Assy-L / Hinge-Assy-R Note! "Hinge-Assy-L/Hinge-Assy-R" some shapes vary at the production date.
When replace this part, cope as follows.
(1) Remove the ADF-unit and turn over it. (See the section 4.2.10.4)
(2) Remove the four screws (black, No:PB4083-5670P013) ① and remove the hinge- 1)When the MFP S/N revision (two columns of the last of 12 columns of
Assy-L ② . S/N) is "A0" or "B0"
(3) Remove the four screws (black, No:PB4083-5670P013) ③ and remove the hinge- → To use the "45853901 Hinge-Assy-L/45854001 Hinge-Assy-R"
Assy-R ④ .
2)When the MFP S/N revision (two columns of the last of 12 columns of
S/N) is after "C0"
→ To use the "46353401 Hinge-Assy(ADF)" which were made after Febru-
ary 29, 2016.
①
①
③
③
④
4-27
4.2.10.7 ADF-Assy (2) Remove the four claws and remove the Cover-front(Upper) ① .
(3) Disconnect all cables from the ADF board ③ .
(1) Open the ADF-unit, and open the Guide-Assy-Exit(Lower) by to rotate the lock
(4) Remove a screw (silver, No:42920406) ② and remove the ADF board ③ .
lever. Subsequently, bent the post of the Guide-Assy-Exit(Lower) at portion A, and
release the Guide-Assy-Exit(Lower). (5) Remove the four screws (black, No:42932706) ④ and remove the ADF-assy ⑤ .
Note! When change the ADF-Assy, to arrange the Label-Maintenance(D)
Lock-lever (No:45936303) and Label-Caution(ADF) (No:46561002) at the same time and
stick it with reference to 4.2.37.
Portion A (6) Remove the Guide-assy-exit(Sub) ⑦ .
Guide-Assy- (7) Remove the three claws and remove the Cover-stacker(ADF) ⑥ .
Exit(Lower) (8) Remove the three screws (black, No:PB4083-5670P013) ⑧ and remove the Plate-
Holder(Abs) ⑨ and Soft-Absorber ⑩ .
④ ②
④ ⑤ ③
⑧×3
⑥
⑨
⑩
Claw
Claw
⑦
Claw
Claw
Claw
4-28
(9) Remove the Plate-Support(ADF) ⑪ .

(10) Remove the Guide Assy.-E ⑫ .
Note! When assemble the Guide Assy.-E ⑫ , put the arm of the spring ⑬ between
Plate-Support(ADF) ⑪ and Frame-Base(ADF) ⑭ .
OK
The arm of the spring ⑬ The arm of the spring ⑬
put under put over
the Plate-Support(ADF) ⑪. the Plate-Support(ADF) ⑪.
⑪
⑬
⑭
⑪
⑫
⑭
4-29
Note! "ADF-Unit" and "ADF-Assy" , some shapes vary at the production date. List compatible with ADF-Unit
When replace this part, cope as follows. Old MFP Old MFP New MFP
(MFP S/N revision (MFP S/N revision (MFP S/N revision
1)The old ADF-Unit/ is "A0" or "B0") is "C0") is after "D0")
When the MFP S/N revision (two columns of the last of 12 columns of Old ADF-Unit 46090411 There is compat- There is compat- There is compat-
S/N) is "A0" or "B0" (made after February 29, 2016) ibility ibility ibility
→ "45856401 ADF-Assy" does not have the regulation New ADF-Unit 46090413 There is compat- There is compat- There is compat-
(made after October 17, 2016) ibility ibility ibility
"45484502 Soft-Absorber" does not have attached
2)The old ADF-Unit/ List compatible with ADF-Assy

When the MFP S/N revision (two columns of the last of 12 columns of Old ADF-Unit
S/N) is "C0" Old ADF-Unit New ADF-Unit
(MFP S/N revi-
(MFP S/N revision (MFP S/N revision
→ To use the "45856401 ADF-Assy" which were made after February 29, sion is "A0" or
is "C0") is after "D0")
2016. "B0")
*ADF-Unit is added as a maintenance part (unit) after 2/29 production Old ADF-Assy 45856401
There is compat- There is no com- There is no com-
newly. (made before February 28,
ibility patibility patibility
2016)
Old ADF-Assy 45856401 There is compat- There is compat- There is no com-
3)The new ADF-Unit/ (made after February 29, 2016) ibility ibility patibility
(When the MFP S/N revision (two columns of the last of 12 columns New ADF-Assy 45856402 There is no There is no com- There is compat-
of S/N) is after "D0") (made after October 17, 2016) compatibility patibility ibility
→ To use the "45856402 ADF-Assy" which were made after October 17,
*Refer to the figure of 4.2.10.7 for the old and the new difference of ADF-Unit.
2016.
*Refer to the figure of 4.2.10.7 for the old and the new difference of
ADF-Unit.
· FW should be updated to after 'FirmSuiteA07.27' in replacing to the
new ADF unit.
4-30
Refer to the table below for the shape difference of the part.
Category MFP S/N revision
"A0" or "B0" "C0" After "D0"
ADF-Unit New ADF-Unit 46090413
Parts No. Old ADF-Unit 46090411 (made after February 29, 2016)
(made after October 17, 2016)
Add the plate
Add the Soft-Absorber
Add the Guide Assy.-E

Figure for a Change the shape
difference Change the shape
ADF-Assy. Old ADF-Assy 45856401 Old ADF-Assy 45856401 New ADF-Assy 45856402
Parts No.
(made before February 28, 2016) (made after February 29, 2016) (made after October 17, 2016)
Figure for a
difference
A A
Change the shape
B B
View A
View B
A roller is exposed
4-31
4.2.10.8 Guide-Retard / Cover-Assy-Top-ADF / Motor /

CONN Coard / Clutch / Photo-sensor
(1) Remove all cables from Guide-Cable-ADF ① and remove it.
(2) Remove two screws(silver) ② and remove the plate-clutch ③ .
(3) Remove the Clutch Assy.
(4) Remove a E-type retaining ring ④ and remove a bearing ⑤ and clutch ⑥ from the
Clutch Assy.
Stopper-Arm(ADF)
(5) Remove a E-type retaining ring ⑦ and remove a clutch ⑧ .
(6) Remove the cables and the five screws (silver, No:42920406) ⑨ Cover-Top(ADF-Sub)
and remove the plate-motor ⑩ . (assembled to left side of ⑮)
⑮
(7) Remove the four screws (silver, No:42920406) ⑪ and remove the
two motors ⑫ .
(8) Remove the two photo-sensors ⑬ and each of connectors of the
Portion A ⑰ ⑯
CONN coard ⑭ .
Portion C
(9) Open the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF ⑮ . And, remove a E-type retaining
ring ⑯ to detach Stopper-Arm(ADF) from post (Refer to Portion C).
Next, bend the portion A with bending the Cover-Top(ADF-Sub)
Gear-TL
which is assembled to left side of the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF ⑮ to
outside, and unlatch the post at the portion A of the Cover-Assy- ②×2
Top-ADF ⑮ . Subsequently, unlatch the post of the other side of the Guide-B
Retainer ③
portion A at the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF ⑮ , and remove the Cover- Spring-Friction(Hop)
Assy-Top-ADF ⑮ with passing the cables though the shaft hole. Guide-Separator(Hop) Ⓐ
⑨×5
Note! When change the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF, to arrange the Label- ⑬ ⑭ ⑫
Maintenance(D) (No:45936303) and Label-Caution(ADF) ①
(No:46561002) at the same time and stick it with reference to
⑱ ⑬
4.2.37.
⑲ ⑧ ⑦
(10) Disconnect a cable of the Guide-Retard-A ⑰ , and bend around ⑳ ⑫
the post at the portion B. Subsequently, unlatch the post of the
Ⓐ
other side of the portion B at the Guide-Retard-A ⑰ , and remove ⑩
the Guide-Retard-A ⑰ with passing the cables though the shaft ④ ⑪×4
hole. ⑥ ⑤
(11) Remove the Guide-Assy-D ⑱ with disconnecting the cable, and Clutch Assy
remove the Photo-sensor and a cable .
(12) Remove the Guide-Separater-Reverse ⑲and Spring-Guide(Rev) . Portion C
(13) Remove the Guide-Assy-C ⑳ with disconnecting the cable , and

remove the Photo-sensor and a cable . Portion B
(14) Remove the photo-sensor , cable .
4-32
Note! "Guide-Assy-D" , some shapes vary at the production date.

When replace this part, cope as follows.
1)The old ADF-Assy/ ＜Old＞＜New＞

When the MFP S/N revision (two columns of the last of 12 columns of When the MFP S/N revision When the MFP S/N revision
S/N) is "A0" or "B0" or "C0" (two columns of the last of 12 columns of S/N) (two columns of the last of 12 columns of S/N)
→ To use the "45854201 Guide-Assy-D" which were made before October is "A0", "B0" or "C0". is after "D0".
16, 2016.
2)The new ADF-Assy/

When the MFP S/N revision (two columns of the last of 12 columns of
S/N) is after "D0")
→ To use the "45854202 Guide-Assy-D" which were made after October 17,
2016.
*Refer to the figure of 4.2.10.7 for the old and the new difference of
ADF-Assy.
List compatible with Guide-Assy-D

Old ADF-Assy New ADF-Assy
(MFP S/N revision is(MFP S/N revision is after
"A0" or "B0" or "C0")
"D0")
Old Guide-Assy-D 45854201 There is no
There is compatibility
(made before October 16, 2016) compatibility
Old Guide-Assy-D 45854202 There is no
There is compatibility
(made after October 17, 2016) compatibility
*Refer to the figure of 4.2.10.7 for the old and the new difference of ADF-Assy.
4-33
· Connect the cable (black) ⑭ to the photo-sensor ⑭ which is near the mark of
'BK'.
⑬
Mark of ‘BK’
cable(black)
· Assemble the Retainer to Guide-Separator(Hop) as fitting the groove of the Re-

tainer with rib of the Guide-Separator(Hop).
groove
Retainer
rib
Guide-Separator(Hop)
4-34
4.2.10.9 Frame Assy.-Hopping(ADF)

(1) Open the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF.
(2) Open the Cover-Lock and slide to left side the Frame Assy.-Hopping(ADF) ① and
remove it.
① When assembling the Frame Assy.-Hopping(ADF) ① , refer the following steps.
1. Rotate the lever of the Frame Assy.-Hopping(ADF) ① to the back side.
Cover-Assy-Top-ADF
2. Rotate up and keep the lever of the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF.
And through the left and right tip of the lever of Frame Assy.-
Hopping(ADF) ① to the each of guides of Cover-Assy-Top-ADF.
Cover-
Lock Additionally, insert the left end of the lower side shift of the Frame Assy.-
Hopping(ADF) ① to hole of the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF.
Next, push the shaft of Frame Assy.-Hopping(ADF) ① to right side with
rotating the Gear of the right end of the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF until fit the
D-cut face of the shaft to the D-depression of the Gear.
3. Close the Cover-Lock.
Gear
Lever Guide
Hole shaft
Cover-Lock
Cover-Assy-
Lever Top-ADF
4-35
4.2.10.10 Guide Assy.-Top(A) / Guide Assy.-Top(B) Note! "Guide Assy.-Top(B)" and "Cover-Top(ADF-Sub)", some shapes vary at the
production date.
/ Board Assy.-6JC / CONN Cord / Stopper- Because the following compatibility occurs by this difference, be careful.
Arm(ADF) 45788001 Cover-Top(ADF-Sub)
Old*1 New*2
(1) Remove Cover-Assy-Top-ADF (See 4.2.10.8). 45855901 Old*1 There is compatibility There is compatibility
(2) Remove the four Guide-Separator-Top ① . Guide Assy.-Top(B) New*2 There is no compatibility There is compatibility
(3) Remove the six screws (black) ② , and remove Guide Assy.-Top(B) ③ and Cover- *1 : It was made before 2016-02-28. As for the MFP made before 2016-02-28,
Top(ADF-Sub) from Cover-Top(ADF) assembled to Cover-Assy-Top-ADF.
two columns of bottoms of the serial number become "A0" or "B0".
(4) Remove six screws (black) ④ and remove Guide Assy.-Top(A) ⑤ from Cover- *2 : It was made after 2016-02-28.
Top(ADF).
(5) Remove a screw (black) ⑥ to detach the Board Assy. -6JC ⑧ with cable ⑦ from
About the difference of the part shape as follows.
Guide Assy.-Top(A) ⑤ .
<Guide Assy.-Top(B)> <Cover-Top(ADF-Sub)>
(6) Disconnect the cable ⑦ from the Board Assy.-6JC ⑧ .
(7) Remove the screw (black) ⑩ , and remove the Stopper-Arm(ADF) ⑨ from the
Guide Assy.-Top(B) ③ .
1.3mm 4.3mm
<Old> <New> <Old> <New>
Cover-Top(ADF) ⑦
Cover-Top(ADF-Sub)
②
⑧
②
⑥
②
①
①
③ ①
②
⑩①
⑨ ④
⑤ ④
④
④ ④
4-36
4.2.10.11 Guide-Assy-Retard 4.2.10.12 Flatbed-Unit

(1) Remove the eight claws and remove the Guide-Retard(sub) ① . (1) Remove the three screws (black, No:42932708) ① and remove the cover-Bot-
(2) Remove the Cover-Retard(ADF) ② . tom ② .
(3) Remove the Frame-Assy Retard ③ and remove the spring Retard ④ . (2) Remove the two screws (black, No:42932708) ③ and four screws (silver,
No:42920406) ④ and remove the Cover-Support(OP) ⑤ .
(4) Remove the Lever-Hopping ⑤ and the spring-Hopping ⑥ .
(5) Remove the Photo-sensor ⑦ and remove the cable ⑧ .
Notes on replacing the Flatbed-Unit:
When replacing the Flatbed-Unit, refer to the ’ Notes ’ for the Sheet-Document
(6) Remove a screw(black, No:42932708)⑨and remove the Board-6JD⑩ and cable ⑪.
in the section 4.2.10.5 .
②
Claw
Claw
Claw
⑤
⑪
Claw ⑨
⑤ ⑩
⑥ ③ ④
④ ③
⑦ ④
⑧ ②
①
4-37
4.2.10.13 Frame-assy-FB Note! About the "46090401/02/03/04/05 Flatbed-Unit_Maintenance", some shapes

vary according to the production date.
(1) Remove the four screws (black, No:42932708) ① and remove the five screws (silver, When change this part, cope as follows.
No:42920406) ② , and remove the plate-shield(SU) ③ .
(2) Remove the all cables from SU-board ⑥ and FAX-board ⑧ . 1) When MFP S/N revision(Two columns of the last of 12 columns of S/N) is "A0".
→ "46090401/02/03/04/05 Flatbed-Unit_Maintenance" does not have the
Notes:
restriction.
· FFC cable ⑭ should be removed with pulling the locks at both sides of connec-
2) When MFP S/N revision(Two columns of the last of 12 digit of S/N) is after
tor to the arrow direction.
"B0".
· FFC cable should be removed with rotating the to back side of the arrow direc- → Use the "46090401/02/03/04/05 Flatbed-Unit_Maintenance" made after
tion. August 31, 2015
⑭ FFC cable
Refer to the chart below for the shape difference of the part.
<46090401 Flatbed-Unit_Maintenance>
Position with the difference
Lock
Lock(2points (both side))
(3) Remove the four screws (silver, No:42920406) ⑤ and remove the SU-board ⑥ .
(4) Remove the five screws (silver, No:42920406) ⑦ and remove the FAX-board ⑧ .
(5) Remove four screws (black, No:42932708) ⑨ and a screw (silver, No:44267408) ⑩ to
remove the Plate-board(SU) ⑪ and the Plate-FG(FAX) ⑫ , and remove the speaker ⑬ . Made before August 30, 2015 Made after August 31, 2015
(6) Pull core ⑮ out of FFC cable ⑭ . (When MFP S/N revision is "A0") (When MFP S/N revision is after "B0")
(7) Remove the Frame-OP ⑯ and remove the four screws (silver, No:42920408) ⑰ and
Chamfer shape addition(4 places)
remove four screws (black, No:42932708) ⑱ and remove the OP-panel-Assy ⑲ .
(8) Remove the two screws (black) ⑳ and Cover-side-LF .
(9) Remove the Cover-Bottom(Front) .
(10) Remove the cable .
Note! Refer to the Note! at the section "4.2.10.5 Sheet-Document" when replace the
SU-board ⑥ .
Perform the adjusting the touch position of the touch panel with referring to the
section 3.8.11 after replacing the Flatbed-Unit_Maintenance. Screw boss shape addition(4 places)
4-38
⑮
Ⓐ
Ⓑ
⑭
⑳×2
⑲ ⑨×2
⑰×4
⑯
⑱×4 ⑩
⑪
⑬
⑨ Ⓑ Ⓐ
⑨
⑧ ⑫
⑦
⑦ ⑥
⑤
① ⑤
② ④⑤
① ②
③
②
①
4-39
[How to remove Battery on SU-Board] (2) How to remove the battery.

Insert finger, a needle or a rod in the gap between the battery and the its
(1) The position of the battery is shown in the below figure.
holder.
SU Board
Battery
Rod
CP1 FAXIF SPK1

24 1
3 3
CP2
1
CIS1
45732099
50 1 Battery Stopper
CP3
10
Battery
8
4
7
SUJTAG1
IC7
USBMEM
SUIMDBG1
2
1
12 1
1
BAT1
D1 IC8 48
13
1
L3
OSC2 RM2
1 10
37
24
25 36
IC_CARD
Raise the battery up so that it is put on the battery stopper, and remove it.
IC11
ZA2
IC12
1
D2
2
1
Q1
Board-6SU
OSC3
ZA6 A IC15 T
9 9 1 3
C49
CP8
32V
2A
OPN_F
1 1
26
20
ADF_SU
IC16
10
F1
A T
ZA9
22
AF
AF
CP9
Y
IC17
26
25
IC18
7INCHIF
K
IC19
2
1
ADFM
IC20
ZA13 Battery Stopper

A IC21 T
8
9 9
A
26
20
1
10
Battery
1
F2
1 1 2A
32V
CP10 A T
2A 32V
1
11
12
C94
FBS
3
RM4
PSIZ1
D3
3
1
2
1
4
32V
2A
PSIZ2
Q11
1
OPN_R
C113
1
IC29
IC30
IC31
3
32V
2A
R372
6SU 1 4
4-40
32V
1 50
2A
1 13
CD2_CUIF
4.2.11 Frame-Assy.-OP
(1) Unlatch four claws to remove the Cover-Top-Base ① .
(2) Remove the four screws ② and rotate to remove the Plate-Base ③ with ④
the Plate-Support and the Cover-Bottom-Base.
(3) Remove eight claws to remove the Cover-Sheet ④ and remove the
Sheet-OP ⑤ . ⑤
(4) Remove the ten claws and remove the Cover-Bottom ⑥ .
(5) Remove the four screws ⑧ to detach the Plate-Hinge.
(6) Remove the four screws ⑦ to detach the Plate-Shield(OP). ⑨
(7) Remove the FFC Cable ⑫ from the Board ⑭ .
(8) Unlatch three claws and remove Board ⑪ , and detach the Buttom-Assy ⑩ .
(9) Pull the portion A to the arrow direction in following picture, and disconnect
the FFC-Cable ⑫ .
⑰ ⑱ ⑩
(10) Pull the portion B to the arrow direction in following picture, and disconnect
the FFC-Cable ⑮ , and remove the film ⑯ .
Plate-Shield(LCD)
(11) Pull up the portion C to disconnect the LCD-Cable ⑱ . ⑪
(12) Remove the LCD-Assy ⑰ .
Note! Perform the adjusting the touch position of the touch panel with referring to the
section 3.8.11 after replacing the Flatbed-Unit_Maintenance. ⑭
<Method of removing LCD cable> Ⓐ ⑫
⑬x4
Portion A Pull to arrow direction
⑦x4
Pull to arrow direction Plate-Shield(OP)
② Plate-Hinge
Board ⑪ ⑯
②
⑧x4 Ⓐ ⑮
Ⓑ
FFC cable ⑮ ③ ① Plate-Support
Board ⑭ Ⓒ
Pull to arrow direction FFC cable ⑮ Ⓑ
Portion B Ⓒ
⑥②
Portion C
Cover-Bottom-Base
LCD cable ⑱
LCD Assy ⑰
4-41
Notes on assembling: Notes in changing the Frame-OP ⑨ :

When assembling the Film ⑯ assembled the LCD-Cable ⑱ to back side of the Stick Gaskets and Sponges to inside of the Frame-OP ⑨ at indicated positions
Plate-Sheild(OP), note following contents. in following figure.
The portion A of the Film ⑯ should be inserted to between the Plate-Hinge and Sponge-LCD(L=90) ⑲
the Plate-Shield(OP).
The portion B of the Film ⑯ should be put on the top side of the Plate-Hinge.
After set above state for the Film ⑯ as the portion A and B inserted the Plate- Gasket
Shield(OP), tighten screws ⑧ .
Additionally, through the Film ⑯ to between the Plate-Hinge and Pate-Base ③ .
Plate-Hinge
Plate-Shield(OP)
(Back side)
Sponge-LCD(L=157) ⑳
Frame-OP ⑨
⑯ ⑱
Notes in changing the LCD-Assy ⑰ :
Stick Gaskets to back side of the LCD-Assy ⑰ at indicated positions in following figure.
Frame-OP ⑨
Plate-Hinge
Portion A
Portion B
Plate-Shield(OP) Stick the Gasket to the Plate.

③
⑧
⑧
4-42
4.2.12 2bin Assy. / Guide Assy.-2Bin / Stacker Assy.-2Bin

(1) Remove the Cover-side-L, Cover-rear and Plate-shield. (Refer to section 4.2.8)
(2) Open the Guide-2bin-rear and remove the four claws and 2bin-Cover ① .
①
①
Guide-2bin-rear
claw
❷
push
④×4
❶
push
claw
(3) Remove the five separators ② arrenged inside of the Guide-2bin-rear. (refer to
fig.4.2.12(1))
(4) Disconnect the cable ③ (refer to section 4.2.8), and remove it from the hole of the
Top Cover. Ⓐ ③
(5) Remove the four screws ④ and 2bin-Assy ⑤ .
When assembling the separators, pay attention to the position.(Refer to the fol-
lowing figure)
Ⓐ
② ② ② ② ②
fig.4.2.12(1)
4-43
(6) Disconnect the cables from the Board 7RL-2 ⑧ , and remove the Stacker Assy.- (7) Disconnect the cable from the Board 7RL-2 ⑧ and remove a screw(silver) ⑨ to de-
2Bin ⑥ from Guide Assy.-2Bin ⑦ . tach the Board 7RL ⑧ .
Note! When change the Guide Assy-2Bin, to arrange the Label-Maintenance(G) (8) Remove a screw(SW+W silver: 42920904) ⑩ to detach the Solenoid ⑪ .
(No:45936306) at the same time and stick it with reference to 4.2.37. (9) Remove the two Photo-sensors ⑫ .
(10) Remove the two screws(silver) ⑱ and remove the Plate-Top-2Bin and Lever-Stack-
full-2Bin ⑲ .
⑦
⑱
⑥ ⑫
Plate-Top-2Bin
⑧
⑩ ⑨
4-44
(11) Remove six screws(black 10mm) ⑬ to detach the Cover-Bottom.

(12) Detach the Stacker-Sub(clear) to remove the Board Assy.-1LD ⑭ with a cable ⑮ .
(13) Remove a Photo-sensor ⑯ with a cable ⑰ .
⑯
⑰
Stacker-Sub(Clear)
⑭
⑮
Cover-Bottom
⑬
⑬ ⑬
4-45
4.2.13 Top cover Assy. (9) Open the front cover and the top cover. (Refer to section 4.2.1)
(10) Pull and unlatch the end of the printer-section side of the Arm-Link from the Shaft
Note! Refer to "4.2.35 Attention of replace the Top cover Assy./Guide Assy.-eject"
of the Bracket to the direction of arrow.
(2) Remove the scanner unit. (See to 4.2.10)
(3) Detach the cover side-L . (Refer to section 4.2.3)
(4) Detach the Plate-shield. (Refer to section 4.2.8)
(5) Detach the rear cover Assy. (Refer to section 4.2.5) Arm-Link
(6) Remove the 2bin Assy. (See to 4.2.12)
(7) Detach the Cover-Stay-L ① . Arm-Link
(8) Remove a screw ② and detach the Cover-Stay-R ③ .

Shaft
Bracket
① ②
claw
claw
4-46
(11) Remove the three screws (silver) ④ and the plate FFC ⑤ . (18) Hold the top cover Assy ⑧ and lift it to detach.
(12) Detach the Cable-Assy-Head, and disconnect the four head FFC cables ⑥ and the Note! When change the Top Cover-Assy, to arrange the Label-Maintenance(C)
RFID-FFC cable ⑦ . (No:45935701) at the same time and stick it with reference to 4.2.37.
(13) Remove a screw (silver) ⑪ and pull out the Film, Head FFC cables ⑥ and the
RFID-FFC cable ⑦ .
(14) Tilt the top cover Assy ⑧ and remove the four screws (silver) ⑨ .
(15) Remove the Cover-inner-L-Sub and the Cover-inner-R-Sub. (Refer to section 4.2.15
and 4.2.16)
(16) Remove the Film-Clump(FB).
(17) Open the top cover Assy ⑧ fully and remove the four screws (silver) ⑩ . Plate shield FFC ⑧
⑩
Spring
⑩
⑨
⑨
⑩ ⑩
Film-Clump(FB) (Film) ⑪ ④×3 Notes on assembling:
(FFC-Cables
⑤ The plate shield FFC must be placed at the outer side of the spring.
⑥ (⑥,⑦))
⑦
(⑪)
4-47
4.2.14 Cable-Assy-Head / Lever-SNS / Photo Sensor (4) Remove the two screws (silver) ③ and the plate shield FFC ④ .
(5) Remove the four screws (black) ⑤ and the head holder Assy. ⑥ .
(1) Detach the top cover Assy. (Refer to section 4.2.13)
(2) Disconnect the head FFC from the connector of the LED head. (Refer to section
4.2.7)
(3) Remove the seven screws (black) ① and detach the top cover ② . ⑤
① ⑥
③
④
4-48
(6) Remove the two screws (silver) ⑦ and the Cable-Assy-Head ⑧ . (7) Remove a Lever-SNS ⑨ , and remove a Photo Sensor ⑩ and a cable ⑪
⑪
⑩
⑧
⑦
⑨
Detail drawing
4-49
4.2.15 Plate-Stay(L) 4.2.16 Plate-Stay(R) / Plate-Board-R-Assy / Plate-

(1) Remove the scanner unit. (See to 4.2.10) Support(Stay)
(2) Detach the Cover-Stay-L. (See to 4.2.13) (1) Remove the scanner unit. (See to 4.2.10)
(3) Pull and unlatch the end of the printer-section side of the Arm-Link from the Shaft (2) Detach the Cover-Stay-R. (See to 4.2.13)
of the Bracket. (See to 4.2.13)
(3) Remove the Main board. (See to 4.2.8)
(4) Remove the two screws (silver) ① and detach the Cover-inner-L-sub ② .
(4) Detach the HDD Assy and Plate Assy.-Sensor. (See to 4.2.8)
(5) Remove the seven screws (silver) ③ and detach the Stay-L ④ .
(5) Pull and unlatch the end of the printer-section side of the Arm-Link from the Shaft
of the Bracket. (See to 4.2.13)
① (6) Remove the two screws (silver) ① and detach the Cover-inner-R-sub ② .
(7) Remove the Stapler Unit. (See to 4.2.9)
②
(8) Remove the five screws (silver) ③ and detach the Stay-R ④ .
②
③x7
④
④
③x5
4-50
(9) Disconnect the cable from the clamp. (11) Remove the four screws (silver) ⑦ and detach Plate-Support(Stay) ⑧ .
(10) Remove the nine screws (silver) ⑤ and detach Plate-Board-R-Assy ⑥ .
⑦x4
⑤x9
4-51
4.2.17 Front cover Assy. Note! By constitution change enforcement of Gear Assy.-Hopping, remove the old
Front cover Assy differs from new one.
(1) Pull the cassette ① out of the MFP. In the case of the Gear Assy.-Hopping is new shape product, The following
work becomes the addition between (6) - (7).
(6-1) Remove the screw (silver) ⑧ , and remove the 46147701 Cover-Pulley-SP ⑨ .
⑧ ⑨
(6-2) Remove the 46147801 Pulley-SP ⑩ and 46221901 Spring-Damper ⑪ .
(3) Detach the cover side-L Assy. (Refer to section 4.2.3)
(4) Detach the Plate-shield. (Refer to section 4.2.8)
(5) Disconnect the FFC cable ② from the main board Assy., release the clamp that is
holding the FFC cable ② , and disconnect the FFC cable ② from the main unit.
(6) Disconnect the Cable ③ and the Cable ④ .
⑪ ⑩
4-52
(7) Release the two stays ⑤ .

(8) Remove the screw (silver) ⑥ to estrange the FG cable from the main unit.
(9) Pull the support of the front covert Assy. ⑦ out of the post of the main unit and de-
tach the front cover Assy. ⑦ .
Note! When change the Front Cover-Assy, to arrange the Label-Maintenance(B)
⑤
Main board
⑤ FG cable
⑦ ④
③ ⑥
②
FG cable
4-53
4.2.18 Guide Assy.-eject 4.2.19 Post-fuser-lock

Note! Refer to "4.2.35 Attention of replace the Top cover Assy./Guide Assy.-eject" (1) Remove the fuser. (Refer to section 4.2.2)
(1) Detach the top cover Assy. (Refer to section 4.2.13) (2) Remove the post-fuser ① .
(2) Disconnect the eject three cables ① .
(3) Remove a screw (silver) ② to remove Plate-Bracket ③ .
(4) Remove the three screws (silver/8mm) ④ .
(5) Pull the post out of the side-L Assy. and detach the Guide Assy.-eject ⑤ .
Note! Notice to deal of the spacer of screws to fasten the Guide Assy-eject ⑤ to the
Side-L Assy.
③ ④
Speacer
⑤ ④
Post
①
① (①)
②
①
Side-L Assy.
Notes on attaching:
Assemble the post-fuser ① with the following positions in mind.
Assembling positions
For 100V/120V For 230V
4-54
4.2.20 Relay board (P6Z) / contact Assy. / Sensor

Assy. Fuser-A
(1) Remove the image drum unit/belt unit. (Refer to section 4.2.1) ①
(3) Detach the cover side-R. (Refer to section 4.2.4) ②
(4) Detach the rear cover Assy. (Refer to section 4.2.5) ④ ③ ①
(5) Detach the top cover Assy. (Refer to 4.2.13)
④
(6) Remove the two screws (silver) ① and the plate beam FU ② . ⑤ ③
(7) Remove the two screws (silver) ③ , the three round-head screws (black) ④ and the
cover Assy.-registration ⑤ .
Notes on attaching:
The metal plate retaining the cover Assy.-registration ⑤ is only 0.6mm thick, there-
fore, tighten the screw carefully.
4-55
(8) Disconnect the right and left FFC connectors ⑥ and the three connectors ⑦ from (9) Remove the three screws(silver) ⑫ to remove the Sensor-Assy.-Fuser-A from the
the relay board (P6Z) ⑧ and the connector ⑨ from the high-voltage power supply Sensor-Assy.-Regist ⑪ , and remove the Lever-Sensor ⑬ with the Spring ⑭ , and
board, and remove the five round-head screws (black) ⑩ and the Sensor-Assy.- remove the Photo Sensor ⑮ with the cable ⑯ .
Regist ⑪ . ⑮
⑩
⑯
⑩ ⑫ ⑬
⑥
⑭
⑨
⑫
⑪
⑦
⑥
(10) Disconnect each connector, remove the screw (silver) ⑰ and the relay board (P6Z) ⑧.
⑧
⑧
1
BELT FAN
FUSER
1
PUIF
12
29
30
EXIT
DENS
6
FUSERIN 4
1 3
4 1 4 1 2 1 1
RCR 5 1
POWFAN SOL LCR
Relay board (P6Z)
4-56
(11) Remove the two screws (silver) ⑰ and the contact Assy. ⑱ . (12) Remove the screw (silver) ⑲ and the fuser sensor Assy. ⑳ .
(13) Remove the photosensor .
⑰ ⑲
⑱ ⑳
⑰
4-57
4.2.21 High-voltage power supply board

(3) Remove the three screws (black) ① and a screw (silver) ② , release the high-
voltage power supply board ③ with unlatching the seven claws, disconnect the FAN
(Fuser) connector ④ , the belt thermistor connector ⑤ , the cover-open sensor con-
nector ⑥ , and the FFC connector ⑦ , and detach the high-voltage power supply
board ③ .
④
⑤
⑦ 8 released points
①
③
②
4-58
4.2.22 Frame Assy.-Front (3) Open the paper set cover.
(1) Turn off the MFP and open the MP tray forward by inserting your fingers into the
front recesses.
Paper set cover
MP tray
(2) Release the tab of the paper feed roller cover by pressing the right arm inward
while lifting up the MP tray lightly. (Release the tab on the left side in the same man-
ner.)
Tab
4-59
(4) Release the cover AssyMPT ① at the left side first and then the right side. (Be (7) Remove the seven screws ⑤ and detach the plate-front-FG ⑥ .
careful not to deform the spring on the right-lower end side.) (8) Remove the five screws ⑦ and detach the guide Assy ⑧ .
(5) Detach the front cover Assy. (Refer to section 4.2.17) (9) Remove a E-ring ⑨ and detach the clutch ⑩ .
(6) Remove the seven screws ② , disconnect the ground cable ③ , and detach the (10) Remove the paper-end-switch ⑪ and detach the cable ⑫ .
frame Assy. front ④ . (Two stays come off at the same time, too)
(11) Remove the slider-switch ⑬ and detach the spring ⑭ .
(12) Remove the FFC-cable ⑮ .
(13) Disconnect the FFC-cable from the environment sensor ⑯ and detach the environ-
④ ② ment sensor ⑯ .
②
⑥ ⑤
Stay
②
② ⑯ ⑦
② Stay ⑫
⑦
⑬
③ ⑭ ⑪ ⑦ ⑤
② ⑧
⑦
⑩
⑨
①
4-60
4.2.23 Roller Assy.-registration Note! By constitution change enforcement of Gear Assy.-Hopping, remove the old
one differs from new one.
(1) Detach the front cover Assy. (Refer to section 4.2.17) In the case of the Gear Assy.-Hopping is new shape product, The following work.
(2) Remove the three screws (silver) ① and pull out the gear Assy. hopping ② . (2-1) Remove the screw ⑪ , and remove the 46147401 Plate-Damper(Caulk).
(3) After detaching the cover gear MPT ③ , remove the two screws (silver) ④ and de-
tach the gear Assy. MPT ⑤ .
(4) Remove a screw (silver) ⑥ , detach the cover Conn ⑦ , and disconnect the cable
⑧ from the clamp.
(5) Remove the four screws (silver) ⑨ and detach the roller Assy. registration ⑩ .
⑦ ⑪
(2-2) Remove the three screws ⑫ and 46147201 Plate-Hopping(Caulk), 44696801 Gear-
Hopping-A, 44696901 Gear-Hopping-B .
⑫
(2-3) Remove the two screws ⑬ , and remove the 44725902 Gear Assy.-Hopping_P5.
⑨
②
⑩
⑨
⑧ ①
Do not remove the screw mark No. 1;
⑨ remove screws No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4.
⑤
③
④
⑬
4-61
4.2.24 Roller-feed, roller-pickup, frame Assy.-pickup, (4) Remove the roller-feed ④ and the roller-pickup ⑤ .
and holder sensor Assy.

(1) Remove the roller Assy.-registration. (Refer to section 4.2.23)
(2) Remove the spring-pickup ① .
(3) Remove the two round-head screws (black) ② , disconnect the cable from the
clamp, and detach the cover Assy. hopping ③ .
③ ②
①
②
⑤
④
4-62
(5) Remove the E-ring ⑥ , the clutch hopping ⑦ , bearing ⑧ .

(6) Remove the gear-feed ⑨ , bearing ⑩ , E-ring ⑪ .
(7) Remove the shaft hopping ⑫ and frame-Assy.-pickup ⑬ .
(8) Remove the round-head screw (black) ⑭ and the holder sensor Assy. ⑮ .
⑨
⑩
⑬ ⑪
⑫ ⑧ ⑥
⑦
4-63
4.2.25 Low-voltage power supply Assy. (3) Disconnect the two cables ③ .
Electric shock hazard.
Be sure to unplug the AC cable as some circuits keep working while the power
cable is connected even after the power is turned off.
When replacing the low-voltage power supply, due to potential electric shock, wear
insulated gloves or be careful not to touch the conductors or terminals of the power
supply directly.
After the AC cord is unplugged, the capacitor may take about one minute to dis-
charge completely, or could not discharge due to PCB breakdown. Use caution
about electric shock.
(1) Detach the rear cover Assy. (Refer to section 4.2.5)

(2) Remove the two screws (silver) ① and detach the cover POW ② .
③
①
②
4-64
(4) Remove the two screws (silver) ④ and detach the low-voltage power supply Assy.
⑤ with disconnecting of the cable ⑥ of Plate Assy.-Connecter and the cable ⑦ to
the main board.
⑦ ④
4-65
4.2.26 Motor Assy.-belt and motor Assy-ID (5) Remove the two screws (silver/8mm) ④ and detach the cover gear belt ⑤ .
Note! For the products after Serial No. AL69024866C0, the cover gear belt ⑤ has
(1) Remove the main board Assy. (board Assy-6CU). (Refer to section 4.2.8)
been deleted from the apparatus.
(2) Remove the Plate-Stay(R), Plate-Board-R-Assy and Plate-Support(Stay). (Refer to
section 4.2.16)
(3) Disconnect the cable ① from the clamp.
(4) Remove the five screws (silver) ② and detach the plate Assy.-toner ③ .
③
②
④
①
4-66
(6) Remove the eight screws (silver) ⑥ and detach the plate Assy. ID gear ⑦ and re- (7) Remove the gear-idler-A ⑧ , the gear-idler-B ⑨ , and the gear-reduction ID ⑩ .
move the two screws (silver) ⑮ and remove the Motor-Fan ⑯ from the plate Assy.
ID gear ⑦ .
⑩
⑦
⑩ ⑧
⑨
⑯ ⑥ ⑧
(8) Remove the three screws (silver) ⑪ and the motor Assy. belt ⑫ .
⑥
⑮
4-67
(9) Remove the four screws (silver/8mm) ⑬ and detach the motor Assy-ID ⑭ . 4.2.27 Motor DC-FU (fuser motor) / Plate cover FU
(1) Detach the guide Assy.-eject. (Refer to section 4.2.14)
(2) Remove the two screws (silver) ① and the plate cover FU ② .
(3) Remove the four screws (silver/8mm) ③ and the motor DC-FU ④ .
②
⑭
③
⑬
Notes on attaching:
Adjust the phase between gears to assemble the gear-reduction ID.
Phase adjustment
Illustration of phase adjustment of gear-reduction ID
4-68
4.2.28 Side-R Assy. and side-L Assy. (3) Remove the E-ring ③ , gear lift-up C/D ④ and the shaft lift-up ⑤ .
(1) See sections 4.2.1 to 4.2.26.

(2) Remove the three screws (silver) ① and the gear Assy. image drum lift-up ② .
③
④
④
③
② ①
Notes on attaching:
To assemble the gear lift-up, match the phase of the right and left gears.
Positioning check
Illustration of (right and left) gear lift-up positioning
4-69
(4) Remove the screw (silver) ⑥ and the three round-head screws (black) ⑦ and de- (5) Remove the two screws (silver) ⑩ and the three round-head screws (black) ⑪ and
tach the plate guide belt ⑧ and the plate base registration ⑨ . detach the plate cover POW ⑫ .
⑦ ⑩
⑪
⑧
⑪ ⑩
⑦ ⑥
⑦ ⑫
4-70
(6) Remove the three screws (silver) ⑬ and detach the plate-beam-front ⑭ . (8) Remove the eleven screws, ten screws (silver) ⑲ and the screw (black) ⑳ that are
fixing the plate base ⑯ and both of the plate Assy. side-L ⑰ and -R ⑱ , and detach
the plate Assy. side-L ⑰ and -R ⑱ .
⑲
⑲
⑬ ⑲
⑳
⑭ ⑬
(7) Remove the eight screws (silver) ⑮ that are fixing the plate-beam-bottom. ⑯
⑮ ⑰
⑱
Plate-beam-bottom
⑮ Plate-beam-bottom
4-71
4.2.29 Feed rollers (Tray 1/2/3/4) (3) Bend the protrusion on both side of the cover ④ on the paper cassette, and open
the cover ④ by turning the cover ④ to the direction of in following figure.
Note! Be sure to replace all of the three paper feed rollers.
(1) Turn off the MFP and remove the paper cassette ① . ①
④
(4) Remove the separation roller ⑤ and the spring ⑥ while pressing the both ends of
the separation roller ⑤ tray inward that are caught by the protrusions.
(2) While pressing the protrusions of the two paper feed rollers ② and ③ outward, de-
tach them from their shafts.
⑤
⑥
Near side
Far side
4-72
Notes on attaching paper feed rollers: Notes on attaching a separation roller:

1. Insert a new paper feed roller (with a gear) ③ onto the inside shaft and turn it all 1. Put the spring ⑥ onto the boss on the rear of the separation roller ⑤ , and push
the way in place. the bearing of the separation roller ⑤ obliquely from below onto the shaft on the
side of the cassette.
2. Check to make sure that the separation roller ⑤ moves smoothly around the
shaft and the roller rotates.
⑤
⑥
Far side ①
2. Insert a new paper feed roller (with no gears) ② onto the outside shaft and turn
⑤
all the way in place.
①
④
Near side
Check to make sure that the rollers do not come off.
4-73
4.2.30 Cassette Assy / Gear-Planet(Lift)

(1) Pressing the two claws of the Cover-Lifter ① and remove from Cassette.
(2) Remove the Gear-Sun ② , E-ring ③ , Roller-Guide ④ and Gear-Planet(Lift) ⑤ .
Cassette
③④
⑤
②
Claws
⑤④
③ ①
4-74
4.2.31 Paper feed rollers (MPT pick-up roller/MPT (3) Open the paper set cover.
feed roller/MPT retard roller)

(1) Turn off the MFP and open the MP tray forward by inserting your fingers into the
front recesses.
Paper set cover
MP tray
(4) While pressing the protrusion of the upper MPT pickup roller(without gear) ① out-
ward, pull out the feed roller from its shaft.
(2) Release the tab of the paper feed roller cover by pressing the right arm inward
while lifting up the MP tray lightly. (Release the tab on the left side in the same man-
ner.)
Tab
4-75
(5) While pressing both the separation roller cover and the protrusion of the lower MPT Notes on attaching paper feed rollers:
feed roller (with gear) ② outward, slide the feed roller to the left hand side to re-
1. To attach a new MPT pickup roller (without gear) ①, MPT feed roller (with gear) ②,
move. and MPT retard roller ③ , insert them onto the shafts and turn them all the way.
After attaching the rollers, make sure that they do not come off.
2. If closing the MP tray without returning the tab to the correct position, the paper
set cover may be broken. Be sure to return the tab to the original position.
3. If the MP tray cannot be closed, return the paper set cover to the correct position
by pressing the paper loading part on the MP tray downward.
(6) Pull the retard roller cover to open while pressing the center part of the MP tray and
remove the MPT retard roller ③ .
Retard roller cover
4-76
4.2.32 Fuser Connector / FU Sensor

(1) Remove Image Drum Units, the Belt Unit and the Fuser Unit. (Refer to section 4.2.1
and 4.2.2) ③
(2) Remove the Cover-Side-L Assy.(Refer to section 4.2.3)
(3) Remove the cover Assy.-registration.(Refer to section 4.2.16)
④
(4) Remove cables and two screws(silver) ① from the Cover-Assy-FU-Connector ② to
detach Cover-Assy-FU-Connector ② .
(5) Remove two screws(silver) ③ to detach the Fuser Connector ④ . ⑤
(6) Remove screw(silver) ⑤ and remove the Plate-Assy-FU-Sensor ⑥ .
⑥
4-77
4.2.33 Guide Assy.-Side-L / Rack-L 4.2.34 Guide Assy.-Side-R / Rack-R

(1) Refer to section 4.2.27. (1) Refer to section 4.2.27.
(2) Remove four screws(silver) ① to detach Guide Assy.-Side-L ② and Rack-L ③ . (2) Remove four screws(silver) ① to detach Guide Assy.-Side-L ② and Rack-L ③ .
Notes on attaching: Notes on attaching:

To assemble the gear lift-up, match the phase of the right and left gears.(Refer to To assemble the gear lift-up, match the phase of the right and left gears.(Refer to
the 'Notes on attaching' in the section 4.2.24.) the 'Notes on attaching' in the section 4.2.24.)
Plate Assy.-Side-L
Plate Assy. Side-R
③
② ③ ②
①
①
4-78
4.2.35 Cover-FaceUP-B (3) Detach the Shoulder-Lock ② from the Cover-FaceUP-B ① by using the tool whose
head is flat(ex. flat-blade screwdriver), and remove two Support-Papers ③ .
(1) Open the Cover Assy.-FaceUP.
②
Cover Assy.-FaceUP
①
(2) To detach the Cover-FaceUP-B ① as following steps.
Notes! The rotation direction of to detach Shoulder-Locks ② .
(a) : Turn around to about 90 degree the Cover-FaceUP-B ① as against the Cover-
FaceUP-A. <Direction of to rotate for Shoulder-Locks ② >
(b) : Warp the Cover-FaceUP-A to out side as the following figure. The Shoulder-Lock ② of the left side is detached with to be rotated in a counterclock-
(c) : Pull up and detach the Cover-FaceUP-B ① from the Cover-FaceUP-A. wise direction and right side is detached with to be rotated in a clockwise direction.
(c)
(a)
(b)
Cover-FaceUP-A
4-79
4.2.36 Attention of replace the Top cover Assy./ Refer to the chart below for the shape difference of the part.
Guide Assy.-eject <45861701/02 Cover Assy.-Top>
About the "45861701/02 Cover Assy.-Top" and "45861101 Guide Assy_Eject" , some
shapes vary according to the production date.
When change this part, cope as follows.
45861101 Guide Assy_Eject

Made before Au- Made after August Position with the difference
gust 30, 2015 31, 2015
Made before Au- There is compat- There is no com-
45861701/02 gust 30, 2015 ibility patibility
Cover Assy.-Top Made after August There is compat- There is compat-
31, 2015 ibility ibility
Made before August 30, 2015 Made after August 31, 2015
In the case of the part change of 2 parts mentioned above, cope as follows.
1) When change the "45861701/02 Cover Assy.-Top" for the MFP that S/N revi-
sion (Two columns of the last of 12 columns of S/N) is "A0".
→ "45861701/02 Cover Assy.-Top" does not have the restriction.
2) When change the "45861701/02 Cover Assy.-Top" for the MFP that S/N revi-
Hole shape addition
sion (Two columns of the last of 12 columns of S/N) is after "B0".
<45861101 Guide Assy_Eject>
→ Use the "45861701/02 Cover Assy.-Top" made after August 31, 2015.
3) When change the "45861101 Guide Assy_Eject" for the MFP that S/N revision
(Two columns of the last of 12 columns of S/N) is "A0".
→ Recommend use the "45861101 Guide Assy_Eject" made before Au- Position with the difference
gust 31, 2015.
When use "45861101 Guide Assy_ Eject" made after August 31, 2015,
change "45861701/02 Cover Assy.-Top" made after August 31, 2015.
4) When change the "45861101 Guide Assy_Eject" for the MFP that S/N revision
(Two columns of the last of 12 columns of S/N) is after "B0".
→ "45861101 Guide Assy_Eject" does not have the restriction.
Made before August 30, 2015 Made after August 31, 2015
Emboss shape addition
4-80
4.2.37 Label-Maintenance(A /B /C /D /E /F /G), Label- Memo:

For detail of the paste position of the Label-Maintenance(E ④ /F ⑤ /G ⑥ ) and Label-
Caution(ADF) Caution(ADF) ⑧ , refer to following figures.
*: The scale value in figures are position for the manufacturing specification. In the case of
(1) For Label-Maintenance(A ① /B ② /D ③ /E ④ /F ⑤ /G ⑥ /C ⑦ ) and Label- maintenance, the position scale value of the target label should be considered as reference
Caution(ADF) ⑧ , paste those labels with referring below. values, locate and paste the label with adjusting to appearance in fact.
⑧ ① ② · Pasting position of Label-Maintenance(E ④ /F ⑤ /G ⑥ )
③
③ ④
①
⑤ ⑥
②
⑦
5 mm
⑥
⑧
152 mm
⑦
⑤
149 mm 5mm
153.5 mm ④
5mm
4-81
· Pasting position of Label-Caution(ADF) ⑧

<1> In the case of the paste base position rib is formed on Cover-Top (ADF)
Label-Caution(ADF) should be pasted with fitting the long edge (straight part) to the
paste base position rib and push it against the rib.
*: Fit the long edge (straight part) of ⑧ to the rib
Push direction
Paste base position rib
<2> In the case of the paste base position rib is not formed on Cover-Top (ADF)
Label-Caution(ADF) should be pasted with arranging in parallel to the cover edge. For
to the pasting position of the Label, refer to scales in following figure.
*: arranging in parallel to the cover edge
5 mm
5 mm ⑧
4-82
4.3 Portions Lubricated

Portions lubricated are shown in this section. The other portions must not be lubricated. Lu-
brication is not required during assembly or disassembly, except that the lubricant specified
must be applied to portions from which lubricant was wiped.
Lubrication work
(1) Lubricant names and their abbreviations
EM-30LP: MOLYKOTE EM-30LP
EM-D110: MOLYKOTE EM-D110
HP-300: MOLYKOTE HP-300
PM: Pan motor oil 10W-40 or ZOA 10W-30
FL: FLOIL GE334C
HANARL: HANARL SF-133
C-9300: Tetra C-9300
HARVES: HARVES MDF-1207
(2) Standard of amount of grease
Class S A B C D E F
Amount of grease 0.0005 0.003 0.005 0.01 0.03 0.05 0.1
(cc)
W(mm) 1.24 2.25 2.67 3.37 4.86 5.76 7.26
Sample
4-83
4.3.1 Printer section ② Guide Assy.-Side-R

① Plate Assy.-Side-L
OR-Board Assy.-TSA
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) 26 positions
Rack-L
EM-30LP Class A
Side surface
EM-30LP Class A
Side surface
EM-30LP Class A
Side surface
Class S
After polish the terminals to luster with BETCOM M-3, Tetra
(C-9300) is soaked into cotton swab a little (Class S), and it
coated on terminals. (13 positions)
EM-30LP Class A
Cog surface and Edge surface
EM-30LP Class A Edge surface
4-84
③ Gear Assy.-Hopping ④ Gear Assy.-MPT
Plate-MPT-B
Bush-FU
Gear-Hopping-B
Apply a normal amount of

Gear-Hopping-A MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) (2 positions).
Class C
Gear-MPT-B
Plate-Hopping-Caulking
Gear-MPT-A

MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the hatched portions.
Apply a normal amount of Class C
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) (2 positions)
Class C Bush-FU

Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) (4 portions).
(EM-30LP) to the hatched portions.
Class C
Class C
Plate-MPT-Caulking
4-85
⑤ Gear Assy.-ID-Liftup ⑥ -1 Plate Assy.-Side-R
Bush-FU

MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) (Flange/Inner diameter of bush)
Class A
Class C
Bush-FU
Plate-liftup-B-Caulking
Gear-liftup-B

MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
Class C
Post-Fuser
Plate-liftup-A-Caulking Gear-FU-C
Gear-liftup-A (all around tooth face)
Gear-liftup-B (Large Gear)
(all around tooth face)
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) Apply a normal amount of
Class C (2 points) MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
Class D
Gear-liftup-B (Small Gear) Gear-FU-B

(all around tooth face)
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
Class F
4-86
⑥ -2 Plate Assy.-Side-R ⑥ -3 Plate Assy.-Side-R
Apply MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) Gear-FU-A

Apply area Φ20mm Class C
Bush-FU
Apply MOLYKOTE (HP300)

(normal amount) to the shafts.
Class C
Plate-Fuser-Caulking
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)

to the hatched portions.
Class C

Plate-Fuser-Caulking MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
Class C
4-87
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE

Apply a normal amont of MPLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched portions
(EM-30LP) to the hatched portions Expanded view
Class C (4 positions) (The reverse side of -4)
Class C
Expanded view
Apply EM-30LP (Class C) on the

side surface. (4 positions)
Apply EM-30LP (Class C) on the Apply EM-30LP (Class C) on the

side surface. (4 positions) edge surface. (4 positions)
4-88
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) Class A
Expanded view
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)

Class A
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to

the hatched areas.
Class C (8 portions)
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)

Class A
4-89
⑥ -8 Plate Assy.-Side-R ⑦ -1 Roller Assy.-Regist
Holder-Assy-Regist-4
Gear-Reduct-ID
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas
Class C
Apply a large amount of MOLYKOTE

(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas )
Class F (4 portions)

(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas
Class C
4-90
⑦ -2 Roller Assy.-Regist ⑦ -3 Roller Assy.-Regist

(EM-30LP) to the hatched area.
Class C
Gear-Z24-OW
Gear-Idle-Z26

(EM-30LP) to the hatched portions.
Class C

(EM-30LP) to the hatched area
Class C
4-91
⑦ -4 Roller Assy.-Regist ⑧ -1 Guide Assy.-Eject_Upper
Roller-Pressure Pitch-Roller-Backet
Roller-Regist-A
Apply FLOIL(GE-334C) Class B
to the hatched area.
Class B
Plate-Contact
Apply a small amount of HANARL

(SF-133) to the hatched areas.
(2 positions)
Class A

Class B
Roller-Pressure-2
Roller-Regist-B
4-92
⑧ -2 Guide Assy.-Eject_Upper ⑨ Guide Assy.-Eject

(2 positions)
Class A
Apply HARVES MDF-1207

all round.

(2 positions)
Class A
4-93
⑩ Sensor-Assy-Regist ⑪ Frame Assy
OR-Board Assy. -P6Z (Soldering side)

MOLYKOTE (EM+30LP) to the posts
Class C (3 positions)
R511
R803
O516
R513
R514
D506
D501
R801
O515
O501
D504
D505
D514 D513
R501
R502
R507
R802
O504
O503
D502
R504
R503
R508
O502
O505
R509
BFUCUT BFUSE
After polish the terminals to luster with BEMCOT M-3,

Frame-Shutter Tetra (C-9300) is soaked into cotton swab a little
(Class S), and it coated on terminals. (2 positions)
4-94
⑫ -1 Cover-Assy-TOP ⑫ -2 Cover-Assy-TOP
Plate-Assy.-Inner
Spring-Torsion
PM is applied to the portion of the slot of solidcoiling of

this torsion springs using a brush. (Left and Right both)
Class C

Class C

Class C
4-95
⑬ Cassette Assy.
Apply normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)

Class B (2 positions)
Grease inside of this area.

(2 positions) Plate Assy.- Receive-PX756
Plate Assy.-Receive-PX756
Case-Cassette
4-96
⑭ -1 Printer Unit ⑭ -2 Printer Unit
Cover-Assy.-Rear
Cover-Assy.-Top
A TETRA-C9300 is soaked into BEMCOT-

Rear side Front side
of printer of printer M3, and sreads on each terminal of K, Y,
M and C. (Class S)
✳ Do not adhere it to other parts, espcially

LED head.
Apply a Class A amount of HANARL ✳ Confirm the foreign matter such as
(SF-133) to the hatched areas thread craps doesn’t adhere in the
terminal.
Class S Do not adhere it to the other side of the

terminal (blue film side)
CONN-Head-Code
4-97
⑮ Guide Assy. -Eject-Lower
Holder-Assy-Eject-Lower-L

to the hatched area
Class B
Apply FLOIL(GE-334C) Class B to the hatched area

Class B
Holder-Assy-
Eject-Lower-R
Shaft-Pinch-RV
4-98
4.3.2 2bin section ② Guide Assy.-2Bin

① Guide Assy.-2Bin
Apply HARVES MDF-1207 to

the gray-area of the Pinch-Roller-Bracke_
Gear-Connect 8 pieces
Gear-Idle-Eixt(Z28)
HARVES MDF-1207
Apply HARVES all round.
4-99
4.3.3 Scanner section 1) Plate-Pulley(Caulking)

① -1 Frame Assy.-FB Gear-Idle
Gear-Pulley
Plate-Pulley(Caulking) Without the internal perimeter

MOLYKOTE EM30LP surface grease adhesion
Apply MOLYKOTE
to shaft upper part(●) .
Class A
Gear-Pulley
HARVES MDF-1207
Gear-Idle
HARVES MDF-1207
4-100
② Hinge-Assy.-(L) 1) Slider-Hinge(ADF)
Hinge-Assy.-(R)
EM-D110 Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-D110)
㻌㻌
Slider-Hinge(ADF)
EM-D110 Class C
MOLYKOTE (EM-D110)
to the hatched 8 ribs.
Hinge-Assy.-(L) 㻌 Hinge-Assy.-(R)
4-101
③ Tray-Assy-Document 2) Guide-Document-R
1) Guide-Document-F Without the upper surface grease adhesion
Without the upper surface grease adhesion HARVES MDF-1207

HARVES MDF-1207 all round of hatching arera
all round of hatching arera
HARVES MDF-1207
(4 sliding surfaces)
HARVES MDF-1207
Apply HARVES MDF-1207 HARVES MDF-1207
to the hatched area. Apply HARVES MDF-1207
(4 sliding surfaces) to the hatched area.
HARVES MDF-1207
Leave it for about 3minutes (drying time) after painting HARVES MDF-1207, Leave it for about 3minutes (drying time) after painting HARVES MDF-1207,
and then assemble the Tray-Assy-Document. 㻌 and then assemble the Tray-Assy-Document.
4-102
④ Frame-Assy.-Hopping(ADF) ⑤ Cover-Assy-Top(ADF)
HARVES MDF-1207 All around

Apply HARVES MDF-1207 all around
of Shaft-Press (4 pcs)

of Gear-Planet (3 pcs)
Leave it for about 3minutes (drying time) after

㻌
painting HARVES MDF-1207,
and then assemble the Gear-Planet.
Leave it for about 3minutes (drying time) after painting HARVES MDF-1207,
and then assemble the rollers.
4-103
⑥ Guide Assy.-Top(B) ⑦ Guide Assy.-Retard
HARVES MDF-1207 All around HARVES MDF-1207 All around

Apply HARVES MDF-1207 all around Apply HARVES MDF-1207 all around
of Shaft-Press (4 pcs) of Shaft-Press (4 pcs)
Leave it for about 3minutes (drying time) after painting HARVES MDF-1207, and then assemble the rollers.
and then assemble the rollers.
EM-D110 Class C EM-D110 Class C

Apply a normal amount of Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-D110) MOLYKOTE (EM-D110)
to the hatched. to the hatched.
4-104
⑧ Guide Assy.-Exit(Lower) ⑨ Roller-Assy-Eject(ADF)

of Shaft-Press (4 pcs) MOLYKOTE (D110) Class B
Apply a little amount of MOLYKOTE (D110)

of 44535301 Gear-Shaft-R3
and then assemble Gear-Shaft-R3.

of Slider-Lock (2 pcs)
and then assemble the parts.
4-105
⑩ Clutch-Assy-Hop(ADF) ⑪ ADF-Assy
1) Shaft-Press
HARVES MDF-1207
Apply HARVES MDF-1207 to gear teeth
only of Gear-Clutch(Z27)

of Shaft-Press (4 pcs)
Leave it for about 3minutes (drying time) after painting HARVES MDF-1207, and then
assemble the roller.
4-106
2) Plate-Front(Caulking) 3) Plate-Drive(Caulking)
Gear-Regist
HARVES MDF-1207 All around of shaft

45831901 Plate-Front(Caulking)
Especially, to the shaft.
HARVES MDF-1207 All around of shaft

45831901 Plate-Front(Caulking)
Especially, to the shaft(4 portions).
Apply MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) Class C and then assemble gears.
to the gear tooth of Gear-Regist.
and then assemble.
4-107
4) Gear-Double(Z46-34) 6) Gear
Apply to 1 place with range 10mm or more.

HARVES MDF-1207 all around (The application place is arbitrary)
Apply HARVES MDF-1207) to all around It is application to a state without a lump jumping
of Gear-Double(Z46-34), out of an Gear tooth top, the tooth bottom.
especially helical gear teeth of gear
10mm or more
Gear-Double(Z46-34)
(Spur gear only)
For detail Gear-Idle(Z47)
Gear-Double(Z41-26)
Gear-TL-Sep
5) Gear-TL-Sep
EM-D110 Class B Gear-WT-Z30

Apply Class A of MOLYKOTE (EM-D110)
Gear-Coupling(Z26)
Apply Class C of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to each gear of parts below.

(For 1 place on the gear tooth) (Refer to detail)
1. Gear-WT-Z30 x 2
2. Gear-Coupling(Z26)
3. Gear-Double(Z41-26) x 2
Washer-A
4. Gear-TL-Sep
Gear-TL-Sep 5. Gear-Idle(Z47)
6. Gear-Double(Z46-34)
4-108
7) Frame-RADF ⑫ Scanner-Unit
1) Spring-PH(R)
(Shaft hole of Frame-RADF)
Class B
Guide-Separator(Hop)
Tetra C-9300 Class S,
To apply around the bending portion (○ part).
Frame-RADF
※Do not adhere it to other parts.

※Confirm the foreign matter such as thread craps doesn't adhere in the terminal.
4-109
⑬ OP-Panel Assy.
1) Gear-Idle-Z20(OP) ×2
2) Gear-Rack(OP)
Gear-Idle-Z20(OP) ×2
HARVES MDF-1207
Gear-Rack(OP)
HARVES MDF-1207
4-110
5. REGULAR MAINTENANCE
5.1 Cleaning........................................................................................5-2
5.2 Cleaning of LED lens array ...........................................................5-3
5.3 Cleaning the Feed rollers and the Retard roller.............................5-5
5.4 Cleaning the MPT Feed rollers......................................................5-7
5.5 Cleaning Rollers in the ADF..........................................................5-9
5.6 Cleaning the rollers inside of the ADF.........................................5-11
5.7 Cleaning the Document Glass.....................................................5-12
5.1 Cleaning
Remove toner powder and dust in the MFP inner section. Clean the inside of and
the periphery of the MFP with the cloth as needed. Clean the MFP inner section
with the handy cleaner (maintenance tool).
Note! Do not touch the image drum, LED lens array, and LED head terminal.
5-2
5.2 Cleaning of LED lens array

If the vertical white lines, and white belt (white spot, pale printing) occur in printing (2) Open the scanner unit.
as shown below, the LED lens array should be cleaned or the toner cartridge should
be replaced.
Note! As for the LED lens array, clean it with soft tissues or soft cloth after
eliminating static electricity of a maintenance tool.
While lines or White belt

(White spot, pale printing)
(3) Insert your finger into the recess (a) on the right side of the machine and
pull the front cover open lever to open the front cover forward (b).
(1) Power off the MFP.
5-3
(4) Press the button (a) and open the Output Tray (b). (5) Wipe the whole LED head softly with the soft tissues or cloth.
Note! Do not use solvents including methyl alcohol, and thinner.
Personal injuries may occur.
Do not touch the fuser unit. It is hot.
x4
(6) Close the scanner unit and these covers are performed by the inverse pro-
cedure with opening.
5-4
5.3 Cleaning the Feed rollers and the Retard roller

(1) Power off the MFP. (3) Wipe two paper feed rollers inside the printer with a soft cloth that has
been slightly moistened with water and then squeezed well.
Note! Use water only.
(2) Pull out the tray.
5-5
(4) Wipe two paper feed rollers in the tray with a soft cloth that has been
slightly moistened with water and then squeezed well.
Note! Use water only.
(5) Push the tray back into the MFP.
5-6
5.4 Cleaning the MPT Feed rollers

(1) Power off the MFP. (3) Close the MPT gently to a position where the left and right tabs fit the arm
grooves.
(2) Open the MPT.
5-7
(4) Separate the tabs on the roller guide from the left and right arms by push- (6) Wipe the two feed rollers with a tightly wrung cloth soaked in water through
ing the tabs to inside. the opening for MPT.
Note! 1. Use water only.
2. Do not bend the lever.
(7) Open the Retard Roller cover and wipe the retard roller with a tightly wrung
cloth soaked in water through the opening for MPT.
Note! 1. Use water only.
2. Do not bend the lever.
(5) Raise the roller guide until it comes in contact with the MFP.
(8) Close the MPT is performed by the inverse procedure with opening.
5-8
5.5 Cleaning Rollers in the ADF

If the document feeding rollers in the ADF are contaminated with ink, toner particles (3) Wipe the document feed roller, guide surface, and retard roller with a soft
or paper dust, documents and outputs get dirty and a paper jam may occur. To pre- cloth that has been slightly moistened with water and squeezed well. Wipe
vent these problems, it is recommended to clean the rollers once a month. the whole surface of the roller while turning it with your hand.
(1) Power off the MFP. Note! If the rollers get too dirty, wipe them with a soft cloth lightly moistened
with neutral detergent, and then wipe it again with a soft cloth lightly
moistened with water.
Document feed roller
Retard roller
guide surface
(2) Pull the open lever and open the ADF cover.
(4) Open the inner Cover.
5-9
(5) Wipe the rollers with a soft cloth lightly moistened with water.
(6) Close the inner cover and the ADF Cover by the inverse procedure with
opening.
5-10
5.6 Cleaning the rollers inside of the ADF

This section is described of the cleaning method for the rollers arranged to inside (3) Wipe the rollers with a soft cloth lightly moistened with water.
of the document pad. It is recommended to clean these at same time with rollers in
Caution! Do not use benzine, thinners or alcohol as a cleaning agent. They
ADF ( See clause 5.5).
may damage the plastic parts of the MFP.
(1) Open the document glass cover.
(2) Pull the lever and open the document hold pad.
(4) Close the document hold pad and the ADF Cover.
5-11
5.7 Cleaning the Document Glass

It is recommended to clean the document glass once a month to maintain image (2) Wipe the ADF document holding pads, document glass, and ADF docu-
quality of the printouts. ment glass gently with a soft cloth that has been slightly moistened with
water and squeezed well.
(1) Open the document glass cover.
Caution! Do not use benzine, thinners or alcohol as a cleaning agent. They
may damage the plastic parts of the MFP.
(3) Close the document glass cover.
5-12
6. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
6.1 Connection diagram......................................................................6-2
6.2 Board Layout ................................................................................6-4
6.3 Resistance value.........................................................................6-16
6.4 Firmware Information...................................................................6-21
6.1 Connection diagram

(1) Printer section 2Bin Unit
RFID 7 inch OPE

Board-POL Speaker
Stacker full sensor
Cover open sensor

FFC22P
M2 Paper route OPE
Cover Open switch

JST2P JST2P JST2P JST2P
Core
JST2P
Extension cable
Fuser FAN1
Core
Speaker OPE
JST8P
FRONT
USB MEM USB
CL1 SETCOV
IC card
Fuser motor(DC)
AMP4P
2bin relay board
Hopping motor JST8P
JST3P (Board-6SU)
AMP4P
AMP4P JST3P AMP2P
FAX board
FFC24P
Scanner open switch

SNSIF MOTIF PM REV
FAX
FAX
AMP3P relay
ID motor(DC)
Power board

Stacker Full sensor

RTC
Fuser IN sensor
FFC50P
(Board-1LD)
Color registration
Paper detect sensor


BIN1
AMP3P AMP3P
JST14P
AMP3P
open switch
FFC6P FFC13P FFC50P
JST3P relay
AMP4P
FFC4P FFC4P
MOLEX5P JST3P
SNSS
SNSS

(Board-TSA) FFC10P
FFC10P
DDR2 DDR2 FUSERIN
RCR LCR
DENS
SOL
AMP2P BELTFAN
DIMM(1GB)
EXIT
(128MB)x2 AMP6P
Fuser Unit
Relay board
FFC30P
FFC30P
RELAY
PUIF
JST6P JST7P JST4P
CD2
FUSER
AMP12P
JST5P
FSNS
JST5P
FSNS
CU/PU board
HOST USB
FFC
24P
FFC
24P K-HEAD AMP3P

USB 24P 24P
HUB FFC FFC M-HEAD

MPT PE

AMP3P
24P
24P 24P Low voltage
FAN
GLAN
AMP3P
PE_HOP
PHY
AMP6P
Paper end sensor

Environment
sensor board
JST24P
POWER
HOP sensor
JST24P
USB
AMP3P
JST4P
HOP sensor board
PC I/F
Core
(1H609WA)
AC
AMP5P
HDD WLAN
Offline
11Z02 12Z02
switch
HOP sensor
Bottom sensor
Paper size
Paper end

Front sensor
Rear sensor
IN sensor
sensor
IN sensor
switch

MFP potision 9715S-
12Z02
9715S-
11Z02 AMP12P
Core
AMP6P AMP3P AMP5P

AMP6P AMP7P
CL1
AMP12P
SNS03 SNS12 PSZ

MAIN1
CL1
SNS03 SNS12
AMP2P Feed clutch
AMP2P Duplex clutch
AMP12P
MAIN1
FAN
Duplex FAN
AMP13P
MAIN2
MOTOR
MOTOR
TH CL2
AMP2P AMP2P
AMP12P
9715B-
Hopping clutch
To under tray
6-2
7-inch tauch Panel
FFC 40P
7-inch tauch Panel

FFC 22P
(2) Scanner section
Panel board
(Board-TP1)
(USB memory)
(IC_Card reader)
(Board-THS)
Switch board
ADF Open F sensor AMP 3P Document detect sensor1
AMP 3P
FFC 22P
AMP 3P Document detect sensor2
Core
AMP 3P JST 3P JST 4P
Speaker
USB OPN_F PSIZ1 PSIZ2
JST 2P
MEM 7INCHIF
(AMP 3P) (JST 3P) (JST 4P)
SPK
IC_CARD
(JST 2P)
FBM
motor
Core
AMP 4P
CN3
FAXIF
Flatbed
FFC24P
FAX board
(Board-FXS)
JST 14P
JST 14P
(JST 14P)
POWER_IN
(Board-6SU)
Scanner board
Core
CD2_CUIF
FFC50P
CIS1
CIS1
Core
CIS
To CU/PU board
FFC 50P
(JST 26p) (JST 8P) (JST 3P) (AMP 3P)
ADF_SU ADFM FBS OPN_R
JST 26p JST 8p JST 3P AMP 3P
AMP 3P ADF_OPEN_R sensor

Core Core
FB Unit
AMP 3P Home position sensor

Core
Tube Tube
Regist sensor AMP 3P

ADF Unit
motor
JST 6P
JST 6P
Scan sensor AMP 3P

ADF feed
(Board-6JC)
ADF top cover open close detect AMP 3P DFSTX

JST 3P
Document double
ADF
AMP 3P
JST 6P
JST 6P
motor
Document set AMP 3P Relay connector

hopping
feed sensor board (Tx)
Reverce sensor AMP 3P

AMP 3P
JST 34P
JST 5p AMP 6P AMP 4P AMP 3P JST 3P
DFS
AMP 2P
REV SETCOV SCN TX

REG
(JST 5P) (AMP 6P) (AMP 4P) (AMP 3P) (JST 3P)
Feed
FDCL
Clutch
ADFMOT
(AMP 8P)
SUIF (JST 34P)

RGCL
Clutch
Regist
(AMP 2P) (AMP 2P)
AMP 2P
(Board-6RL)
(JST 6P) (AMP 5P) (JST 7P) (JST 4P)

ADF relay board
PSIZEW DFSRX PSIZL HOP
JST 6P AMP 5P JST 7P JST 4P
JST 5P
ADFWS AMP 3P Hopping sensor
(Board-6WB)
JST 5P AMP 3P
DFSRX

(Board-6JD)
AMP 3P
sensor board (Rx)
ADF paper width sensor board

Document double feed

6-3
6.2 Board Layout

(1) CU/PU board (Board-6CU)
Component side
F13 F12 F14

SOLDER SATAPOW SCNOP 14 SUPOW 2
SIDEFAN SSNS SUIF
4 1 3 1
10 R492 13 1
Q42 1
F13
3 1 1 F12
F4A D19 F1A
32V
50
32V F13 SW2
6 1
D20
1
Q48
F14
F12
7 F2A
Q46 32V 10 1
SATAIF
R469
1 3
1
RM30
CP13
6CU
B2IF
F11
458166
IC43
1
Q41
F11
STP
F2A
CP12
32V
5
Q39
24
24
24
24
Q40
IC42
IC40 IC41
6
25
24
13 12
F10
HEAD3
HEAD2
HEAD1
HEAD0
A K AA AP F10
34 34 F1A
RM27
IC38
IC37 32V
RM22 RM23 RM24
1
36 1
37 48 F9
F2A
D12 D13 D21 32V
RM25
F9
CP11
RM21
4 4
20 20
R296
IC35
1
1
1
1 D8 D9 D10
2 1 9
RM20
A A 1
IC32
CUIMDBG
45735399
10 10
10
RM16
8 2
RM15
R R
39 37
40 38
1 IC31 9
RM14 1 1
A IC_CD2 AP 7 12
10
C100
12
RM10
11 1
F8 EXROM
F7
DIMM
F2A
32V 1
1
IC28 IC27
RM4 RM5
CP10
1 9
A A 10
2
1
IC49
1
1
DCID
RM2
C80
9
R R
OPTION
F6
1 9
MOTERCL
F2A IC25
1
RM1
32 17
2
32V
IC18
9
33 16
CP7
LAN
T1
C53
F15
7
F1A
24
23
8
32V
143
144
1
48 1
14
12
49 64
PSIZE
F5
F2A
1
MPT_PE
ENV 32V
6 IC6
5
F4
3
F2A
32V
1 6
4
1
1 5
USB1
FSNS PE_HOP 11 1 25
1
3
2
1 2 2
1 3 1 8
13
HOPCL IDFAN 26
Board-6CU
F1 F2 F3
HVOLT 30 RELAY F4A F2A F2A
32V 32V 32V
F8 F6 F2 F4
F15 F5 F1 F3
6-4
(2) Scanner board (Board-6SU)

Component side
CP1 FAXIF SPK1

C1 24 1
4 4
CP2 C2 R1
1
CIS1
45732099
C13
R23
50 1
R44
CP3
R45
R40
R41
R46
R42
R43
10
C131
C22 C21 R84
4
7
SUJTAG1
IC7
C25 R90 R91
USBMEM
SUIMDBG1
2
1
C26
12 1
1
BAT1
D1 IC8 48
13
1
L3
R121
RM2
C31
C30
C32
OSC2
1 10
37
24
25 36
R129
4
R147
IC_CARD
C36
IC11
R146
ZA2
IC12
1
D2
2
1
459588
R149
R154
Q1
R150
Board-6SU
ZA5 OSC3
A T
R153
R152
ZA3 ZA4 ZA6 IC15
1 3
C41
C42
9 9
F1
C49
CP8 ZA7 ZA8 R168
R166
32V
2A
R172 C48
R171
OPN_F
C130
R173 R170
1 1
C53
26
20
ADF_SU
IC16
10
F1
A T
ZA9
22
AF
AF
C56
R180
R255
R187 R186
R194 R188 R190
R204
R202
R203
R206
R192
Y
R199 R193
IC17
R210 R196 R198

R200 R209
C59 R211
26
R217 R213
R225
25
C60
IC18
R220 R218
C61 R222
7INCHIF
R227 R224 R230
R233 R231
K
R238 R236 IC19
R239
R246
2
R240
C63
C64
R245 R242 R243
ADFM
R248 R244
IC20
R250 ZA13
C66 A IC21 T
8
R253
A
9 9
A
C67
F2
26
20
1
10
3A
C68
F2
1
32V
1 1
F3 F7
C72
CP10 A T 2A
R298
CP9
32V
F7
R306
R303
R304
2A 32V
C73
F3
R307
1
11
12
R313
R317
D4
C94
FBS
3
RM4
R314
C82
PSIZ1
D3
C95
3
1
2
1
R345
R323
4
R357
32V
2A
PSIZ2
R364 C108
Q11
1
OPN_R
C113
1
IC29
IC30
IC31
3
32V
2A
C116
R372 F6
R378
R379
6SU 1 4
R386
32V
1 50 R383
2A
1 13 R385
CD2_CUIF R387 FBM R388
2 POWER_IN 14
F4 F6 F5
6-5
(3) ADF relay board (Board-6RL) (5) Document double feed sensor board (Tx) (Board-6JC)
Component side Component side
Board-6RL
MST
1 3
SETCOV SCN REV DFSTX
1 6 1 4 1 3 Board-6JC
1 2 1 5 1 3 ZA3 ZA4
REG
FDCL
SNS1
JP1
1 2
RGCL 1 5 1 33
2 34
1 4 1 6
DFSRX
1 7 ZA2
JP2
HOP PSIZW PSIZL SUIF
JP3
1
1
45734599 2 2 6RL
45824499
6JC
(6) Document double feed sensor board (Rx) (Board-6JD)
(4) ADF paper width sensor board (Board-6WB)
Component side
Component side
ZA3
ADFWS
5 1 ZA2
2 2
ZA4 45824599 6JD
SNS1
Board-6WB
C
E
K SNS1
Board-6JD
A
C
E
SNS3 E K SNS2
1
C A
45824699
6WB
A
K
6-6
(7) Toner sensor board (Board-TSA) (8) Color registration sensor board (Board-PRC)
SNS
12 10
SSNS
CN
1
E
C
CTNR
JP1
K
A
JP2
(9) Panel board (Board-TP1)

Component side
E
C
MTNR
K
A
TFT1
21 15
14 40 1
22
28 8 TEST1
1 7
IC14
1
2
TOPCV
RM3
T IC9 A TEST2
1
V K A
1 1 1 1
TSA
14 1
KEY
P P
RM1 RM2
9
E
Board-TP1
C
9 10 10
YTNR
T A
K
A
44675399
A A
L5
18 18
45657499 3 3
V K A
14 IC7 1
22
2
C28
C29
IC5
2
C9 C14
IC2
1 22 L1
SUIF TP1
E
C
KTNR
K
A
6-7
(10) Switch board (Board-THS) (11) Environment sensor board (Board-8TH)

8TH
6
IC1
TMP
HOME
SW540
1
1
SW501
SW502
HUM
45361799 1
BLUE
D_LED501
1 2 3
SW534
RJ523
RJ525
RJ524
POWER
RJ506
SW504 SW505 SW506
SW530 RJ532
RJ518
4 5 6 (12) Duplex unit board(Board-GOH) , 2nd(3rd/4th) unit board (Board-GOH-2)
GREEN
COPY Component side
D_LED505
SW507 SW510 SW511
RJ511
POWER
RJ522
RJ512
RJ533
SAVE
R504
SCAN
SW541
3
RJ510
RJ509
7 8 9 JP28 JP29 JP30 JP31
SNS12
3
6 1 7 1
SNS03
SW532 SW512 SW500 SW513
44993499
JP23
JP24
JP25
JP26
JP20
1
JP32
SW515
MOTOR
RJ508
JP19
STOP
Board-GOH
RJ521
CP2
PRINT JP21
4
RJ519
RJ520
0 JP18
JP16
RJ529
12
JP17
RJ507
RJ535
JP12
SW533
JP15
44605899 3 3
JP13
3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 JP14
R503
RJ530 GOH
RJ531
JP11
CLEAR
12
MAIN1
CL1
JP10
SW516
CP1
JP9
STATUS
RED
20
3
START
FAN
SW531 21
1
JP7
22 D_LED504
JP4
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
JP5
JP3 CL2
1 22 GREEN
JP8
JP2 1 3
SW514
GREEN
FAX KEY501
D1
6-8
(13) HOP sensor board (Board-HSC) (15) Relay board (Board-P6Z)

44607699 3 3 P6Z
44634799 3 3
R1 K E
SNS
CN
3 1 A C
HSC
JP9
JP2
JP10
JP1
1
1
2
CP3
JP8
3 1
BELTFAN
FUSER
JP7
JP3
C18
PUIF
JP11
JP6
CP2
JP4
JP5
12
JP13
JP16
CP1
29
JP12
30
1
(14) WR sensor board (Board-RSG)
JP15
EXIT
C2
C3
Component side
JP14
6
4
1 3
4 1 4 1 21 1
RCR 5 DENS 1 FUSERIN SOL LCR
POWFAN
44607799 2 2 K
A A
K
IN2
WR
C E
RSG (16) Antenna board (Board-POL)

C E
1
CN
Component side
5
K
C
A
E
CN1
IN1 1
POL
43150399 1
1
6-9
(17) 2bin LED board (Board-1LD)

Component side
1 1
45823699
1LD
Board-1LD
(18) 2bin relay board (Board-7RL)

Component side
MOTIF
8 1 11 1
PM
SNSIF
4 1
CL1
REV
21
3 1
SETCOV
6 1
44997899 2 2 7RL
6-10
(19) FAX board (Board-FXS)

Component side
S2
RL1
S1
ZNR2
VR1
Board-FXS
ZNR1
SW1
F1
7 1
4
1
5 16 8
R36
R37
REF2 28
8 13 14 22
2
1
9 12
TEL
CP3
15 21
CN2
CP2
1
5
6
24
CN3
BF2
45671299 2 2
2
1
LINE
FXS
CN1
REF1
BF1
5
6
6-11
CN4
4 1

JP83
D17
JP104
JP88
C18
CP7
1
5
Q7
JP59
FG1
S16
JP8
JP69 JP74
D6
C6
SB-K
T6
Q4
JP62 S15
JP82
C12
4
6
CP4 JP78 C8
JP110
JP77 JP160
JP71 D13
1
5
Q5
S14
DB-K
S13
C1
T5
D3
JP75
D15
C2
JP55
(20) High-Voltage Power board (Board-EHV)
T1 (TR-K)
C19
JP40
4
6
D12
D30
JP102
JP63
D1
1
JP64
S17
1
2
CP6
CH-K
S18
JP56
JP7
JP54 JP111
D2
JP80
JP1
JP4
JP12 D20
CN1
Q8
JP39
12
JP9
13
JP37
1
5
C20
C14
JP50 JP85 JP150
JP25
S12
D8
Board-EHV
JP6
D28
SB-Y
JP76
JP144
T7
JP140
JP48
C3
JP20 S11
JP129
JP135
JP151
JP51 JP161
C15
JP26 JP126
JP10
JP11
JP13
4
JP145
6
JP27 JP127
JP103
JP91 S10
JP95
DB-Y
C22
JP94
D4
S9 JP136
1
5
JP146
JP70
Q9 JP158
JP133
C9
D16
T2 (TR-Y)
D24
C4
T8
D9
JP32 JP152
D21
JP138
1
CP1 S19
JP28 JP141
JP73
4
6
C13 JP153
CH-Y
JP29 JP108
Q1
JP30 JP121 S20
JP31
JP3
JP49
JP93
JP122
JP128
JP21
CP5
JP22
JP23 JP112
Component side
JP5 JP97
JP24 S8 C23
JP98 JP142
JP99
SB-M
JP154
JP100 S7 JP134
CP3 JP159
5
Q3
JP41 JP101
D14
CN5
JP42 JP113 JP132

D25
JP105 JP143
JP84
JP89
JP90
JP60 JP106 S6
JP107 C24
DB-M
JP61 JP114
JP65 S5 JP137 JP147
JP116
JP117
JP155
T3 (TR-M)
JP66 D18
JP67 JP118 JP131
JP148
JP58
JP139
JP92
JP96
D22
D26
JP115
JP16 JP162
1
5
JP17 S21 JP156

JP86 Q10
CH-M
JP18 S22
JP87
JP19 JP38
T9
JP157
JP68 D11
C16
C7
JP34
4
6
JP14
C21
JP47 JP109
JP35 S4
JP149
D7
JP57
SB-C
JP2
D27
Q2
S3
D19
CP2
C17
JP79
1
5
JP36 Q6
C25
D29
S2
D5
JP72
T10
DB-C
C5
S1
JP52
JP53
4
6
T4 (TR-C)
D31
C10
JP119
JP44 D23
45730399
1 3
1
PC1
C11
A
EHV
D10
JP45
JP81
1 2 JP46 E S23
CN2
CH-C
C S24
2 2
CN3
6-12

C518 R699
R510 R707
457652
C503
D529
45730399
D526 R825 R733 R722
P
R515
2 2
C506 D527
D528
D540 R661
R732
R769
R730 R791 R1028
D561 Q520
D564
D501 R811
R734 D560 D563
C502
R505 R826 R810
CAUTION
Q519
R726 R742 R762 R1026
HIGH VOLTAGE
D544 R660 R704

R614 R709
R613 R703
R698
C591 R691
R648 R665
R673
D523
R514
C505 D524 R814
R815
D522
D525
R1009
26
27
R1008
14
39
R782
IC506
D507 R781
13
40
C507
R521 C527 C580
C526
1
R641
52
R1029
D511
R596 R708
R756 R1030
R504
C501 R595 R740 R793
R513 C508 D543 R659 R792
D554 R743
Soldering side
Q516
R524
D556
R821
R652 R667 R717
C594 R711
D517
R725
D521
C551
C550
D516
D520 R1007
C622
R1002
R1001 R662 R723
C568
R626 R669 R822
D542 C596 R721
R1000
R663 R720
R689
R629 R688
F501 R687 R706
R670 R682
R768 R790 R1027
R628 R817 R816 R674
R819 R715
D562 D565
D546 D547 R692 R710 R812
R512
C504
D539 R656 Q518
F501
R696 R727
D515 R760
D519
P
D514 R642 R658

C590 R713
R714
D518 C564
R820
D541 R657
R705 D550 D552

D549
Q513
R666
R647 C592 R718

S
FET503 C589 R731 R1021

R578
R627 R655
6-13
(21) Low-Voltage Power board (1H609WA)

Component side
TK2 Seriol No
TK1
T601
C601
250V T2AL
F651
250V T20A
CR1
F1
2
L4
Q221 Q222 250V
CR101 RC101 T8AH
F2
J3
L2
C135 L111
24
23
C201
C137
1
J4
L5
C126 L1
2
Q140 RC111 Q112 Q111 CR51
T201
D423 RC301 RC302
1
TH301 CR52
J2
4
2 6-14

(22) Transfer Belt Unit
Transfer belt unit (for consumable parts) Contact point
Fuse
Relay Board
Contact point
Transfer belt unit
Fuse
6-15
6.3 Resistance value
Unit Electrical circuit diagram, connection Part outside view Resistance value
M
2 Between pin-1 and pin-2 : 3.4 Ω
Belt motor
Between pin-3 and pin-4 : 3.4 Ω
ID motor Across both ends of IP2 :1 Ω or less
IP2
6-16
Fuser motor Across both ends of IP1 : 1 Ω or less
IP1
M
Hopping motor
6-17
COLOR OF PHR-6 PHR-6 COLOR OF

LEAD PIN No. PIN No. LEAD
PHR-6 connector
RED 1 4 YELLOW
Duplex print motor (A) (B) Between pin-1 and pin-3 : 3.2 Ω
BLUE 3 6 WHITE
(A) (B)
M
2nd, 3rd and 4th 2 Between pin-1 and pin-2 : 3.4 Ω
tray hopping motor Between pin-3 and pin-4 : 3.4 Ω
45850101TH Rev.9 6-18

M
Flatbed motor
M
ADF feed motor 3 Between pin-1 and pin-3 : 0.9 Ω
ADF hopping motor Between pin-4 and pin-6 : 0.9 Ω
6-19
Thermostat Upper (Plate heater)

1200W
1
Lower
3 (Halogen heater)
Upper Lower
500W
13P-RWZV-K4GG-P4
CZHR-07V-S
Planar Heater 1 A7
Thermistor 2 A6
(PM5-342) Between pins A-6 and A-7 : Approx. 80.58 kΩ to 53.38 kΩ 0 to 93°C)
3 A5
Upper Center
Thermistor 4 A4
Between pins A-4 and A-5 : Approx. 104.5 kΩ to 806.5 kΩ (0 to 43°C)
Fuser unit (PT5-312) 5 A3
6 A2 Between pins B-5 and B-6 : Approx. 104.5 kΩ to 806.5 kΩ (0 to 43°C)
7 A1
Between pins B-3 and B-4 : Approx. 104.5 kΩ to 806.5 kΩ (0 to 43°C)
13P-RWZV-K4GG-P4
CZHR-06V-S
Lower Thermistor B6 7pin (A7)

1 1 2
(PTA7-312)
B5
2
Upper Side B4
Thermistor 3
B3
(PTA7-312) 4
B2 4 3 6pin (B6)
Fuse 5
B1
6
13P-RWZV-K4GG-P4
6-20
6.4 Firmware Information
6.4.1 Maintenance board indication stamp Stamp No.

Board 6CU (YU)
Series No. (Maintenance Board Use for
In accordance with the following list, a specified part number is stamped on the maintenance Series No.
Series No.)
board indication field on CU/PU board.
01 458166 [01] 6CU-1(45823501) MC853_OEL
02 458166 [02] 6CU-1(45823501) MC853_AOS
SOLDER SCNOP 14 SUPOW 2
Q42
4
SATAPOW
1 3 1
13 1
SUIF
1
03 458166 [03] 6CU-1(45823501) ES8453_OEL
F12
F1A 50
6
32V
1
SW2 Specified stamp location
D20
1 F14
F12
7 F2A
32V 10 1
SATAIF
1 3
6CU
B2IF
11 458166 [11] 6CU-1(45823501) MC863_JAPAN
458166
1
Q41
F11
F2A
CP12
32V
24 12 458166 [12] 6CU-1(45823501) ES8463_JAPAN
24
24
24
6
HEAD3
HEAD2
HEAD1
HEAD0
A K AA AP F10
34 34 F1A
32V
RM22 RM23 RM24
1
RM25
21 458166 [21] 6CU-1(45823501) MC873_ODA
F9
F2A
D12 D13 D21 32V
CP11
RM21
4 4
20 20
R296
IC35
1
1
1
D8 D9 D10
9
RM20
A 1
IC32
CUIMDBG
45735399
10 10
10
23 458166 [23] 6CU-1(45823501) MC873_OEL

RM16
8 2
R RM14 1 1
1 9 A IC_CD2 AP 7 12
12
11 1
24 458166 [24] 6CU-1(45823501) MC873_AOS
EXROM
1
RM4 RM5 IC27
9
A 10
IC49
R
5 9
1
32 17
2
33 16
27 458166 [27] 6CU-1(45823501) ES8473_ODA_ODM_ROLA
LAN
T1
3
F15
7
F1A
8
32V
48 1
28 458166 [28] 6CU-1(45823501) ES8473_OEL
12
F5
F2A
49 64
32V
F4
F2A
32V
29 458166 [29] 6CU-1(45823501) ES8473_ODSP

4
1
USB1
25
1
3
2
2 1 8
d-6CU
F1 F2 F3
F4A F2A F2A
26
30 458166 [30] 6CU-1(45823501) ES8473_AOS
32V 32V 32V
31 458166 [31] 6CU-1(45823501) ES8473_ODB
41 458166 [41] 6CU-1(45823501) MC883_JAPAN

42 458166 [42] 6CU-1(45823501) ES8483_JAPAN
43 458166 [43] 6CU-1(45823501) ES8483_KOREA
6-21
7. APPENDIX
7.1 List of Initialized range...................................................................7-2
7. APPENDIX
7.1 List of Initialized range

CL:After practice, it is deleted.
FR:After practice, return to a factory default.
Setup Parameters storage Administrator Setup Service man Setup
location
[Default setting by sales companies, etc]

Consumable replacement reset *10
The item which can back up by MU
Reset Admin Password *14

Network factory defaults *1
Country code change *17

Language initialization *6
(User exhibition format)
Format Flash ROM *13

FLASH initialization *5
OKIUSER change *16

Erase Privacy Data *8
Main counter reset *9

HDD data deletion *4
(Common partitions)
Job log deletion *11

Format-common *3
Reset Settings *7
Format HDD *12

Initialize HDD *2
ALL RESET *15
[Factory default]
(PCL partitions)
Format-PCL *3
(PS partitions)
Format-PS *3
CU board
SU board
TU board
HDD
E-mail address/group list Yes Yes CL CL CL CL

Speed dial/group list Yes Yes CL CL CL CL
Profile list Yes Yes CL CL CL CL
Networkconnected PCs list Yes Yes CL CL CL CL
F-code bulletin board document Yes CL CL CL CL CL
Access control information registration Yes Yes CL CL CL CL
data
Registration data
Job macro registration data Yes CL CL CL CL CL

(Firmware version A01.06 or earlier)
One touch button registration data Yes *36 CL CL *36 CL CL CL
Job macro registration data Yes CL CL CL CL
(Firmware version A04.02 or later)
One touch button registration data Yes CL CL CL CL
Embedded Web Browser URL Yes CL CL CL CL
(OpenAPI model)
Indexed Scan entry Yes CL CL CL CL
(OpenAPI model)
Arbitrary name Demo data - Yes CL CL CL CL
7-2
7. APPENDIX

location




OKIUSER change *16


(Common partitions)

Format-common *3
Reset Settings *7
Format HDD *12

Initialize HDD *2
ALL RESET *15
[Factory default]
(PCL partitions)
Format-PCL *3
(PS partitions)
Format-PS *3
CU board
SU board
TU board
HDD
PCL Font form Yes CL CL CL CL CL CL
(HDD PCL area)
PS Font macro (HDD PS area) Yes CL CL CL CL CL CL
PCL Font form Yes CL CL CL CL
Registration data
(FLASH PCL area)

PS Font form Yes CL CL CL CL
(FLASH PS area)
PCL Overlay data Yes CL CL CL
Certificate Yes CL CL CL
Auto delivery setup Yes Yes CL CL CL CL
Communication data save setup Yes Yes CL CL CL CL
*41
Custom media table Yes *37
Administrator password - Yes FR FR FR FR FR FR
Paper/Sorting setup Yes Yes FR FR FR FR
Menu set value Yes
Setup data
(MenuSave/Restore)
Copy function setup Yes Yes FR FR FR FR
Fax function setup Yes Yes FR FR FR FR FR FR
*18 *18
F-code bulletin board setup - Yes FR FR FR FR FR
Scanner function setup Yes Yes Yes FR FR FR FR FR
*19
7-3
7. APPENDIX

location




OKIUSER change *16


(Common partitions)

Format-common *3
Reset Settings *7
Format HDD *12

Initialize HDD *2
ALL RESET *15
[Factory default]
(PCL partitions)
Format-PCL *3
(PS partitions)
Format-PS *3
CU board
SU board
TU board
HDD
Print function setup Yes Yes FR FR FR FR
*25 *25 *25
Network setup - Yes FR FR FR FR FR FR
*35
Menu short cut registration data Yes FR FR FR FR FR
Home screen registration data Yes FR FR FR FR FR
Menu short cut registration data Yes FR FR FR FR FR
Setup data

HHome screen registration data Yes FR FR FR FR FR
Manage Unit setup Yes Yes FR FR *38 FR FR
*27
Manage Unit setup Yes Yes FR FR FR FR FR
(fax-related settings) *18
Time - Yes Yes FR FR FR
Operative initial setting Yes Yes FR FR FR FR
Operative initial setting Yes Yes FR FR FR FR FR FR
(fax-related settings) *18 *18
System maintenance password - Yes FR
System maintenance - Yes FR
7-4
7. APPENDIX

location




OKIUSER change *16


(Common partitions)

Format-common *3
Reset Settings *7
Format HDD *12

Initialize HDD *2
ALL RESET *15
[Factory default]
(PCL partitions)
Format-PCL *3
(PS partitions)
Format-PS *3
CU board
SU board
TU board
HDD
Scanner maintenance - Yes
Setup data
Printer maintenance - Yes FR

*28
JA setting information Yes CL CL CL
*29
Fax Tx data (pending) Yes CL CL CL CL CL
Fax Rx data Yes CL CL CL CL CL
(Include Secure Receive image)
Fax Rx data (confidential box) Yes CL CL CL CL CL
Job
Secure print job - Yes CL CL CL CL CL CL

Encrypted secure print job - Yes CL CL CL CL CL CL
ID Secure print job Yes CL CL CL CL CL CL
Communication data preservation spool Yes (CL) (CL)
data
JA log information Yes CL CL CL CL
*29
Print count log information Yes CL
Job log information - Yes CL CL CL CL CL
Email/InternetFAX communication log - Yes CL CL CL CL CL
Logs
*31
Error log Yes CL CL CL
Dialing history *32 - (CL) (CL) (CL) (CL) (CL) (CL) (CL) (CL) (CL) (CL) (CL)
Fax Tx/Rx history *33 - Yes CL CL CL CL CL
E-mail address history - Yes CL CL CL CL CL
7-5
7. APPENDIX

location




OKIUSER change *16


(Common partitions)

Format-common *3
Reset Settings *7
Format HDD *12

Initialize HDD *2
ALL RESET *15
[Factory default]
(PCL partitions)
Format-PCL *3
(PS partitions)
Format-PS *3
CU board
SU board
TU board
HDD
IFAX send address history - Yes CL CL CL CL CL
Logs
Fax communication result information - Yes CL CL CL CL CL

Debug log Yes CL CL CL
Maintenance counters *34 - Yes
(life-related)
Maintenance counters - Yes Yes CL
Counter
(charging related) *26

Main counters - Yes CL CL CL
(dealer statistics related)
Consumable replacement counters - Yes CL *24
(main counter related)
Print statistic password *23 Yes FR FR
NIC-F/W (including Web page) Yes FR
Language file (Factory) *39 - Yes CL CL CL
Others
Language file (User) *40 - Yes CL CL CL CL

Factory adjustment value Yes
(Gamma revision data)
*1 Network factory defaults: "Admin Setup" - "Network Menu" - "Network Setup" - "Factory Defaults"
: It is executed to reset only network settings to the factory defaults make settings again due to unsuccessful network access.
*2 Initialize HDD: "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "HDD Setup" - "Initialize"
*3 Format: "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "HDD Setup" - "Format Partition" - "PCL/Common/PS"
*4 HDD data deletion: "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "Storage Maintenance Setup" - "Erase HDD": *Not displayed when Job Accounting/MPS mode is operating.
: Carry it out with "personal information removal" before a user scrap a device and avoid a leak of the personal information. Or carry it out at the time of the SD dis-
posal by the SD replace.
7-6
7. APPENDIX
*5 FLASH initialization: "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "Flash Memory Setup" - "Initialize"
*6 Language initialization: "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "Language Maintenance Setup" - "Initialize"
: This menu is executed when users want to delete downloaded language data and reset the display language back to factory setting. (It is displayed by a message
at the time of the factory setting of a chosen language)
*7 Reset Settings: "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "Reset Settings"
: This menu is executed to reset the device settings (including network settings) back to the defaults temporarily and make settings again when device operation is
unstable, etc.
*8 Erase Privacy Data: "Admin Setup" - "User Install" - "Erase Privacy Data" : *Not displayed when Job Accounting/MPS mode is operating.
: Carry it out with "SD data perfection removal" before a user scrap a device and avoid a leak of the personal information.
The counter thinks a personal data leak that there is not it and is inapplicable.
*9 Main counter reset: "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "Print Statistics" - "Reset Main Counter" : *Not displayed in MPS mode.
*10 Consumable replacement reset: "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "Print Statistics" - "Reset Supplies Counter" : *Not displayed in MPS mode.
*11 Job log deletion: "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "Job Log Setup" - "Clear Job Log"
: This menu is executed when users want to delete only the usage history of the device.
*12 Format HDD: "Service Maintenance" - "System Maintenance" - “Format HDD”
*13 Format Flash ROM: "Service Maintenance" - "System Maintenance" - "Format Flash Memory"
*14 Reset Admin Password: "Service Maintenance" - "System Maintenance" - "Reset Admin Password"
: This menu is used to initialize only the administrator password by support when users forget the administrator password.
*15 ALL RESET: "Service Maintenance" - "System Maintenance" - "All Reset" *Not displayed in MPS mode.
: This menu must be executed to delete customer information before dealers etc. lend devices to the next customers.
*16 OKIUSER change: "Service Maintenance" - "System Maintenance" - "OKIUSER" *Not displayed in MPS mode.
*17 Country code change: "Admin Setup" - "Fax Setup" - "Fax Setting" - "Country Code" *Except the Japan
Country code change: "Service Maintenance" - "Fax Maintenance" - "Country Code" *In case of Japan
*18 Settings are initialized when their defaults are changed due to changes in destinations or country codes.
*19 Only [File Name], [Template] under "Admin Setup" - "Scanner Setup" - "E-mail Setup" is initialized. Measures for a character string type parameter not to be able
to put it in EEEPROM.
*23 This is the function that is effective in only an SFP machine. Set a password by FUNCTIONS->PRINT STATISTICS->CHANGE PASSWORD
*24 The accumulation exchange number of times of the main body of device is displayed when perform FormatFlash
*25 [PS Setup]-[L1 Tray] is not initialized by "Reset Settings/Erase Privacy Data/All Reset"
*26 Validate maintenance counter indication by "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "Print Statistics" - "Supplies Report" - "Enable"
Report printing by Reports->System->MFP Usage->Copes:1
The [Usage Report] of [Maintenace Counter] is maintenance counter.
① Total Color A4/Letter Impressions (A4/ letter conversion of the total color print aspect number)
② Total Mono A4/Letter Impressions (A4/ letter conversion of the total monochrome print aspect number)
③ Total ADF Pages Scanned [A4/Letter Conversion] (A4/ letter conversion ADF reading count total)
④ Total Pages Scanned [A4/Letter Conversion] (A4/ letter conversion reading count total)
*27 "Admin Setup" - "Manage Unit" - "System Setup" - "Access Control" is not included, and the reset condition becomes like "Access control information registration
data"
*28 "Service Maintenance" - "Print Maintenance" - "Dot Shift" is not reset.
*29 A menu of the "Erase Privacy Data" is not displayed on a panel when effective Job Accounting.
*31 Confirm log by the report print result of "Device Settings" - "Reports" - "E-mail/Internet Fax" - "Journal Report"
7-7
7. APPENDIX
*32 Confirm by "FAX Menu" - "FAX" - "Fax History"

*33 Confirm log by the report print result of "Device Settings" - "Reports" - "Fax" - "Fax Tx/Rx Log"
*34 Confirm by "ENGINE" at header part and "Status Menu" - "Device Information" - "Counter" at body section of the "ConfigurationReport"(MenuMap)
*35 It is not initialized with the SFP machine.
*36 Because an e-mail address, a speed dial, a profile are cleared at the same time, a correspondence charge account is initialized when referred to one-touch reg-
istration data.
*37 The custom media table itself is not delete, but a choice is deleted by a menu.
*38 Because NIC F/W is deleted, the AirPrint Buzzer Volume is deleted or initialized by a menu. The item except it is maintained.
*39 The language file which has already incorporated at the time of factory shipment, and language file is deleted when format an HDD, and the language that can
display becomes only English.
*40 After the time of shipment, it is the language file which can install by addition without affecting the language file at the time of the factory shipment. It can put it
out with language initialization. It is unused unless it is special.
*41 A set point as ON, profile information which necessary for communication data preservation setting is deleted.
7-8

OKI MC853 MC873 ES8453 ES8473 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

OKI MC853 MC873 ES8453 ES8473 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This document is “OKI DATA – CONFIDENTIAL”

Only persons and parties authorised by OKI DATA have

This document should not be accessed by any parties

Document Revision History

1 2015-04-08 Issue P2E11 H. Ueda

2 2015-05-29 Drawing Update PBPD31 H. Ueda

3 2015-07-07 Add the section 3.8 PBPD31 H. Ueda

4 2015-09-30 Change the shape etc PBPD31 H. Ueda

5 2015-12-22 Add ADF error etc PBPD31 H. Ueda

6 2016-02-17 Change the shape etc PBPD31 H. Ueda

7 2016-10-17 Change the shape etc HM31 H. Ueda

8 2016-11-25 Drawing Update HM31 H. Ueda

9 2017-03-06 Drawing Update SE43 Y. Ustubo

1. CONFIGURATION..................................................................1-1 2.3 Precautions when taking action on abnormal images......................................2-2

1.1 System configuration .......................................................................................1-2 2.4 Preparations for troubleshooting.......................................................................2-2

1.2 Structure of MFP ..............................................................................................1-4 2.5 Troubleshooting method....................................................................................2-3

1.3 Offer of Options ................................................................................................1-5 2.5.1 Panel messages list....................................................................................2-3

1.5.4.2 USB Host Interface Connector..........................................................1-19 3.4 Self-diagnostic mode .....................................................................................3-13

3.4.7 Density adjustment test.............................................................................3-29 3.9.7 Writing profile list.......................................................................................3-64

4.2.22 Frame Assy.-Front.....................................................................................4-59 6.4 Firmware Information......................................................................................6-21

1.1 System configuration

Inside temperature thermistor

Stacker full sensor

Cover open sensor

Cover Open switch

Scanner open switch

Color Density sensor

Stacker Full sensor

Paper detect sensor

Scanner <- ->Printer

FSNS CU/PU board

(Board-6CU) FFC FFC Y-HEAD

HUB FFC FFC M-HEAD

MPT paper end sensor 24P

Paper end sensor

Duplex Unit 2nd(3rd/4th)Tray

To MFP or upper tray

AMP6P AMP3P AMP5P

SNS03 SNS12 PSZ

Figure 1-1-1 (Printing Section side)

7-inch touch Panel

JST 26p JST 8p JST 3P AMP 3P

AMP 3P ADF_OPEN_R sensor

AMP 3P Home position sensor

Figure 1-1-2 (Scanning Section side)

Scan sensor AMP 3P

ADF top cover open close detect AMP 3P DFSTX

Document set AMP 3P Relay connector

feed sensor board (Tx)

Reverce sensor AMP 3P

REV SETCOV SCN TX

SUIF (JST 34P)

(JST 6P) (AMP 5P) (JST 7P) (JST 4P)

PSIZEW DFSRX PSIZL HOP

JST 6P AMP 5P JST 7P JST 4P

Document length detect2

ADF paper width sensor board

Document width detect3

1.2 Structure of MFP

• Power supply parts (high voltage part/low voltage part)

1.3 Offer of Options

(2) Wireless LAN module

(3) IC Card Reader Locking Kit